Ph: 0818 919 820 Email: susan@isa-skillnet.com

Training Courses

BOOK YOUR PLACE

Just click on a course to see course outlines and other details. If a course does not link to any details it means we are in the process of scheduling it.  To reserve a place just email susan@isa-skillnet.com  To book your place on a course, please download and fill in our course booking form.


Course Title

Date(s)
Location
 

Training 2013



 
 
PostGrad Diploma in Product Management


 October

Dublin

     
 
PMP Project Management
     23, 24, 30, 1 Sep/Oct
  Cork
ITIL v3 Foundation
     23-25 Sept
  Cork
Introduction to Agile and Scrum
     30-31 July
  Monaghan
Scrum and the Product Owner      16-17 July
  Dublin
Secure Coding with Python
     18-19 June
  Dublin
ScrumMaster Certified 
     13-14 June
  Dublin
PMP Project Management
     5,6,12,13 Jun
  Dublin
Product Camp Dublin
     13 Jun
  Dublin
ISTQB Foundation in Software Testing
     28-30 May
  Dublin
TechBrew:  Pricing and Product/Market Fit
     28 May
  Dublin
Agile Business Analysis
     27-29 May
  Dublin
Moving from traditional to Scrum and Making Agile Testing Work
     14 May
  Dublin
ITIL v3 Foundation
     23-25 Apr
  Kerry
ScrumMaster Certified     15-16 Apr
  Cork
FREE Seminar with Scott Sehlhorst - Why do Products Fail?


 21 Mar

Dublin
FREE Seminar: A taste of exploratory testing with Anne-Marie Charret


 19 Mar

Dublin
ScrumMaster Certified


 14-15 Mar
Dublin
PMP Project Management

 20,21,27,28  Mar

Dublin
Information Evening: MSc in Product Management


 7 Mar

Dublin
ISTQB Foundation in Software Testing


 5-7 Mar

Cork
FREE Workshop: Career Planning for the Software Sector for JobSeekers

 27-28 Feb

Dublin
Senior Executive Workshop with Steven Haines


 14 Feb

Dublin
FREE Seminar: Using Business Stories to Build Better Software

 13 Feb

Dublin






 

 
 
 

 
 
 TRAINING 2012

 
 
OO Design using JAVA

 11-14 Dec
 Kerry
Developing AJAX Applications


 13-14 Dec

 Dublin
ScrumMaster Certified


 13-14 Dec

 Cork
FREE Career Planning for the Software Sector


 11-12 Dec

 Dublin
FREE Seminar: Funding for Growth


 11 Dec

 Dublin
SQL Tuning with Dan Hotka


 6-7 Dec

 Dublin
SQL Tuning with Dan Hotka


 4-5 Dec

 Cork
Scrum Product Owner


 28-29 Nov

 Athlone
Scrum and the Team Member


 27-29 Nov

 Athlone
Leadership Training


 27-28 Nov

 Dublin
Java Application Administration in a JBoss environment


 26-28 Nov

 Athlone
Java Building & Automation using Maven


 21-22 Nov

 Athlone
FREE EVENT Load Testing Call of Duty...


 22 Nov

 Dublin
Java Enterprise Edition


 14-16 Nov

 Athlone
Programming with Python


 13-15 Nov

 Athlone
OO JavaScript


 12-13 Nov

 Kerry
Certified ScrumMaster

 6-7 Nov

 Athlone
Certified ScrumMaster

 30-31 Oct
 Dublin
PMP Project Management


 5%, 24, 31 Oct & 1 Nov

 Dublin
Perl Fundamentals


 5%-24 Oct

 Cork
ISTQB Foundation in Software Testing


  9-11 Oct
 Dublin
ASP.NET with c#


 8-11 Oct

 Cork
FREE EVENT Angel Investors


 11 Oct

 Dublin
FREE EVENT Current Testing Challenges for Agile Teams


 25 Sep

 Dublin
Precision Questioning & Answering


 13 Sep

 Dublin
PMP Project Management


 5, 6, 26, 27 Sep
 Dublin
Better Business Writing - Enhanced Communication


 25, 26,29 Jun & 5 Jul

 Cork
FREE EVENT Agile Environments Management


 19 July

 Dublin
Selenium 2.0


 12-13 July

 Dublin
FREE: How do you pick the right person for the job! 


 5 July

 Dublin
ISTQB Foundation in Software Testing

 19-21 June

 Kerry
ScrumMaster Certified


 18-19 June

 Dublin
Linux System Administration

 5%-25 July
 Dublin
FREE EVENT Software Quality Lightening Talks

 15 May

 Dublin
Perl Intermediate

 1-3 May
 Cork
SQL for QA Roles

 TBA
 Dublin
Java for QA Test Automation Tools

 TBA
 Dublin
QA Test Management

 TBA
 Dublin
Perl Fundamentals 


 17-20 Apr
 Cork
ScrumMaster Certified

 16-17 Apr

 Dublin
Linux Fundamentals


 10-13 Apr

 Cork
Application Development with Google Android

 5-7 Mar

 Dublin
ISA Public Procurement Workshop - Open Data

 28 Feb
 Dublin
FREE Partnering Fastest/Cheapest Route to Market?


 9 Feb

 Dublin
Web Services Development with JAVA

 8-10 Feb

 Dublin
FREE EVENT Test Centres of Excellence

 26 Jan
 Dublin
FREE EVENT on Product Management

 18 Jan

 Dublin
Application Development with Google Android

 16-18 Jan

 Dubiln
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 TRAINING 2011


 
 
 Test Driven Development with Refactoring

 19-21 Dec

 Dublin
 Selenium Training Server 2

 19-20 Dec

 Dublin
  Application Development with Google Android

 12-14 Dec

 Dublin
 FREE Software Sector Career Planning

 12-13 Dec

 Dublin
 Application Development with Google Android

 7-9 Dec

 Dublin
 FREE EVENT-Geoff Thomson & Graham Thomas

 1 Dec

 Dublin
 Leadership Training

 15-16 Nov

 Dublin
 PMP Project Management

 10-11 & 17-18 November

 Dublin
 Linux System Administration

 8-10 Nov

 Cork
 JAVA Conference

 20 October

 Cork
 Selenium Training Server 2


 12Oct-16Nov

 Online
 PMP Project Management

 13-14 & 20-21 October

 Dublin
 Certified ScrumMaster

 6-7 Oct
 Dublin
 FREE Agile & Estimation with Martine Devos


 5 October

 Dublin
 FREE Techbrew-Selling Software Abroad

 29 Sept

 Dublin
 ITIL v3 Foundation

 26-28 Sept

 Dublin
 ISTQB Foundation in Software Testing

 14-16 Sep

 Cork
 C# Version 2010 .Net Framework 4.0

 1-29 Sep

 Dublin
 C# Version 2010 .Net Framework 4.0

 31 Aug - 28 Sep

 Dublin
 C# Version 2010 .Net Framework 4.0

 30 Aug - 27 Sep

 Dublin
 Introduction to Agile and Scrum

 24-25 Aug

 Cork
 Leadership Training


 17-18 August

 Dublin
 Agility & Risk: Challenges for your Agile QA strategy with David Evans

 11 August

 Dublin
 C# Version 2010 .Net Framework 4.0

 19-21 July

 Dublin
 Application Development with Google Android

 11-13 July

 Cork
 Introduction to Apache JMeter with Philip Bannon


 30 June

 Dublin
 Diameter Protocol

 22-5% June

 Dublin
 Enterprise Spring Integration using Spring 3


 8-10 June

 Dublin
 Linux Fundamentals

 7-10 June

 Cork
 Product Management/Successful Software Commercialisation

 25-26 May
 Dublin
 TechBrew Event - Agile Topics

 26 May

 Dublin
 Linux System Administration


 May - tbc

 Cork
 Diameter Protocol

 30-31 May

 Dublin
 FREE EVENT - Selenium 2 with David Burns

 18 May

 Dublin
 Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass


 11-12 May
 Dublin
 Developing AJAX Web Applications

  11-12 May
 Cork
 FREE EVENT - Mobile Technologies with Dr John Lewis

 9 May

 Dublin
 Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass

 9-10 May

 Cork
 ScrumMaster Certification 

 5-6 May
 Dublin
 ISA Public Sector Sales Enablement Programme 

 19-20 Apr
  Dublin
 Linux System Administration

 18-20 Apr

 Cork
 PMI Certification in Project Management

 4/5 & 11/12  Apr
 Dublin
 FREE EVENT - Agile Test Management

 14  Apr

 Dublin
 Prototyping with Axure


 13 Apr

 Dublin
 Introduction to Agile and Scrum

 6-7 Apr

 Cork
 TechBrew Event - Zen & Art of Pricing


 31 Mar

 Dublin
 Ui Design for iOS Devices

 25 Mar

 Dublin
 Certified ScrumMaster

 21-22 Mar
 Cork
 DB2 Training

 21-5% Mar

 Dublin
 ITIL v3 Foundation

 14-16 Mar
Dublin
 AJAX 

 10-11 Mar
 Cork
 Hibernate with Spring

 1-4 Feb
 Cork
 Model Based Testing Presentation

  27 Jan
 Dublin
 

 
 
 

 
 
 TRAINING APRIL - DECEMBER 2010

 
 
Practical Business Analysis & Specification

22 - 26 Nov
Letterkenny
UPK Professional 6.1 Accelerated Workshop

22 - 26 Nov
Cork
ScrumMaster Certification

4 - 5 Nov
Letterkenny
Subversion User & Basic Administration Training

16 Nov
Dublin
Product Management/Successful Software Commercialisation

1 - 2 Dec
Dublin
Demystifying Software Technologies

9 Dec
Dublin
ISEB Certificate in Business Analysis

6 - 8 Dec
Dublin
PMI Certification in Project Management

6 - 9 Dec
Dublin
ISTQB Foundation in Software Testing

14 - 16 Dec
Dublin
ITIL v3 Foundation

15 - 17 Dec
Dublin 
Advanced Use Case Modelling & Design

20 - 21 Dec
Dublin
 

 
 
TRAINING JANUARY - MARCH 2010

 
 
ScrumMaster Certification

4th & 5th Feb 10
Cork
Test Driven Development

TBC
Dublin
ISEB Foundation Certificate in Business Analysis

May 2010
Dublin
Managing Project Risk

TBC
Dublin
ISTQB Foundation Certificate in Software Testing

22nd-24th March
Dublin
Ruby on Rails

FULL
Cork
Prince 2 Foundation in Project Management

FULL
Dublin
SoftTest Event -Lean Test Process Improvement in Agile Testing

17th February
Dublin
SoftTest Event -Lean Test Process Improvement in Agile Testing

18th February
Cork
Customer Service for Technical Support

29/3 - 1/4/2010
Cork
Customer Excellence

22nd-24th March
Dublin
Better Business Writing

25th & 31st March, 1st April
Cork
 

 
 
TRAINING MAY - DEC 2009

 
 
Software Testing Event

27th May 2009
Dublin
Software Testing Event

17th June 2009
Dublin
ISTQB Advanced Test Manager

31Aug - 4Sep 2009
Dublin
Cloud Computing - 2 day event

22 & 5% Sep 2009
Dublin
Certified ScrumMaster Training

24 & 25 Sep 2009
Dublin
Java Conference

30 Sept 2009
Cork
 

 
 
TRAINING JAN - APR 2009

 
 
Certified ScrumMaster Training

13-14 Jan 2009
Dublin
Programming with GUT's in Test-Driven Developmentcl

5% Feb 2009
Dublin
Oracle SQL Performance Tuning Tips & Techniques

25-27 Feb 2009
Cork
Oracle SQL Performance Tuning Tips & Techniques

2-3 Mar 2009
Cork
Certified ScrumMaster Training

3-4 Mar 2009
Cork
VOIP Fundamentals

1- 2 April 2009
Dublin
Business Analysis

11-12 Mar 2009
Dublin
Presentation Skills for Software Professionals

31Mar-1 Apr 09
Dublin
ISTQB Advanced Test Analyst

5%-27 Mar 2009
Dublin
Programming with GUT's in Test-Driven Development

3  April 2009
Cork
 

 
 
AUTUMN/WINTER TRAINING PROGRAMME 2008

 
 
Java Conference

9 Sep 08
Cork
Choosing the best of the Plan-Driven and Agile Development Methods

15 Sep 08
Dublin
Choosing the best of the Plan-Driven and Agile Development Methods

16 Sep 08
Cork
Testing Strategy & Test Metrics

4-5 Nov 08
Dublin
Evolution of Testing Strategies ....

6 Nov 08
Dublin
Managing & Motivating Software Teams

12-13 Nov 08
Dublin
ScrumMaster & Agile Project Management Workshop

4-5 Dec 08
Dublin
Test Automation for Testers

24-25 Nov 08
Dublin
Test Automation for Managers

19 Nov 08
Dublin
Oracle Tuning Workshop

16-17 Oct 08
Cork
ISEB Intermediate

25-27 Nov 08
Cork
SoftTest Seminar

4 Dec 08
Dublin
 

 
 
SPRING/SUMMER TRAINING PROGRAMME 2008

 
 
.NET Futures, Dave Sussman Masterclass

20 May 08
Dublin
.NET Futures, Dave Sussman Masterclass

21 May 08
Cork
Java Technologies Advanced Practitioner

4-6 June 08
Dublin
SoftTest Cluster: Testing in an Agile Environment & Competency Based Tester Qualifications

16 June 08
Dublin
SoftTest Cluster: Testing in an Agile Environment & Competency Based Tester Qualifications

18 June 08
Cork
Prince 2 Foundation

16-18 June 2008
Dublin
Prince 2 Practitioner Upgrade

19-20 Jun 08
Dublin
Effective Technical Writing

5% June 08
Dublin
Java Technologies Advanced Practitioner

5%-25 June 08
Cork
Recent Trends in AJAX technology, David Crane Masterclass

26 June 2008
Cork
Recent Trends in AJAX technology, David Crane Masterclass

25 June 2008
Dublin
Software Product Management

24-25 June 08
Dublin
Use Case Driven Development with UML

30 Jun-2 Jul 08
Cork
Implementing Agile Methodology

3-4 July 2008
Dublin
Gathering and Modelling Software Requirements

8-9 July 2008
Dublin
Software testing ISTQB Foundation Course

8-10 July 2008
Dublin
Developing with ASP. NET

14-17 July 2008
Cork
Software testing ISTQB Foundation Course

29-31 July 2008
Cork

Gathering and Modelling Software Requirements (Course Ref: SS-02)

  • Dates: Tue 8th & Wed 9th July 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Fee: Members €320, Non members €500
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Overview

This workshop course teaches students how to create, elaborate and review business, user, and software requirements. The course includes best practices for eliciting, analyzing, specifying and verifying requirements. Students also learn how to decompose requirements into features, and how to deal with changes after sign-off.

Audience

Software Process Architects, QA/Test Managers, Development Managers, Business Analysts, QA User Testers, Software Developers, Project Managers, QA Code Testers, User Education Specialists

At course completion

After completing this course, students will be able to:

  • Recognise stakeholder patterns
  • Review and update specs
  • Define vision and scope
  • Discuss specs in feature teams
  • Elicit and articulate requirements
  • Deal with open issues
  • Analyze and prioritize
  • Create traceability of spec items
  • Decide on the benefits of prototyping
  • Design a proper repository for documents

Course Outline

Module 1: Introduction to requirements engineering
Problems, objectives, requirements and specifications
Classification of requirement types
Business requirements
User requirements
Software requirements

Module 2: Requirements framework
The requirements development pipeline
Integration of requirements in the SDLC
Dealing with unknown needs
Tailoring the process for Agile environments
Traceability and metrics

Module 3: Project scope and business requirements
Defining the business context
Breaking the scope into logical sets of capabilities
Assigning and agreeing upon stakeholder roles
Building the business case
Establishing business areas, goals and requirements
Framing requirements to support business strategy and customer justification.

Module 4: Elicitation
Identification of sources
Identification of stakeholders
Requirements workshops
Elicitation techniques
The voice of the customer

Module 5: Analysis
Requirements prioritization and scrubbing
Improving requirements through prototyping
Bridging from existing to new functionality using a gap analysis
Engineering assessment

Module 6: Specification
Use case development
Requirements for multiple audiences
Document layout and structure
Non-functional requirements

Module 7: Validation and verification
Review sessions and fit criteria
Dealing with dependencies and inconsistencies
Verification through test case design
Negotiating conflicting requirements

Module 8: Requirements management
Storage and privileges
Linking and accessing requirements
Version control and addendums
Making requirements traceable

Module 9: Requirements breakdown
From requirements to feature breakdowns
Software development planning
Organization of spec items
Committing features to releases

Module 10: Managing changes
Dealing with new ideas
Sources of requirements changes
Controlling and enabling change
Mechanisms to support triaging

Module 11: Tools support
Available tools
Evaluation criteria
Case: Atlassian Confluence wiki

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Software Product Management (Course Ref: SS-03)

  • Dates: Tue 24th & Wed 25th June 2008   NEW DATE
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Effective product management is imperative to all software companies, both small and large. Successful products attract the best sales and attract the right talent to your organisation to ensure that growth and success continues.

A 2-day course in modular format with interactive sessions, sharing real-life experiences to develop a new vision for Product Management.

Aims

  • How to share a singular vision for your markets and product across the company
  • Creating and sharing the customer value proposition
  • Achieving shared product ownership across the organisation
  • Using the Product Roadmap to reassure and excite your customers
  • Matching business resource plans to your product life-cycles

Objectives

This course gives Product Management professionals the tools needed to drive revenue growth in their organisations through market-led product strategy, positioning the organisations solutions to deliver on their maximum market potential.

Through the introduction of the programme process, this course will show how product management creates a focus on customer need, prioritising resources and planning across the organisation, aligning the goals of the sales, marketing, services and product development departments.

Day 1

  • Introduction - What is Product Management
  • The role of the Product Manager
  • Key Components of Product Management (Evaluation, Delivery, Go-To-Market, Measurement)
  • Self-Assessment
  • Games and Case Studies

Day 2

  • Product Lifecycle Management
  • Introduction to Product Programmes
  • Making it work
  • How to manage products and achieve change through programmes
  • Developing a Product Management Action Plan
  • Survival Kit for Product Management

Who Should Attend?

The course is designed for Product Managers and Product Marketing Managers as well as Directors of Sales, Marketing, Product, CTOs and other executives interested in harnessing the value of product management in their companies.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Selling Into Large Organisations (Course Ref: SS-04)

  • Dates: Tue 17th & Wed 18th June 08
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

This "Selling Into Large Organisations" course will be a highly focused approach for Software Skillnet and will centre on the current business issues that confront the existing mix of Sales Executives, Account Managers and Product Managers in relation to selling, opportunity-qualifying, contract gain and implementation processes.

The overall programme will emphasise the professional, people-to-people elements of selling in to large organisations - Prospecting Intelligently, Qualifying Pipelines, Building (and maintaining) Relationships, using Advanced Communication Skills and understanding the importance of driving the pipeline opportunities forward against the buyers 'Decision Criteria' in a professional manner. Most importantly, this programme will look at the sales process from the buyers' viewpoint - and concentrates on having as much clarity as possible as to what the decision criteria is all about within each sales opportunity. Throughout the programme the fundamental concepts of leading sales techniques are examined and compared.

Ideal role of participant:

Any sales person who is or will be selling complex products or services, 'big ticket' sales or any product or service that is strategic to the growth of participating company. It is suitable for new sales people or those who have been selling for some time but who feel that the basic skills that they were previously taught could be revisited.

Attendee will learn How To:

  • Adopt a systematic and strategic approach to selling and gaining new business.
  • Understand the sales skills required for success in the ICT technologies and services marketplace.
  • Understand the importance of rigorous qualification.
  • Be better able to recognise and influence the decision criteria (why people buy).
  • Develop an 'Account Development & Protection' approach to selling.
  • Be better able to negotiate a professional outcome that is right for the customer and the supplier.
  • Be more objective and self-disciplined in setting sales objectives, managing 'time' and forecasting

Content

  1. Selling Software Products & Services
    • The Changing Role of the S/W salesperson
    • The Purpose & The Objective of Selling
    • The 'Long' Sell V The 'Short' Sell
    • The Trusted Advisor Role
  2. The Buying/Selling Process
    • The Buyers Cycle
    • The Salesperson's Response
    • The Professional Sales Call - SAPO
  3. Planning & Preparation
    • Understanding Your ISPs
    • Value Statement Libraries
    • Juran's 'Truth
  4. Prospecting and Getting The Appointment
    • Prospecting Techniques
    • Getting the Appointment
  5. Qualification Techniques (and how to use them)
    • Qualifying & Long Term Assessment
    • Is it worth it? / Can I Win?
    • The Sales Funnel
    • Pipeline Management
    • The 5 Keys to Sales Effectiveness
  6. Selling to 'Different' Customer Types
    • Buyer Types/Buyer Motives
    • Deciding on Your Response
    • The Customer Relationship
    • Understanding Organisational Needs and Personal
  7. Communicating During The Needs Analysis Process
    • Understanding Sales Communication Skills
    • Working With The Buyer's Perception
    • Questioning/Listening To Influence
    • The 'PI' Questioning Technique
  8. Decision Criteria (Why 'buyers' Buy)
    • How To Influence The Decision Process
    • Handling Customer Concerns
    • Report Writing & Responding To ITTs, RFPs RFIs etc
  9. Gaining The Order
    • Closing - How Important Is It?
    • Getting Commitment
    • The Fear Of Rejection
  10. Professional Negotiating (Win-Win)
    • The Process of Negotiation
    • Difference between Selling and Negotiation
    • The Fundamentals Of Why Negotiations Fail
    • The Psychology Of Bargaining
    • Tricks & Tactics
    • Tips and Techniques
  11. Account Management & Protection
    • Managing Perceptions and Expectations
    • Exploiting Good Customer Service
    • Territory & Account Responsibilities
  12. Account Development Strategies (ADS)
    • Determine the Factors - Plus and Minus - that affect the Outcome of your Sales
    • Develop Strategies that Maximise your Market Penetration and Protect your Existing Accounts
    • How to Sell in Partnership with each Account, Establish Calls and Long Term Business Objectives for New accounts

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Implementing Agile Methodology (Course Ref: SS-05)

  • Dates: Thu 3rd & Fri 4th July 08
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Overview

10 years ago the word “Agile” for a software development process had not been coined. 5 years ago a few early adopters were reporting successful projects. Today many organizations – some traditionally very conservative – are adopting an agile process. Why?

As the pace of change in the wider business world accelerates, the inventory of legacy systems grows and the desire to create business advantage through IT strengthens, many organizations have come under pressure to find a better way to deliver systems.

Agile offers the potential to create a software delivery vehicle that responds much faster and works more effectively with the wider business environment.

Audience and prerequisites

This course is applicable to people in any role involved with software development, including senior managers, team leads, project managers, programmers, testers and business analysts.

The course illustrates the theory and practice of agile software development so previous involvement in software projects is a prerequisite.

Some modules cover technical ground but the objective in each is to illustrate in broad terms how the technique works. Deep technical understanding will therefore not be required.

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/ simulations.

Objectives

  • Learn why agile development has come to the fore in the last decade
  • Understand the fundamental mindset shift behind agile processes
  • Explore the problems and opportunities agile processes present
  • Learn the advances in technical and management practices that act as enablers for agile processes

Contents

  • Potential benefits of an agile approach
    • Earlier ROI
    • Lower failure risk
    • Better project management
    • Closer customer relationship
    • Higher quality
    • Greater sustainability
    • More appropriate deliverables
    • Caveat: “there are no silver bullets”
  • Comparison with traditional (waterfall-inspired) processes
    • Comparing process models
    • Differences in value streams
    • Managing issues with rework
  • Common features of agile processes
    • Dividing projects into iterations
    • Timeboxing
    • Regular planning
    • Requirements are the primary units of work
    • Emphasis on quality, sustainability
  • Requirements handling
    • “Stories”: the units of requirements
    • Stories as placeholders and as units of work
    • Scope minimization
    • Acceptance criteria
    • Handling dependencies
    • Estimation
  • Iteration management
    • Iteration planning
    • Prioritization
    • Requirements queues
    • Iteration tracking
    • Development velocity
    • Burn-down charts
    • Tracking stories in play
    • States of a story (queued, played, in progress, done)
  • The Scrum process
    • Scrum process walk-through
    • Terminology primer
    • Scrum roles
  • Scrum process simulation
    • Learn more about the Scrum process by trying it on a non-technical mini-project
  • Efficiency and effectiveness
    • The cost of context switching
    • Being on only 1 team at a time
    • Working on only 1 thing at a time
    • Why that doesn't imply working on only 1 project at a time
    • Finishing each task before starting another
    • Minimizing the scope of each task
    • Tracking each task
    • Working directly with others
    • Avoiding intermediate work-products
    • Having work-products do double duty
  • Leading edge technical practices
    • Flattening the cost of change curve
    • Unit test-driven development
    • Acceptance test-driven development
    • Refactoring
    • Continuous integration
  • Process mapping and agile adoption
    • Mapping what you have to an agile process
    • The adoption process
    • Best practices, pitfalls and case studies

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Prince 2 Foundation (Course Ref: SS-08)

  • Dates: Mon 16th – Wed 18th June 08  NEW DATE
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.00am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Overview

PRINCE2™ (Projects IN a Controlled Environment) is a leading edge approach to managing projects. With the launch of PRINCE2™ also came its recognition as the de facto standard for managing projects, not just in the IT/IS environment, but for projects of any size and complexity, run in any industry sector. In support of this recognition, The APM Group offer a certification programme accredited by UKAS on behalf of OGC. This course conforms to the syllabus set down by the APM Group for delegates wishing to gain PRINCE2 Foundation certification. ESMI is accredited for PRINCE2.

Target Student

This is an intensive three-day course leading to delegates sitting the PRINCE2™ Foundation examination on the final day. This course is aimed at anyone wishing to gain the qualification and needing to understand the terminology and principles behind the method.

This course would benefit:

  • Project Managers
  • General Managers
  • Programme Managers
  • Project Team Managers and support staff
  • Staff who will have a defined role
  • Project Management Consultants

Delivery Method

Instructor-led, group-paced, classroom-delivery learning model with structured hands-on activities. The course has a significant aspect of syndicate work in a case study environment; to give a sound understanding of project based work according to PRINCE2™. The course also prepares the candidate for the examination, which leads to the Foundation Certificate in Project Management, administered by the APM Group.

Course Content:

This course follows the syllabus set down by the APM Group in order to prepare delegates to pass the PRINCE2™ Foundation Paper.

Day 1:

  • Introduction to Project Management
  • Overview of PRINCE2™
  • Starting up a project
  • The Project Management Team

Day 2:

  • Initiating a project
  • The Business Case
  • Risk and Quality Management
  • All aspects of Planning
  • Controls

Day 3:

  • Managing Stage Boundaries
  • Quality in a PE Controlling a Stage
  • Managing Product Delivery
  • Change Control
  • Configuration Management and Project Closure
  • Foundation Exam

Documentation:

Comprehensive course documentation is provided, including a copy of the OGC’s “Managing Successful Projects with PRINCE2” Examination Preparation: Delegates must undertake a period of self-study using materials provided before the course. In addition there is a requirement for evening work to be completed throughout the course. The Foundation examination, a one-hour multiple choice questionnaire exam, takes place in the afternoon of the third day.

Performance-Based Objectives

Lesson objectives help students become comfortable with the course, and also provide a means to evaluate learning.

Upon successful completion of this course, students have:

  • Gained a basic knowledge and understanding of project management and project-based work.
  • Identified the difference between a project and a process.
  • Been introduced to the components, elements and processes of PRINCE2™ and the relationships that bind them together.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Prince 2 Practitioner Upgrade (Course Ref: SS-09)

  • Dates: Thu 19th - Fri 20th June 08   NEW DATE
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.00am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Overview:

PRINCE2™ (Projects IN a Controlled Environment) is a leading edge approach to managing projects. With the launch of PRINCE2™ also came its recognition as the de facto standard for managing projects, not just in the IT/IS environment, but for projects of any size and complexity, run in any industry sector. In support of this recognition, The APM Group offer a certification programme accredited by UKAS on behalf of OGC. ESMI are accredited to run the PRINCE 2 Practitioner. This course conforms to the syllabus set down by the APM Group for delegates wishing to gain PRINCE2™ Practitioner certification.

Target Student:

This course is aimed at anyone wishing to gain the qualification, ideally having already attended the PRINCE2™ Foundation course.

This course would benefit:

  • Project Managers
  • General Managers
  • Programme Managers
  • Project Team Managers and support staff
  • Staff who will have a defined role
  • Project Management Consultants

Delivery Method:

Instructor-led, group-paced, classroom-delivery learning model with structured hands-on activities. The course prepares the candidate for the examination, which leads to the Practitioners Certificate in Project Management, administered by the APM Group.

Course Content:

This course covers a high level overview of the qualification syllabus set down by the APM Group. Delegates are given past exams papers to practice exam technique in order to prepare delegates to sit the PRINCE2™ Practitioner Paper.

Day 1:

  • Review of PRINCE2™
  • Case Study Exercises
  • Practitioner Exam Techniques

Day 2:

  • Exam Preparation
  • Practitioner Exam

Documentation:

Comprehensive course documentation is provided, including a copy of the OGC’s “Managing Successful Projects with PRINCE2”

Pre-Requisites:

Delegates will need a good understanding of PRINCE2™ and have attended the PRINCE2™ Foundation course first. Anyone sitting the PRINCE2™ Practitioner examination must have passed the PRINCE2™ Foundation examination. Examination Preparation: Delegates must undertake a period of self-study using materials provided before the course. In addition there is a requirement for evening work to be completed throughout the course. The Practitioner examination, a three-hour written paper, takes place in the afternoon of the second day.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Communications for non Irish Technical Professionals (Ref: SS-11)

  • Dates: Autumn 2008 (Date tbc)
  • Venue: Dublin, Carr Communications, Northumberland Road
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Course Objective

Foreign nationals coming to live and work in Ireland face many challenges to adapt and succeed in the Irish working environment. In addition to learning to operate in a new language (or version of English), overseas employees must also adjust to new social and business practices. An employee selected for an international assignment may be extremely competent and successful in their home country environment - where they know all the rules, subtleties and nuances of interacting on both a social and professional level. This, however, may not be the case when they are seconded to Ireland. A new set of rules has to be learnt and assimilated with failure to do so possibly impacting on their professional and personal life. The aim of this course is to equip participants with the skills to communicate effectively while managing cultural differences.

Participant Types

Any non Irish Individual who would like to advance their communication skills and gain insight into Irish culture and society.

Course modules include but are not confined to:

  • Understanding what makes good communication
  • Listening skills
  • Intercultural communication
  • Getting things done the 'Irish' way
  • History of Ireland and Irish social cultures

At the end of this course participants will:

  • Be able to identify what to concentrate on in preparing for a piece of communication.
  • Take away from the session clear preparation guidelines.
  • Know how to structure and pace speech for maximum impact
  • Understand the value of strong opening and closing elements in presentation and communication scenarios
  • Be able to choose examples and illustrations to create understanding
  • Know how to handle complex data to achieve clarity and comprehension
  • Be able to deal effectively with questions and comments
  • Know how to communicate effectively, internally and externally
  • Be able to listen effectively
  • Use visuals aids, including PowerPoint, to best effect
  • Be able to cope with nerves, problems with delivery and issues relating to personal presentation
  • Have a developed insight and understanding into the Irish culture

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Staff Appraisals (Course Ref: SS-14)

  • Dates: Tue 1st July 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Performance appraisals are essential for the effective management and evaluation of staff. Appraisals help develop individuals, improve organizational performance, and feed into business planning. The activity is a two-way process and both parties should be able to have frank exchange of views on past performance, how appraisees can improve their performance, the support they need and their aspirations for their future career. This course will develop the key skills needed to give appraisals in a way that enhances employee motivation, increases productivity and makes the appraisal process stress-free. Emphasis is on people-to-people communication and attendees will learn how a coaching approach can be used to gain commitment from those they are apprising.

Ideal Role of Participant

The course is applicable to anyone from companies introducing an appraisal process or those from companies with an established appraisal process and want to develop their appraisal skills.

By The End of the Course Delegates Will Be Able To:

Give appraisals in a way that clarifies performance requirements, develops motivation, increases productivity and makes the appraisal process stress-free.

Content

Introduction

  • Why do Appraisals?
  • Structuring an Appraisal
  • Preparing for The Appraisal
  • Identifying Development Needs

Communicating in The Appraisal

  • Building Rapport and Trust
  • Listening & Questioning
  • Positive Feedback Skills
  • Critical Feedback Skills
  • Clarifying Performance Expectations

Gaining Commitment and Agreement

  • Increasing Motivation
  • Using A Coaching Approach
  • The GROW Model

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Effective Technical Writing (Course Ref: SS-16)

  • Dates: Mon 23rd June 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

The aim of this course is to develop awareness of and skill in, writing about technical subjects, so that any form of written communication is clear and easy to understand. The course comprises a combination of lectures and workshops.

Who Should Attend:

  • Technical professionals

Attendee will learn:

  • Create a logical, well-argued structure for any piece of communication
  • Write clear paragraphs and sentences with greater ease
  • Correct and edit difficult sections of text
  • Make use of the conventions governing the basic forms in the technical genre
  • Produce communicative tables and figures and use layout effectively in a document
  • Use punctuation correctly
  • Avoid the most common grammatical errors

Content

Development Strategies

  • Forming a Point of View
  • Identifying Audiences and Purposes
  • Writing as a team

Forms of Professional Communication

  • The Writing Cycle - From Pre-Feasibility to Documentation
  • Basic features of a Report
  • The Proposal and Terms of Reference
  • Manuals and Documentation

Skill in Writing

  • Choosing the right word
  • Listing in parallel
  • Simplifying sentence structure
  • Writing Paragraphs
  • Editing for Emphasis

Production Elements

  • Visual Aids
  • Proof-Reading
  • A Guide to Punctuation and Grammar

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Java Technologies Advanced Practitioner (Course Ref: SS-17)

  • Dates: Wed 4th – Fri 6th June 08
  • Venue: Dublin, Guinness Enterprise Centre
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Outline

This course is for programmers with a good basic knowledge of Java, and is designed to introduce more advanced features related to the language, as well as some of the commonly used frameworks available to aid in application development. The topics listed here are available to be selected for inclusion in the course depending on specific requirements that delegates may have, or particular areas that customers may wish to explore. It is unlikely that all of the topics could be covered in a single course. We can of course provide advice as to any dependencies amongst the topics.

Training Course Prerequisites

The training course assumes that delegates are already programmers. They will already understand the need for flow control, variables, operators and functions, and indeed have used them in other language contexts.

FORMAT

This training course combines lectures with practical exercises that help the delegates to put what they have learned on the training course into practice. The exercises specifically build on what has been recently taught and are built up as the training course progresses.

OUTLINE CONTENTS

Topics covered:

  • Effective use of exceptions;
  • Reflection, class loading and their use in constructing flexible, dynamic applications;
  • Tuning and interacting with the Java VM Garbage Collector;
  • Building effective multithreaded applications;
  • Advanced concurrency features in Java 5;
  • Programming with Generics;
  • Instrumenting Java applications for management and performance monitoring;
  • Java performance hints and tips;
  • Unit testing using JUnit;
  • Design Patterns and Java;
  • Persistence using the Java Persistence Architecture and Hibernate;
  • Building applications using the Spring framework;
  • Spring MVC as a framework for web applications;
  • Introduction to Aspect Oriented Programming with Java;

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Recent Trends in AJAX technology, David Crane Masterclass (Course Ref: SS-19)

  • Dates: Thu 26th June 2008
  • Venue: Cork, Cork International Airport Hotel
  • Times: 8.30am – 1.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 60

Course Overview

David Crane of Neueda Technologies will address recent trends in Ajax technology, and look at how Ajax has disrupted the world of web development in terms of the programming model, client- and server-side architectures, user interface and workflow, and the market for web applications. Several hands-on examples and demonstrations will be provided, including the use of 'mash-ups' to access public web services from within your application, and how to push data from the server to the browser."

Presenter

Dave Crane, author of Ajax in Action and well known expert in the field of DHTML and Ajax development on digital TV set-top boxes, in home automation and banking and financial systems, designed, developed and regularly delivers intensive and highly practical Ajax training courses. Ajax exploded on the scene in the spring of 2005 when a web site defined the term and Google released Google Maps and GMail, powerful examples of what Ajax can do. Ajax uses familiar web technologies - DHTML, CSS, DOM, and JavaScript - in radically different ways resulting in a much richer user experience.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Recent Trends in AJAX technology, David Crane Masterclass (Course Ref: SS-20)

  • Dates: Wed 25th June 08
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 2.00pm – 6.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 40

Course Overview

David Crane of Neueda Technologies will address recent trends in Ajax technology, and look at how Ajax has disrupted the world of web development in terms of the programming model, client- and server-side architectures, user interface and workflow, and the market for web applications. Several hands-on examples and demonstrations will be provided, including the use of 'mash-ups' to access public web services from within your application, and how to push data from the server to the browser."

Presenter

Dave Crane, author of Ajax in Action and well known expert in the field of DHTML and Ajax development on digital TV set-top boxes, in home automation and banking and financial systems, designed, developed and regularly delivers intensive and highly practical Ajax training courses. Ajax exploded on the scene in the spring of 2005 when a web site defined the term and Google released Google Maps and GMail, powerful examples of what Ajax can do. Ajax uses familiar web technologies - DHTML, CSS, DOM, and JavaScript - in radically different ways resulting in a much richer user experience.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Software testing ISTQB Foundation Course (Course Ref: SS-21)

  • Dates: Tue 29th – Thu 31st July 2008
  • Venue: Cork, Cork International Airport Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants:12

Background & Objectives

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries. The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) role is to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals. The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB. In the future it is anticipated that there will be an advanced ISTQB level comparable to ISEB Practitioner but for now the ISEB Practitioner remains as the key advanced test certification.

Who Should Attend

  • Quality analysts
  • Testers
  • Developers
  • Systems analysts
  • Project leaders
  • Users
  • Data administrators

No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be 'software knowledgeable' with some minimal test of software experience.

Benefits of Attending

Those attending the course will learn:

  • The fundamental principles of Software Testing
  • How testing fits into the development lifecycle
  • The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools
  • Essential functional and non-functional test methods
  • Basic test design and measurement techniques
  • Fundamental test management principles
  • How to select and implement tools effectively

Programme

  • Introduction
    • Fundamentals of Testing
    • Why is testing necessary?
    • What is testing?
    • General testing principles
    • Fundamental test process
    • The psychology of testing
  • Part Two: Testing through the lifecycle
    • Software development models
    • Test levels
    • Test types – the targets of testing
    • Maintenance testing
  • Part Three: Static Reviews
    • Reviews and the test process
    • Review process
    • Static analysis by tools
  • Part Four: Test design techniques
    • Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
    • Categories of test design techniques
    • Specification-based or black-box techniques
    • Structure-based or white-box techniques
    • Experience-based techniques
  • Part Five: Test Management
    • Test Organisation
    • Test planning and estimation
    • Test process monitoring and control
    • Configuration Management
    • Risk and Testing
    • Incident Management
  • Part Six: Tool Support for Testing
    • Types of test tool
    • Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
    • Introduction of a tool into an organisation
  • Examination Coaching
    • ISTQB examination - Externally invigilated by ISEB

This comprehensive introduction to software testing provides you with the knowledge and expertise to undertake the ISTQB examination for the Foundation Certificate offered at the end of the third day.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

.NET Futures, Dave Sussman Masterclass (Course Ref: SS-24)

  • Dates: Tue 20th May 08
  • Venue: Dublin, Clarion Hotel, IFSC
  • Times: 2.00pm – 6.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 40

Objectives

Keeping up with the fast pace of product change is hard for anyone, let alone developers whose full time job is write and maintain software. In an environment where it is not practical to trial new products, let alone beta software, it's still important to keep abreast of new and upcoming technologies. This seminar concentrates on the new features found in Microsoft's ASP.NET, looking at Visual Studio 2008, new data query capabilities, and next generation media experiences.

Who should attend

Developers wishing to gain an insight into how ASP.NET and data access methodologies are changing in new and future releases. Many of the topics shown will have an important impact on how Web applications are created and architected. Attendees should have basic knowledge of ASP.NET and Visual Studio

Content

What's New in Visual Studio 2008
Visual Studio 2008, currently in beta but due for release before Christmas, contains a number of enhancements to make it the number one tool for developers, including enhanced JavaScript support, new controls, an enhanced designer with good CSS supoprt, and multi-targeting.
New Language Features
.NET 3.5 brings new language features, including LINQ, anonymous types, type inference, object initialisers and extension methods.
ASP.NET Dynamic Data Controls
Currently in beta in the ASP.NET Ajax Futures, the Dynamic Data Controls provide automatic scaffolding for data driven websites. A new version of these provides unrivalled flexibility for allowing data pages to be created with minimal code.
Language Integrated Query and Entity Data Framework
Object Relationship Mapping provides an object-based interface to data and is a common feature of many development projects. The Entity Data Framework (EDF) is Microsoft's solution to object mapping, and Language Integrated Query (LINQ) provides simple data querying directly from within C# and VB.
ASP.NET MVC Framework
The ASP.NET postback model was a radical step for web applications when it was released, and is now commonplace. Applications however, are becoming more complex, and provides some challenges to testing. The new ASP.NET Model View Controller (MVC) framework provides a clear separation between the aspects of ASP.NET pages, allowing for cleaner code, easier and faster testing, and powerful and flexible URL mapping.
ASP.NET and Silverlight
Silverlight allows Web applications to deliver the next generation of media experiences and rich interactive applications for the Web. While much of the focus has been on media experiences, Silverlight also integrates with ASP.NET, allowing interaction with server controls, providing richer user experiences.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

.NET Futures, Dave Sussman Masterclass (Course Ref: SS-25)

  • Dates: Wed 21st May 08
  • Venue: Cork, Cork International Airport Hotel
  • Times: 2.00pm – 6.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 60

Objectives

Keeping up with the fast pace of product change is hard for anyone, let alone developers whose full time job is write and maintain software. In an environment where it is not practical to trial new products, let alone beta software, it's still important to keep abreast of new and upcoming technologies. This seminar concentrates on the new features found in Microsoft's ASP.NET, looking at Visual Studio 2008, new data query capabilities, and next generation media experiences.

Who should attend

Developers wishing to gain an insight into how ASP.NET and data access methodologies are changing in new and future releases. Many of the topics shown will have an important impact on how Web applications are created and architected. Attendees should have basic knowledge of ASP.NET and Visual Studio

Content

What's New in Visual Studio 2008
Visual Studio 2008, currently in beta but due for release before Christmas, contains a number of enhancements to make it the number one tool for developers, including enhanced JavaScript support, new controls, an enhanced designer with good CSS supoprt, and multi-targeting.
New Language Features
.NET 3.5 brings new language features, including LINQ, anonymous types, type inference, object initialisers and extension methods.
ASP.NET Dynamic Data Controls
Currently in beta in the ASP.NET Ajax Futures, the Dynamic Data Controls provide automatic scaffolding for data driven websites. A new version of these provides unrivalled flexibility for allowing data pages to be created with minimal code.
Language Integrated Query and Entity Data Framework
Object Relationship Mapping provides an object-based interface to data and is a common feature of many development projects. The Entity Data Framework (EDF) is Microsoft's solution to object mapping, and Language Integrated Query (LINQ) provides simple data querying directly from within C# and VB.
ASP.NET MVC Framework
The ASP.NET postback model was a radical step for web applications when it was released, and is now commonplace. Applications however, are becoming more complex, and provides some challenges to testing. The new ASP.NET Model View Controller (MVC) framework provides a clear separation between the aspects of ASP.NET pages, allowing for cleaner code, easier and faster testing, and powerful and flexible URL mapping.
ASP.NET and Silverlight
Silverlight allows Web applications to deliver the next generation of media experiences and rich interactive applications for the Web. While much of the focus has been on media experiences, Silverlight also integrates with ASP.NET, allowing interaction with server controls, providing richer user experiences.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Java Technologies Advanced Practitioner (Course Ref: SS-27)

 

  • Dates: Mon 23rd – Wed 25th June 08
  • Venue: Cork, Pilz Ireland, Business & Technology Park, Model Farm Rd, Cork
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Outline

This course is for programmers with a good basic knowledge of Java, and is designed to introduce more advanced features related to the language, as well as some of the commonly used frameworks available to aid in application development. The topics listed here are available to be selected for inclusion in the course depending on specific requirements that delegates may have, or particular areas that customers may wish to explore. It is unlikely that all of the topics could be covered in a single course. We can of course provide advice as to any dependencies amongst the topics.

Training Course Prerequisites

The training course assumes that delegates are already programmers. They will already understand the need for flow control, variables, operators and functions, and indeed have used them in other language contexts.

FORMAT

This training course combines lectures with practical exercises that help the delegates to put what they have learned on the training course into practice. The exercises specifically build on what has been recently taught and are built up as the training course progresses.

OUTLINE CONTENTS

Topics covered:

  • Effective use of exceptions;
  • Reflection, class loading and their use in constructing flexible, dynamic applications;
  • Tuning and interacting with the Java VM Garbage Collector;
  • Building effective multithreaded applications;
  • Advanced concurrency features in Java 5;
  • Programming with Generics;
  • Instrumenting Java applications for management and performance monitoring;
  • Java performance hints and tips;
  • Unit testing using JUnit;
  • Design Patterns and Java;
  • Persistence using the Java Persistence Architecture and Hibernate;
  • Building applications using the Spring framework;
  • Spring MVC as a framework for web applications;
  • Introduction to Aspect Oriented Programming with Java;

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Developing with ASP. NET (Course Ref: SS-28)

 

  • Dates: Mon 14th – Thu 17th July 2008
  • Venue: Cork, Hotel tba
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 8

Overview

In this course, you will learn how to use Visual Studio 2005 and Visual C# 2005 to build ASP.NET 2.0 Web pages and XML Web services. You’ll gain an understanding of the new architecture behind ASP.NET 2.0 and how to use the new server controls. You’ll learn to create consistent web sites using Master Pages, to improve performance with output caching, add membership features, configure and deploy ASP.NET applications, to authenticate users and limit their access to resources, direct users using new Site Navigation tools and to handle multi-user data access conflicts.

In this course, you will learn to:

  • Use ASP.NET server controls to generate HTML and to execute event procedures.
  • Promote consistency within your web site through Master Pages
  • Retrieve and manipulate data using ADO.NET.
  • Display and edit data quickly and easily using new data binding features
  • Use Membership features to manage your Web users.
  • Use new Site Navigation controls to direct users within your site
  • Create and consume XML Web Services.
  • Take advantage of ASP.NET’s versatile output caching to increase performance.
  • Add scalability and reliability by setting up an out-of-process session state server.
  • Create a Web Setup project in Visual Studio to build a deployment package that takes advantage of Windows Installer

Introduction to ASP.NET

  • A Review of Classic ASP
  • ASP.NET Web Applications
  • Rendering HTML with Server Controls
  • Data Binding in ASP.NET 2.0

What's New in ASP.NET 2.0

  • New Features in ASP.NET 2.0
  • Designer Features
  • Deployment and Configuration Tools
  • Increasing Productivity
  • Page Framework and Compilation

Working with Controls

  • Introduction to Web Controls
  • Simple Input Controls
  • HyperLink and Button Controls
  • List Controls
  • Controlling Focus

Using Rich Server Controls

  • Introduction to Rich Controls
  • The Calendar Control
  • The AdRotator Control
  • The XML Control

Accessing Data

  • Overview of ADO.NET
  • Connecting to Data
  • Executing Commands
  • Working with Data
  • Choosing an ADO.NET Provider

Configuration

  • Configuration Overview
  • Using the Web Site Administration Tool
  • Programming Configuration Files
  • Encrypting Configuration Sections

Data Binding

  • Introducing Data Source Controls
  • Reading and Write Data Using the SqlDataSource Control
  • Displaying and Editing Middle-Tier Data using the ObjectDataSource Control
  • Displaying XML Data Using the XmlDataSource Control

Validating User Input

  • Overview of ASP.NET Validation Controls
  • Using the Simple Validators
  • Using the Complex Validators
  • Summarizing Results with the ValidationSummary Control
  • Separating Validation into Validation Groups

Themes and Master Pages

  • Creating a Consistent Web Site
  • Master Pages
  • ASP.NET 2.0 Themes

Page Processing

  • Posting to other pages
  • Asynchronous page processing

Site Navigation

  • Providers and Data Sources
  • Creating an XML Site Map File
  • Site Navigation Controls
  • Using the Site Navigation API
  • Security Trimming
  • URL Mapping

Displaying Data with the GridView Control

  • Introducing the GridView Control
  • Filter Data in the GridView Control
  • Allow Users to Select from a DropDownList in the Grid
  • Add a Hyperlink to the Grid
  • Deleting a Row and Handling Errors

Managing State

  • Preserving State in Web Applications
  • Page-Level State
  • Using Cookies to Preserve State
  • ASP.NET Session State
  • Storing Objects in Session State
  • Configuring Session State
  • Setting Up an Out-of-Process State Server
  • Storing Session State in SQL Server
  • Using Cookieless Session IDs
  • Application State

Managing Users with ASP.NET's Membership Features

  • Introduction to Membership and Roles
  • Securing websites from unauthorised access
  • Using Membership Controls
  • Writing Code to Interact with Membership and Roles
  • Using the Profile to store user data

Improving Performance with Output Caching

  • The Importance of Caching
  • Declarative Page Output Caching
  • Caching Page Fragments
  • Post-Cache Substitution
  • Caching Configuration
  • SQL Server Cache Invalidation

Using the DataList and Repeater Controls

  • Overview of List-Bound Controls
  • Creating a Repeater Control
  • Creating a DataList Control

Creating and Consuming Web Services

  • The Motivation for XML Web Services
  • Creating an XML Web Service with Visual Studio
  • Designing XML Web Services
  • Creating Web Service Consumers
  • Discovering Web Services Using UDDI

Building Rich Client Applications

  • Introducing AJAX Frameworks
  • Using Anthem.NET
  • Using Atlas

Diagnostics and Error Handling

  • Diagnosing Problems
  • Using Tracing
  • Using Health Monitoring

Custom Controls and Custom Output

  • Creating Custom Controls
  • Creating custom output with Controls Adapters

Creating Portals using Web Parts

  • Web Part Zones
  • Creating Web Parts
  • Allowing Web Part Modification
  • Connecting Web Parts

back to top

Use Case Driven Development with UML (Course Ref: SS-22)

  • Dates: Mon 30th June – Wed 2nd July 2008
  • Venue: Cork, Snap On Diagnostics, Mallow Road,  Cork
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 12

Trainer

Shane O’Neill: Requirements and Business Analysis Specialist. 

Shane is an accomplished and successful consultant, mentor and trainer with extensive experience in Business Process Modelling and Improvement, Business Analysis, Requirements Elicitation & Documentation, and UML-based system design.

During his career Shane has assisted many of Ireland’s leading IT groups from the Financial, Telecoms, Defence, public and private sectors, in rolling out more efficient and effective software development lifecycles.

Overview:

Use Case Driven Development with UML (UCDD/UML)presents the concepts and techniques necessary to effectively use system requirements, captured using use cases, to drive the development of a robust design

model.

In this intensive, hands-on workshop, participants learn to apply the Unified Modelling Language (UML) and

fundamental object-oriented analysis and design concepts using the core UML diagrams

• Use Case

• Activity

• Sequence

• Collaboration

• Class

• State

Delegates

This workshop is intended for practitioners who desire an understanding of object-oriented analysis and design concepts using UML, as well as hands-on practical experience applying the techniques. This includes analysts, designers, and software developers.

Objectives

Upon completion of the workshop, participants will be able to:

• Apply a use case-driven, architecture-centric process to the development of a robust design model.

• Use the UML to represent the design model.

• Apply the concepts of abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism.

• Understand the different views of a software architecture, the key mechanisms that are defined in support of that architecture, and the effect of the architecture and mechanisms on the produced design.

• Describe some basic design considerations, including the use of patterns.

Topics Covered

•        Introduction to Use-Cases

Overview of the basic Use-Case Modelling concepts (Actors, Use-Cases, Associations)

and the associated Requirements Artefacts (Use Case Model, Use Case Specification, Supplementary Specification, Glossary)

•        OO Concepts and UML Overview

An overview of the basic OO concepts (Abstraction, Encapsulation, Objects, Classes, Relationships, Polymorphism, Interfaces, Subsystems) and their UML representation

•         Use Case Analysis

Techniques for identifying the initial classes from Use-Case Specifications, allocating responsibilities to these classes, describing the required class collaborations to deliver the Use-Case functionality, as well as the class

relationships that must exist to support these collaborations.

•        Defining the Architecture

Techniques for defining the initial Architecture for the system. Introduces 3-Tier, MVC, and Layered Architectures.

•        Moving from Analysis to Design

Techniques for moving from the initial analysis model produced in Use Case Analysis to the more formal design model

•        Implementing Architectural Design Patterns

Refinement of the initial architecture to incorporate key design and implementation patterns for mechanisms such as persistence and security.

•        Use Case Design

Techniques for refining the collaborations initially developed during ‘Use Case Analysis’ to incorporate the defined architectural patterns and design elements, as well as techniques for designing the internals of subsystems identified during ‘Analysis to Design’

•        Class Design

Techniques for designing the internals of the design classes, including the modelling of any state-controlled behaviour. The refinement of the class relationships and the incorporation of basic patterns are also described.

•        Introducing Design Patterns

Introduces some commonly used Design Patterns from the Gang-of-Four (Gamma et al.) book - Singleton, Factory, Abstract Factory, and State

Materials Provided:

Upon attending the UCDD/UML workshop, each student will receive the following:

• Student Manual

• Sample Requirements documentation, if required

Structure & Layout:

Lecture & Exercises.

The workshop is paper based and delivered independently of any CASE tool.

Sample Project:

The workshop comes with a set of sample Requirements, in Use-Case format, which can be used as the basis for the hands-on exercises.

  • Connecting Web Parts

back to top

Software testing ISTQB Foundation Course (Course Ref: SS-31)

  • Dates: Tue 8th – Thu 10th July 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, Venue tbc
  • Times: 9.00am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants:12

Background & Objectives

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries. The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) role is to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals. The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB. In the future it is anticipated that there will be an advanced ISTQB level comparable to ISEB Practitioner but for now the ISEB Practitioner remains as the key advanced test certification.

Who Should Attend

  • Quality analysts
  • Testers
  • Developers
  • Systems analysts
  • Project leaders
  • Users
  • Data administrators

No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be 'software knowledgeable' with some minimal test of software experience.

Benefits of Attending

Those attending the course will learn:

  • The fundamental principles of Software Testing
  • How testing fits into the development lifecycle
  • The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools
  • Essential functional and non-functional test methods
  • Basic test design and measurement techniques
  • Fundamental test management principles
  • How to select and implement tools effectively

Programme

  • Introduction
    • Fundamentals of Testing
    • Why is testing necessary?
    • What is testing?
    • General testing principles
    • Fundamental test process
    • The psychology of testing
  • Part Two: Testing through the lifecycle
    • Software development models
    • Test levels
    • Test types – the targets of testing
    • Maintenance testing
  • Part Three: Static Reviews
    • Reviews and the test process
    • Review process
    • Static analysis by tools
  • Part Four: Test design techniques
    • Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
    • Categories of test design techniques
    • Specification-based or black-box techniques
    • Structure-based or white-box techniques
    • Experience-based techniques
  • Part Five: Test Management
    • Test Organisation
    • Test planning and estimation
    • Test process monitoring and control
    • Configuration Management
    • Risk and Testing
    • Incident Management
  • Part Six: Tool Support for Testing
    • Types of test tool
    • Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
    • Introduction of a tool into an organisation
  • Examination Coaching
    • ISTQB examination - Externally invigilated by ISEB

This comprehensive introduction to software testing provides you with the knowledge and expertise to undertake the ISTQB examination for the Foundation Certificate offered at the end of the third day.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

SoftTest Cluster:  Testing in an Agile Environment & Competency Based Tester Qualifications (Course Ref: SS-32)

  • Dates: Mon 16th June 08
  • Venue: Dublin, IBEC, 84/86 Lr Baggot St, Confederation House, Dublin 2
  • Times: 2.00pm – 5.30pm
  • Fee: Free - please register with Susan Kelly on 1890 876979 or email susan@isa-skillnet.com

SoftTest Ireland

SoftTest Ireland is a Software Testing Special Interest Group – setup to provide a forum for professional testers in Ireland. Softtets Ireland Cluster events are sponsored by the Software Skillnet in 2008.  The main aim of this professional network is to facilitate the sharing of knowledge in this discipline. The Softtest events enable anyone who has an interest in the process of software testing to benefit from meeting those in industry with whom they can network, share information and learn from each other. Members of SoftTest Ireland are typically Software Testers, IT Managers, Testing Managers, and Quality Managers within their organisations but are not strictly limited to these roles. The Software Skillnet will run a number of specialised training courses for software testing professionals in 2008.

Testing in an Agile Environment

Speaker:

James Lyndsay

James Lyndsay is a test strategist, based in London. He's been testing since 1986, and has worked independently since setting up Workroom Productions in 1994. As a consultant, he's worked in a variety of businesses and project styles; from retail to telecommunications, from rapidly-evolving internet start-ups to more traditional large-scale enterprise. He's worked to technical requirements for companies that make and sell software, to commercial requirements for companies that buy and use software, and to unexpected requirements everywhere. James was an internal irritant to the ISEB exam process for five years, is a regular speaker and occasional teacher, runs LEWT (the London Exploratory Workshop in Testing) and has won prizes for his papers.

Summary:

It is hard to find a practical approach that allows a professional tester to achieve their full potential in an agile environment. Typical agile practices have characteristic effects on the work of a tester - and the expectations of experienced testers can be at odds with those of other experienced members in an agile team. How can a tester fit into an agile team and offer the best of his or her skills and insight? How does one make - or become - an 'agile tester'?

Using real-life examples, this talk attempts to give a flavour of what it is like to bring a test perspective into an agile project - and what it is like to be on an agile project that has a sudden need for testing skills. The talk will help testers recognise where they are bringing friction to an agile environment, help agile team members recognise where they may be incurring a 'testing debt' and identifies ways that testers can facilitate learning and bring value to an agile project.

Competency Based Tester Qualifications:  The next step for the Testing Profession?

Speaker:

Susan Windsor

Susan Windsor is the Managing Director of WMHL Consulting Ltd. in the UK, which specialises in the delivery of strategic testing consulting services. Susan is also Director of Aqastra, which has a focus on retraining business administration staff to become acceptance testers. Until recently, she was also non-exec Chair for Insight Test Services who have offices in Dublin, Galway and the UK and still provides Insight with advisor support. Prior to setting up WMHL, Susan managed the Testing Service business for IBM, delivering software testing within the multinational's business consulting services. Susan has also spoken at many industry conferences in the past, including EuroSTAR in 2005, where she was a keynote speaker.

Summary:

Although the existing certification schemes (ISEB/ISTQB, CSQE etc.) go some way to providing a measure of a tester's knowledge, their highly detailed syllabuses give no measure as to their competence or experience.

Examinations tend to be multiple choice and 'correct' answers are derived from what is written in the syllabus. As a consequence, questions and answers in these exams can't take much account of context or the experience of the candidate. To many people, this implies the schemes and certificates awarded are practically useless. Because the syllabuses are so highly detailed, courses become a commodity, focused on exam passing. Competition in the training marketplace is based on cost and volumes rather than the quality of training.

Unless our industry provides the next step in provision of meaningful qualifications to accurately reflect experience and competence, those who recruit and manage testing staff will continue to depend on inadequate knowledge-based qualifications.

This session suggests that there is increasing demand for training and certification schemes that are based more on competence, rather than memory. What would such schemes look like? We've got some ideas, but we seek your input.

We'll provide a suggested framework that may help structure the measurement of competencies for different roles within testing and some ideas on how this measurement could take place. But wouldn't it be great to move this forward to a scheme that really benefits individuals and our industry?

Work with us in this session and maybe we can identify some of you who would like to get more deeply involved to take this to the next level.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

SoftTest Cluster: Testing in an Agile Environment & Competency Based Tester Qualifications (Course Ref: SS-33)

  • Dates: Wed 18th June 08
  • Venue: Cork, Kinglsey Hotel
  • Times: 9.00am – 12.30pm
  • Fee: Free - please register with Susan Kelly on 1890 876979 or email susan@isa-skillnet.com

SoftTest Ireland

SoftTest Ireland is a Software Testing Special Interest Group – setup to provide a forum for professional testers in Ireland. Softtets Ireland Cluster events are sponsored by the Software Skillnet in 2008.  The main aim of this professional network is to facilitate the sharing of knowledge in this discipline. The Softtest events enable anyone who has an interest in the process of software testing to benefit from meeting those in industry with whom they can network, share information and learn from each other. Members of SoftTest Ireland are typically Software Testers, IT Managers, Testing Managers, and Quality Managers within their organisations but are not strictly limited to these roles. The Software Skillnet will run a number of specialised training courses for software testing professionals in 2008.

Testing in an Agile Environment

Speaker:

James Lyndsay

James Lyndsay is a test strategist, based in London. He's been testing since 1986, and has worked independently since setting up Workroom Productions in 1994. As a consultant, he's worked in a variety of businesses and project styles; from retail to telecommunications, from rapidly-evolving internet start-ups to more traditional large-scale enterprise. He's worked to technical requirements for companies that make and sell software, to commercial requirements for companies that buy and use software, and to unexpected requirements everywhere. James was an internal irritant to the ISEB exam process for five years, is a regular speaker and occasional teacher, runs LEWT (the London Exploratory Workshop in Testing) and has won prizes for his papers.

Summary:

It is hard to find a practical approach that allows a professional tester to achieve their full potential in an agile environment. Typical agile practices have characteristic effects on the work of a tester - and the expectations of experienced testers can be at odds with those of other experienced members in an agile team. How can a tester fit into an agile team and offer the best of his or her skills and insight? How does one make - or become - an 'agile tester'?

Using real-life examples, this talk attempts to give a flavour of what it is like to bring a test perspective into an agile project - and what it is like to be on an agile project that has a sudden need for testing skills. The talk will help testers recognise where they are bringing friction to an agile environment, help agile team members recognise where they may be incurring a 'testing debt' and identifies ways that testers can facilitate learning and bring value to an agile project.

Competency Based Tester Qualifications:  The next step for the Testing Profession?

Speaker:

Susan Windsor

Susan Windsor is the Managing Director of WMHL Consulting Ltd. in the UK, which specialises in the delivery of strategic testing consulting services. Susan is also Director of Aqastra, which has a focus on retraining business administration staff to become acceptance testers. Until recently, she was also non-exec Chair for Insight Test Services who have offices in Dublin, Galway and the UK and still provides Insight with advisor support. Prior to setting up WMHL, Susan managed the Testing Service business for IBM, delivering software testing within the multinational's business consulting services. Susan has also spoken at many industry conferences in the past, including EuroSTAR in 2005, where she was a keynote speaker.

Summary:

Although the existing certification schemes (ISEB/ISTQB, CSQE etc.) go some way to providing a measure of a tester's knowledge, their highly detailed syllabuses give no measure as to their competence or experience.

Examinations tend to be multiple choice and 'correct' answers are derived from what is written in the syllabus. As a consequence, questions and answers in these exams can't take much account of context or the experience of the candidate. To many people, this implies the schemes and certificates awarded are practically useless. Because the syllabuses are so highly detailed, courses become a commodity, focused on exam passing. Competition in the training marketplace is based on cost and volumes rather than the quality of training.

Unless our industry provides the next step in provision of meaningful qualifications to accurately reflect experience and competence, those who recruit and manage testing staff will continue to depend on inadequate knowledge-based qualifications.

This session suggests that there is increasing demand for training and certification schemes that are based more on competence, rather than memory. What would such schemes look like? We've got some ideas, but we seek your input.

We'll provide a suggested framework that may help structure the measurement of competencies for different roles within testing and some ideas on how this measurement could take place. But wouldn't it be great to move this forward to a scheme that really benefits individuals and our industry?

Work with us in this session and maybe we can identify some of you who would like to get more deeply involved to take this to the next level.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

JAVA Conference (Course Ref: SS-35)

  • Dates: Mon 9th September 08
  • Venue: Cork, Radisson SAS Hotel, Little Island, Cork
  • Times: 9.00am – 5.30pm

Agenda
8.45am Registration  
9.00am Welcome from Stephen Lawlor, it@cork, Technical Forum  
9.05am OSGI AND THE ENTERPRISE  
  OSGI is one of the most talked about topic within Enterprise Java at the moment; major organisations are repositioning their development efforts to take advantage of OSGi.  There is substantial mystery and strong claims regarding capability, methods for use and the benefits to the developer and the business.  Ben will review the present state of the OSGi landscape providing a personal insight into both what OSGi can achieve and the issues that will be encountered trying to get there.
SPEAKER: Ben Hale, SpringSource
 
10.30am LUCENE - Open Source Search Engine - Case Study  
  Main Points
1. Upgrading to the latest version of Lucene
2. Getting more relevant search results
3. Indexing different kinds of documents and containers
4. Searching by author
5. Boosting the title Field
6. Using Luke to trouble shoot the index
7. Adding auto complete of search terms using
SPEAKER: Phil Corcoran, RR Donnelley
 
10.45am Q & A  
11.00am COFFEE BREAK  
11.15am Eclipse Verticals - From Open Source Consumption to Creation  
  Open Source Software is commonly understood as free and easy to access commodity. But we see an increasing trend in vertical industries such as banking, insurance and systems engineering to use the Open Source community paradigm to collaboratively develop, maintain and distribute software.

In the talk, we want to use the Eclipse Open Source project as an example to describe how Open Source Foundations, licenses and governance models and an open architecture can support these groups and consortia. We will also give
a brief overview over the development and IP processes that the Eclipse Foundation has put into place to make it easier for enterprises to capture the value provided by the Eclipse Open Source Project.
SPEAKER: Ralph Mueller, Director, Eclipse Foundation
 
12.15pm Leveraging Eclipse For Desktop Applications - Case Study  
  While Eclipse is generally regarded as the leading IDE for Java developers, it can also be used as a platform for writing scalable, enterprise quailty applications. We will present the frameworks we have used from the Eclipse community to develop our desktop applications and show how Eclipse can be leveraged as sensible architectural choice for the future.
SPEAKER: James Sugrue, Pilz Ireland
 
12.30pm Q & A  
12.45pm Demo of Spring plugin tools for Eclipse
SPEAKER: Jonas Partner, SpringSource
 
13.00pm LUNCH  
14.00pm SPRING INTEGRATION - LATEST DEVELOPMENTS  
  Spring Integration framework provides a simple model for creating message-driven systems by encapsulating the internal complexities of the systems. That way the business components of a system can be declaratively configured without knowledge of the integration infrastructure. Then Spring Integration delivers Inversion of Control principles to the run-time arena.  SpringSource CEO Rod Johnson has said that “Spring Integration represents a key direction for Spring developers who are looking to build service-oriented, message-driven applications."
SPEAKER: Jonas Partner, SpringSource
 
14.45pm SOA IN PRACTICE  
  Service-Orientated Architecture is an approach to developing complexdistributed software projects that can be of real help to businesseswith medium and large scale IT requirements as they try to reduceup-front costs of developing for growth.

With a number number of real-world examples and case studies, this talk isintended to introduce SOA and to show that judicious application of its tenets brings real value to the process of developing systems.
SPEAKER; Oisin Hurley, Iona Technologies
 
15.30pm COFFEE  
15.45pm THE FUTURE OF JAVA for Rich Internet Applications  
  Last year, Sun announced a new group of technologies called JavaFX. The idea behind this was to take the strengths of the Java platform as a robust, secure environment and deliver exciting new ways for developers to quickly and easily create and deploy visually appealiing internet applications.

Since then a lot of work has been done culminating in the launch of the preview release of the JavaFX SDK at the end of July.

This session will look at what JavaFX really is, the new compiler and tools available in the SDK and how to get started building applications.
We'll also look at the forthcoming Java SE 6 update 10 release of the JDK and JRE which includes some exciting new developments for simplifying the deployment of the Java environment to large numbers of desktops.
SPEAKER: Simon Ritter, Sun MicroSystems
 
17.00pm Q & A  

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Choosing the Best of the Plan-Driven and Agile Development Methods (Course Ref: SS-37)

  • Dates: Mon 15th September 08
  • Venue: Dublin, IBEC Offices, 84-86 Lr Baggot Street, Dublin 2
  • Times: 9.00am – 12.30pm
  • Fee: Free - please register with Ruth Walmsley at ruth.walmsley@momentumni.org

Speaker:

Lee Copeland

Lee Copeland has more than thirty-five years of experience as a consultant, instructor, author, and information systems professional. He has held a number of technical and managerial positions with commercial and non-profit organizations in the areas of applications development, software testing, and software development process improvement. Lee frequently speaks at software conferences both in the United States and internationally and currently serves as Program Chair for the Better Software Conference & Expo and the STAR testing conferences. Lee is the author of A Practitioner’s Guide to Software Test Design, a compendium of the most effective methods of test case design.

Summary:

We seem to be under a curse in our profession. Although not cast by a witch or a wizard, the curse affects us just the same. It is the curse of “either/or”—the curse that we must choose either “this” or “that” but we cannot choose parts of both. Nowhere is this more evident than in today’s struggle between the adherents of the traditional “plan-driven” and newer “Agile” approaches to software development. What most overlook is that both groups want to achieve exactly the same goal: quality software that meets customer needs within the constraints of time, budget, staff, and technology. They differ only on the strategies to achieve this goal. For example, both groups agree that system requirements must be understood; their differences lie in questions of “how much of what to do and when to do it.” Lee Copeland offers insights and suggestions on the methods and approaches that will be most valued on your project—control vs. flexibility, individual contribution vs. process guidance, and contractual specification vs. adaptable delivery. Find out which of the plan-driven and Agile processes will work best in your organization and in your project’s context.

Testing Hyper-Complex Systems:  What can we know? What can we claim?

Throughout history, humans have built systems of dramatically increasing complexity. In simpler systems, defects at the micro level are mitigated by the macro level structure. In complex systems, failures at the micro level cannot be compensated for at a higher level, often with catastrophic results. Now we are building hyper-complex computer systems, so complex that faults can create totally unpredictable behaviours. For example, systems based on the Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) model can be dynamically composed of reusable services of unknown quality, created by multiple organizations and communicating through many technologies across the unpredictable Internet. Lee Copeland explains that claims about quality require knowledge of test “coverage,” an unknowable quantity in hyper-complex systems. Are testers now going beyond our limits to provide useful information about the quality of systems to our clients? Join Lee for a look at your testing future as he describes new approaches needed to measure test coverage in these complex systems and lead your organization to better quality—despite the challenges.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Choosing the Best of the Plan-Driven and Agile Development Methods (Course Ref: SS-36)

  • Dates: Tue 16th September 08
  • Venue: Cork, Kingsley Hotel
  • Times: 9.00am – 12.30pm
  • Fee: Free - please register with Catherine Wall at admin@itcork.ie

Speaker:

Lee Copeland

Lee Copeland has more than thirty-five years of experience as a consultant, instructor, author, and information systems professional. He has held a number of technical and managerial positions with commercial and non-profit organizations in the areas of applications development, software testing, and software development process improvement. Lee frequently speaks at software conferences both in the United States and internationally and currently serves as Program Chair for the Better Software Conference & Expo and the STAR testing conferences. Lee is the author of A Practitioner’s Guide to Software Test Design, a compendium of the most effective methods of test case design.

Summary:

We seem to be under a curse in our profession. Although not cast by a witch or a wizard, the curse affects us just the same. It is the curse of “either/or”—the curse that we must choose either “this” or “that” but we cannot choose parts of both. Nowhere is this more evident than in today’s struggle between the adherents of the traditional “plan-driven” and newer “Agile” approaches to software development. What most overlook is that both groups want to achieve exactly the same goal: quality software that meets customer needs within the constraints of time, budget, staff, and technology. They differ only on the strategies to achieve this goal. For example, both groups agree that system requirements must be understood; their differences lie in questions of “how much of what to do and when to do it.” Lee Copeland offers insights and suggestions on the methods and approaches that will be most valued on your project—control vs. flexibility, individual contribution vs. process guidance, and contractual specification vs. adaptable delivery. Find out which of the plan-driven and Agile processes will work best in your organization and in your project’s context.

Testing Hyper-Complex Systems:  What can we know? What can we claim?

Throughout history, humans have built systems of dramatically increasing complexity. In simpler systems, defects at the micro level are mitigated by the macro level structure. In complex systems, failures at the micro level cannot be compensated for at a higher level, often with catastrophic results. Now we are building hyper-complex computer systems, so complex that faults can create totally unpredictable behaviours. For example, systems based on the Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) model can be dynamically composed of reusable services of unknown quality, created by multiple organizations and communicating through many technologies across the unpredictable Internet. Lee Copeland explains that claims about quality require knowledge of test “coverage,” an unknowable quantity in hyper-complex systems. Are testers now going beyond our limits to provide useful information about the quality of systems to our clients? Join Lee for a look at your testing future as he describes new approaches needed to measure test coverage in these complex systems and lead your organization to better quality—despite the challenges.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Testing Strategy & Test Metrics (Course Ref: SS-41)

  • Dates: Tue 4th – Wed 5th November 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants:15

Overview

This workshop course is divided into two modules, test strategy and test metrics. Both focusing on test management techniques that will assist test teams in ensuring that test projects are completed in the most effective and efficient manner.

The course will provide students with the knowledge to not only plan and control their current project but also analyse the results of this project, with the aim of continual improvement in future projects.

Audience

QA/Test Managers, Test Leads, Senior Test Analysts, Project Managers, Development Managers

At Course Completion

After completing this course, students will be able to:

  • Determine the test project scope
  • Define an overall test strategy
  • Plan the testing types and levels required
  • Estimate Effort
  • Plan and schedule the test activities
  • Manage change within the project
  • Determine exit criteria
  • Signoff each phase and the final deliverable
  • Evaluate project performance
  • Evaluate product quality
  • Define process improvement goals

Strategy

Overview

  • Development Life Cycles
  • Test Types
  • Test Levels
  • Stages of Test Strategy Development

Defining the Scope

Deciding What Test Levels are Required

Determining the right Test Approach for each Level

Test Estimation

Risk Based Testing

Test Data and Environment Planning

Change Management

Setting Exit Criteria and Sign Off Process

Industry Standards and Templates

Test Management Tools

Metrics

Key Message

What is a Metric

What do Metrics give us

Basic Measurements

How Important are Metrics

Most Popular Metrics

Metric Types – The Basic Five

  • Predictive
  • Tracking
  • Comparison
  • Information
  • Process

Industry Standards

Buzz Words

Simple Rules

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Managing and Motivating Software Teams (Course Ref: SS-42)

SHEENA CLOHESSY CONSULTING

  • Dates: Wed 12th – Thu 13th November 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants:12

Overview

This course is one of the most highly regarded courses delivered to Software Skillnet companies in 2006&7.  It is aimed at Team Leaders who want to better understand themselves and are committed to becoming better at managing and motivating people.  

This course is highly participative and inter-active using roles plays and practical exercises to develop your management behaviours and increase your ability to motivate your team.   Participants will formulate a self development plan to apply the skills acquired to their workplace.

The course includes a psychometric questionnaire which MUST be completed prior to course commencement.  A report on your leadership behaviour and style will be fully outlined to you during the course.  

Course Objectives:

At the end of this course you should have the following: –

  • Raised self awareness of your own Management Style and how it impacts on other people.  Understand why you behave the way you do.  Identify your own motivators and how it impacts on your ability to motivate others.
  • Tools to enable you adapt and stretch your management ability to obtain results from people.
  • Insight that will help you predict your own behaviour and the behaviour of others.
  • How to handle relationships:  clients and employees.
  • Insight into how your behaviour can cause conflict and de-motivation in your company.
  • Understand why personality clashes happen and how to resolve them.
  • Increased ability to influence people: customers and employees.
  • Motivating People:  the ability to stretch your own management style to motivate people who are completely different from yourself.
  • Communication & influencing skills:  how to communicate across all levels and to all kinds of people.

 Testimonials

Managers, supervisors and team leaders in software companies who took part in the course in the past have said the following:

‘The personality and behavioural analysis using Comprehensive Personality Questionnaire (CPQ) and understanding how to "flex" leadership styles to reach different types of people. Very interesting. Very useful. Complimentary to Belbin’. 

‘I really appreciated Sheena Clohessy’s openness in sharing her own personality profile with the group. I found this particularly helpful’. 

‘I'm actively using the skills learnt in my day-to-day work. In particular, to improve my working relationship with a Director with whom I need to work closely and, up until now, with whom I've found extremely difficult to deal’.

 ‘I found the course extremely beneficial and inspiring at the same time.  I suppose that the hard part is now implementing it on a day to day basis. The course has been very helpful in making me focus how I need to react to the different people in our group. These two days could not have come at a better time for me and now the ball is in my court to respond as I need to, so thanks again’. 

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

ScrumMaster & Agile Project Management Workshop  (Course Ref: SS-43)

 

  • Dates: Thu 4th - Fri 5th December 2008
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 12

Overview

In this practical, hands-on workshop you will learn how to apply agile and iterative methods, including Scrum – the most popular agile method worldwide to project management. Summarising key research and agile concepts, you will learn the core management practices required to succeed with agile methods.

This Agile PM workshop covers key concepts of agile methods and the roles, artefacts and events of Scrum. You will also learn how to estimate and plan your projects. Upon completion of this Agile Project Management course, you will have a solid grounding in the core agile values and principles that guide Agile practices.

Audience and Prerequisites

If you are a Project manager, Team Leads, IT/development manager, Product manager, Business analyst, Architects or developers interested in applying Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools.

Contents

Where agile comes from

Introduction

•         Agile Values and Scrum Origins

•         Scrum and Change

•         Empirical Process Control

•         Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

•         Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments

•         The Role of the Product Owner

•         The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace

•         The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management and Appraisals

•         The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

•         Software Overproduction

•         The Product Backlog

•         Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

•         Sustainable Pace

•         Estimating and Planning

•         Tracking

Working with Sprints

•         Sprint Workflow and Characteristics

•         Sprint Planning Preparation

•         Sprint Estimating and Planning

•         Daily Scrum

•         Sprint Review and Retrospective

•         Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

•         Brook’s Law

•         Organic Growth and Conway’s Law

•         Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team

•         Team Set-up

•         Multi-team Planning and Coordination

•         Shared Norms and Assets

•         Distributed Scrum Project Tips

•         Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

•         Just Do It

•         The Nature of Change

•         Scrum Adoption Stages

•         Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog

•         Deming’s PDCA Cycle

•         The Role of Consultants

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Oracle Tuning Workshop (Course Ref: SS-38)

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING WITH DAN HOTKA

  • Dates: Thurs 16th - Friday 17th October 2008
  • Venue: Cork, Professional Training, Building 4400, Cork Airport Business Park
  • Times: 9.00am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 10

Description

The focus of this tuning course is to illustrate coding techniques that insure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. This course works closely with performance tuning of actual SQL statements as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

Pre-Requisites

 A working knowledge of SQL. A knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

Topics covered:
• How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
• Index Review/Index Statistics/How Oracle Selects Indexes
• Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
• In-depth look at Explain Plans
• SQL Trace/Stats Pack
• PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
• SQL Troubleshooting/problem solving

Attendees Receive:
• Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
• Book: Oracle SQL Tuning Pocket Reference by Mark Gurry
• Diskette full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
• Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
• A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, SQL Developer, Eagle Eye, and TOAD

Day 1: SQL Statement Tuning:
- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

Day 2: SQL Troubleshooting Tips and Techniques:
- Index Review/Tips & Techniques
- A close look at sub-query techniques
- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Troubleshooting SQL
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL

About Dan Hotka:
Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 29 years in the computer industry and over 24 years of experience with Oracle products. He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days. Dan’s latest book is the SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press. He is also the author of Oracle9i Development By Example and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

ISEB Intermediate (Course Ref: SS-44)

  • Dates: Tuesday 25th - 27th November 2008
  • Venue: Cork, to be confirmed
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 12

Overview

This course prepares participants to sit the one-hour, closed book examination leading to the Intermediate certificate in Software Testing, offered by the Information Systems Examinations Board (ISEB). 

The intermediate certificate provides a valuable qualification for those building a career in testing. It is delivered in a 3 day format followed by a 1 hour examination.

This course is intended for software testing professionals that hold the ISEB Foundation Certificate in Software Testing. A pass in this certificate provides evidence that the candidate has proven analytical ability, having gained knowledge and practical skills in the key topics required for practicing software testing.

This qualification examines up to level K4 of the given learning objectives / levels of knowledge. The intention is that you will be able to provide this valuable skill internally in your own projects or externally to a variety of clients. 

This certificate is a pre-requisite for sitting either the ISEB Practitioner in Test Management or Test Analysis examinations.


To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Test Automation for Testers (Course Ref: SS-40)

INSIGHT

  • Dates: Mon 24th - Tue 25th November 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants:12

Course Overview

Even when well used, functional test automation tools can fail to deliver to their full potential because the skills involved in building a powerful automated test solution usually involve a much broader technical knowledge base than that claimed by the tool vendors.

This course introduces techniques and practices not generally covered by the official tool courses which will significantly improve the return on investment of functional test automation, increase the work efficiency of automation engineers, or give test shelfware a second chance.

The course includes computer based lab exercises with a typical test tool.

 Audience

The course is of benefit to anyone who will be exposed to building functional test automation.

  • Test Automation Engineers
  • Testers

Types of testing covered

  • Regression testing
  • Functional testing of the user interface
  • Functional testing of application components 

Pre-requisites

This course requires previous system test work experience

Previous experience of a test automation tool is recommended.

Learning Objectives

Upon completion of the course, you will be able to

  • Work more efficiently with relevant skills
  • Apply test script design best practices
  • Formulate a detailed functional test automation plan
  • Choose the optimum script architecture for your test project
  • Apply software engineering best practices
  • Understand how user interfaces are built
  • Understand how test automation tools work internally
  • Leverage powerful features in your test tool
  • Write scripts that access any type of data source
  • Avoid simple script recording mistakes
  • Extend test tools to use features provided by the operating system, free utilities, and open source tools.


To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Test Automation for Managers (Course Ref: SS-39)

INSIGHT

  • Dates: This course has been cancelled
  • Venue: Dublin, Grand Canal Hotel
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Max. number of participants: 16

Course Overview

Software Test Automation can bring significant benefits to organizations, including; improved quality, improved metrics, reduced test cycles, reduced costs and better utilization of skilled S/W test and QA personnel. However many automation projects fail. This course is designed to provide S/W Test and QA managers and senior professionals with the knowledge to select the most appropriate automation strategy to their situation and to prepare an execution plan that will deliver the target results.

Course Objectives

Participants will learn how to identify is there a business case for automation in their organization, select and manage automation project, select and manage the correct automation technologies whether they be proprietary or freely available tools and/or scripting languages. Participants will also learn about the range of tools that can be deployed across the full development life cycle, including; static test tools, such as code checkers and dynamic test tools, that can be used to automate both functional and non functional (e.g. Performance, Load and Stress) tests. Test Management Tools will also be reviewed as they provide a useful way of managing the overall test process.

Level and Orientation of Audience

The intended audience includes test managers, development managers, and anyone who will have to make a decision about using automation in their development lifecycle. Attendees are expected to have some knowledge of the software development lifecycle and understand basis concepts of testing.

Learning Objectives

You can expect to learn.

•         What automation will do for you organization

•         Thinking of automation in the broader sense. The different tools that are available and where they are used in the development lifecycle

•         The business case

•         How to select a tool

•         How to select and manage a project

•         Settings expectations

•         Pit falls


To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Evolution of Testing Strategies for verification of new features (Course Ref: SS-45)

  • Dates: Thu 6th November 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, IBEC, Confederation House, 84-86 Lr Baggot Street, Dublin 2
  • Times: 5.30pm – 8.00pm
  • Fee: This event is free.  To attend you must register with anna.donegan@ibec.ie
  • Please note that this event will be followed by the SoftTest AGM.

Speaker - Michael Monaghan, LM Ericsson (Ireland)

Michael has worked for over 14 years in the field of Development, Verification and Deployment of 2nd and 3rd generation Cellular Radio Access Networks. This work has included development and/or verification of several flagship features in GSM and WCDMA technologies, among them GPRS/Edge and HSPA, which allow very fast data throughput on cellular networks. Michael has worked in all parts of the produce life-cycle, from requirements definition to troubleshooting on operator networks. He has used this knowledge to continuously drive new and innovative ways to improve verification efficiency, thus helping to improve time to market for key cellular features.

Summary

Since the commercial launch of 3G Radio Access Networks in the early part of this decade, the market has been demanding new and more complex features, with ever decreasing time to market requirements. This, combined with demands for continuous improvements in operational excellence necessitate more efficient development practices. In order to maximise these efficiencies, it is vital that improvements are also made in verification strategies.

This presentation will provide a whistle-stop tour along a timeline covering the last several years. The tour will detail the challenges encountered by New Feature Verification in LM Ericsson, how some changes to development methodology were used to help secure more verification efficiencies and how verification organisations across LM Ericsson worked together to gain considerable savings in cost and lead time.

To attend this presentation please register with mailto:anna.donegan@ibec.ie

back to top

SoftTest Seminar (Course Ref: SS-46)

  • Dates: Thu 4th December 2008
  • Venue: Dublin, IBEC, Confederation House, 84-86 Lr Baggot Street, Dublin 2
  • Times: 9.30am - 12.30pm
  • Fee: FREE - please register with anna.donegan@ibec.ie

Speaker - 

Stuart Reidis Chief Technology Officer at Testing Solutions Group and has a PhD in Software Testing. He is Convenor of ISO WG26, which is developing the new ISO 29119 Software Testing Standard and represents software testing on the BSI Software Engineering Committee. He is also Chair of the BCS Specialist Group in Software Testing (SIGiST) and its Standards Working Party, was previously Chair of the ISEB Software Testing Board and founded the ISTQB. He is a regular presenter at international testing conferences and events and was awarded the EuroSTAR Testing Excellence Award in 2001.

Summary

In May 2007 ISO formed a working group to develop a new standard on software testing a new area for ISO. This initiative is closely-supported by IEEE and BSI, both of which are providing existing standards as source documents to the project.
The proposed standard, ISO 29119, comprises four parts. The first covers "concepts and terminology", the second "test process", the third "test documentation", and the fourth "test techniques". This presentation describes progress on the development of ISO 29119 and the challenges with creating a generic testing standard that is applicable to all organizations and all types of project. It will cover how you can use it, and explains how you can contribute to its development through your national standards body.

Speaker - 

Paul Gerrard is the founder and Principal of Gerrard Consulting, a services company focused on increasing the success rate of IT-based projects for clients. He has conducted assignments in all aspects of Software Testing and Quality Assurance.  He has degrees from the Universities of Oxford and London, was on the BCS SIGIST committee for 13 years, Founding Chair of the ISEB Tester Qualification Board and the host/organiser of the quarterly UK Test Management Forum and annual Summit conferences. He is a regular speaker at seminars and conferences in the UK, continental Europe and the USA.  Paul has written many papers and articles, most of which are on the gerrardconsulting.com website. With Neil Thompson, Paul wrote 'Risk-Based E-Business Testing' - the standard text for risk-based testing. Paul is currently researching Test Axioms as a basis for test approaches, Critical Thinking and Open Source testing and collaboration tools.  In 2008, Paul set up a new company, Aqastra with Susan Windsor. The aim of Aqastra is to provide an assessment, retraining and mentoring service to organisations wishing to transform business users into testers.

Summary

Paul will host a facilitated session on "The Future of Testing - Some Predictions". How arrogant is it to say, I am predicting the future. Of course, these are not predictions I'd bet my house on. These reflect some thoughts on what could affect you or your organization in the future. In this respect, these are simply some things that are worth considering and keeping an eye on for the next year or two. For every prediction, I know you probably know of an exception.  During this Paul will discuss his views on a selection of topics such as, the testing community, people skills and the job market and even THE EFFECT OF THE CREDIT CRUNCH!!!!!

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS50)

  • Date: 13-14 January 2009
  • Venue: Bewleys Hotel, Dublin

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Oracle SQL Performance Tuning Tips & Techniques (Course Ref SS51)

  • Date: 25-27 February 2009
  • Venue: Professional Training Premises, 4400 Cork Airport Business Park, Cork
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Give your technical staff that competitive edge with this local Oracle Workshop

All course fees include the provision of new, fully comprehensive course manuals.

The focus of this tuning course is to illustrate coding techniques that insure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. This course works closely with performance tuning of actual SQL statements as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. This course includes a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Students will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. Students will also experience how to monitor their application environment, their indexes, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

The focus this course is tuning SQL via coding style. The instructor finds that tuning in this fashion maintains the performance of the SQL when migrating to other Oracle environments (upgrades to newer releases). Students will also experience how to monitor their application environment, their indexes, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications using Stats Pack and the V$ dictionary tables.

Advanced topics focuses on a variety of parameter settings that make a big difference to Oracle-based applications (such as OPTIMIZER_INDEX_CACHING & INDEX_COST_ADJUSTMENT). This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD. This course is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

This course is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. This course is also good for those who are light on SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Students will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD, SQL Developer, TextPAD, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

Workshop Prerequisites:

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

Topics covered:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • Index Review/Index Statistics/How Oracle Selects Indexes
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL Troubleshooting/problem solving

Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

Attendees Receive:

  • Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
  • Book: Oracle SQL Tuning Pocket Reference by Mark Gurry
  • Diskette full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
  • Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
  • A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, SQL Developer, Eagle Eye, and TOAD

Course Outline:

  • Day 1: SQL Statement Tuning
    • Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
    • Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
    • Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
    • Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
    • Working with Hints
  • Day 2: SQL Troubleshooting Tips and Techniques
    • Index Review/Tips & Techniques
    • A close look at sub-query coding techniques
    • Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
    • Using the SQL Tuning Advisor
    • Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
  • Optional Day 3: SQL Troubleshooting Tips and Techniques (Advanced Topics)
    • Oracle Internals: How Oracle writes
    • Various Space Management Issues discussed
    • Monitoring Sorting
    • Finding Problem SQL using v$ information
    • Monitoring SQL using V$LongOps
    • Tuning the network/Tuning the client
    • Troubleshooting SQL
    • Tuning by Object Placement

About Dan Hotka:

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 30 years in the computer industry and over 25 years of experience with Oracle products. He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days. Dan’s latest book is the SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press. He is also the author of Oracle9i Development By Example and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. Visit his website at www.DanHotka.com. Dan can be reached at dhotka@earthlink.net .

back to top

Oracle SQL Performance Tuning Tips & Techniques (Course Ref SS52)

  • Date: 2-3 March 2009
  • Venue: This course has been relocated to Cork - Venue to be confirmed
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Give your technical staff that competitive edge with this Oracle Masterclass delivered by a global expert - Dan Hotka.

All course fees include the provision of new, fully comprehensive course manuals recently developed by Dan and available to participants on his programmes only.

The focus of this tuning Masterclass is to illustrate coding techniques that insure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. This course works closely with performance tuning of actual SQL statements as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. This course includes a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Students will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. Students will also experience how to monitor their application environment, their indexes, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

The focus this course is tuning SQL via coding style. The instructor finds that tuning in this fashion maintains the performance of the SQL when migrating to other Oracle environments (upgrades to newer releases). Students will also experience how to monitor their application environment, their indexes, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications using Stats Pack and the V$ dictionary tables.

Workshop Prerequisites:
A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.,/p>

Topics covered:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • Index Review/Index Statistics/How Oracle Selects Indexes
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL Troubleshooting/problem solving

Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

Attendees Receive:

  • Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
  • Book: Oracle SQL Tuning Pocket Reference by Mark Gurry
  • Diskette full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
  • Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
  • A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, SQL Developer, Eagle Eye, and TOAD

Course Outline:

  • Day 1: SQL Statement Tuning
    • Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
    • Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
    • Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
    • Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
    • Working with Hints
  • Day 2: SQL Troubleshooting Tips and Techniques
    • Index Review/Tips & Techniques
    • A close look at sub-query coding techniques
    • Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
    • Using the SQL Tuning Advisor
    • Profiling and tuning PL/SQL

About Dan Hotka:

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 30 years in the computer industry and over 25 years of experience with Oracle products. He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days. Dan’s latest book is the SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press. He is also the author of Oracle9i Development By Example and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. Visit his website at www.DanHotka.com. Dan can be reached at dhotka@earthlink.net .

back to top

Business Analysis (Course Ref: SS-53)

  • Dates: Wed 11th - Thurs 12th March 2009
  • Venue: Hilton Hotel, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Business Analysis is a critical process that drives the project life cycle.  The Business Analyst, acting as an intermediary between the business and technical communities, analyses competing business needs and develops plans to implement the projects that support stakeholder objectives.

In this course, you gain foundational knowledge of the role and function of the business analyst.

What skills will the delegate gain?
This course will enable delegates to:

  • Understand the BA's role and responsibilities
  • Understand the importance of scope
  • Work with business users to gather and document high-level and detailed requirements
  • Work with business users and delivery teams to develop optimal solutions to agreed requirements
  • Plan and manage analysis activity including quality and sign-off reviews
  • Assess and manage change requests
  • Confidently present findings to their peer group and project team

For a full and detailed course outlines please click here.

back to top

VOIP Fundamentals (Course Ref: SS-54)

  • Dates: Wed 1st and Thu 2nd April 2009
  • Venue: Accuris Networks, D'Olier Street, Dublin 2
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

The current hot topic in recent years has been the convergence of voice and data. This course investigates the characteristics of voice transmission and then studies the impact on IP networks.

Who will benefit?
Anyone working in the field of networking or telecommunications.

VoIP training course prerequisites
Intro to data communications & networking.
TCP/IP fundamentals.

VoIP training course objectives
By the end of the course delegates will be able to:

  • Describe the issues of voice and data convergence.
  • Describe techniques, which can be used in IP to provide low uniform delay.
  • Evaluate VOIP technologies.
  • Design data networks, which will support voice.

To see the full course content, please click here.

back to top

Programming with GUT's in Test-Driven (Course Ref: SS-55)

  • Dates: Mon 23rd February 2009
  • Venue: Hilton Hotel, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 12.30pm
  • Fee: Free to Software Skillnet members - please register with Susan Kelly at susan@isa-skillnet.com

This is the first in our new 3T Seminars on Emerging Trends, Technologies and Topics for Software companies. It is aimed software developer's, architect's, test engineer's or technical leads, keen to learn more effective programmer testing.

These days, testing is considered sexy for programmers. Who'd have thought it? But there is a lot more to effective programmer testing than the fashionable adoption of a unit-testing framework: effective unit testing involves (a lot) more than knowledge of assertion syntax.

Testing represents a form of communication and, as such, it offers multiple levels and forms of feedback, not just basic defect detection. Effective unit testing requires an understanding of what forms of feedback and communication are offered by tests, and what styles encourage or discourage such qualities.

Unit testing can highlight coupling problems, functional defects, problematic programming practices, awkward programmatic interfaces, overly procedural objects, overly object-like procedures, unclear requirements, poor integration culture, and development process problems and so on.

Not everyone, however, appreciates that problems with unit testing tend to be a consequence of these deeper problems, and so they aim to fix or criticise symptoms rather than root causes, thereby missing a valuable opportunity for improvement and learning. In short, programmer testing is as much a design activity and an exploration of requirements as it is a way of finding defects.

While there is certainly more to testing than unit testing, and more to a well-rounded approach to development than just testing, a failure to appreciate the role and practice of unit testing can lead to disappointment or a skewed notion of testing as a programmer's responsibility.

This Seminar aims to look at some issues, examples and counterexamples that help to highlight some of the problems and offer some solutions.

About the speaker:

Kevlin Henney is an independent consultant and trainer. He specialises in programming languages and techniques, OO design, patterns, agile development and software architecture. He is a popular speaker at conferences in Europe and North America.

Kevlin is a columnist for various magazines and online publications, including The Register, Better Software, Java Report and C++ Report. With Frank Buschmann and Doug Schmidt, he is co-author of A Pattern Language for Distributed Computing and On Patterns and Pattern Languages, two volumes in the Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture series.

He has variously developed and delivered training courses, consultancy and software across a number of domains ever since getting involved in professional software development in the late 1980s. His work focuses on software architecture and patterns, programming languages and techniques, and agile development and programmer testing practices.

back to top

Presentation Skills for Software Professionals(Course Ref: SS-56)

  • Dates: Tues 31st March & Wed 1st April
  • Venue: Ballsbridge Court (Formerly Berkeley Court), Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

This workshop provides techniques, which will enhance the quality and effectiveness of presentation sessions given by Software Professionals in a role of “Product and Technical experts”. The workshop will benefit those whose role is to explain or train others in the use of technical products, software applications or end-user services.

The main techniques and content of this course are presented in an interactive presentation style, but being workshop based these sessions ensures full participation by all attendees (max 10). Each attendee is required to deliver two presentations – the duration of each to be decided based on product delivery emphasis.

Accurate feedback is vital; hence the group in open forum discusses each presentation, immediately after the presentation thereby critiquing strengths and highlighting areas for improvement. This also forms a valuable part of a Personal Action Plan to apply on return to the real workplace.

Objectives

Although everyone develops their own style in delivering technical information, there are specific techniques, which can be very effective when properly applied. This course takes a fresh look at those techniques and provides a set of interactive ‘people skills’ approaches, which can ensure high quality, enjoyable yet focused sessions. 

Although actual ‘Presentation Technique’ is important, this course provides higher-level communication methods, which lead to enhanced audience awareness, better interpersonal contact and a highly interactive, participative presentation style.

Content

Objectives, Presentation Styles

  • Specifying Outcomes (assessing need, deliver to impress, applying/highlighting solutions)
  • Objectives and focus of ‘Product Delivery’
  • Personal Confidence Preparation: Structure; Content; Flow; Timings
Standard Presentation Techniques
  • Typical problems with “Technical Experts”
  • Preparing for presentation - what content? - What delivery method?
  • Verbal/non-verbal communication
  • How to make things visual - The strongest retention force
  • Tools of the trade - Visual Aids (Flipcharts/Whiteboards, Data Projector etc)
  • Dealing (productively) with stage fright

Interactive Presentation Style

  • “Learner-centred” presentations
  • Reading (and reacting to) the audience’s non-verbal feedback
  • Encouraging questions and participation
  • Dealing with questions from the audience
  • Posing questions - stimulating your audience
  • Managing an interactive environment
Openings & Closings
  • The presentation Introduction; Roles and Specific objectives
  • Creating the right environment
  • Techniques for closing: Topic; Presentation; Benefits

Preparation Techniques

  • Planning your time
  • Planning your materials
  • Planning Workshops and Demos
  • Planning the Course timeline
  • Personal Action Plan - Plan to SUCCEED
The Presenter/Trainer Role(s)
  • Use of FIVE PRESENTER ROLES, which can transform your presentations!
  • Role as an interactive technique
  • Understanding ‘Learning Preferences’: Mumford & Jung; 4MAT
Dealing with Awkward Attendees
  • Preventive and Assertive Techniques - Staying in Command
  • Classic techniques to control interest - How far you can go

Team Presentations

Working in teams of two, prepare (one hour is allocated for prep) to deliver a 20-30 minute hands-on learning session designed to teach the group some selected, relevant aspects of a Software Application.

Each Team has to complete the following tasks:

1.     Specify the presentation content (Goals, timeline, delivery)

2.     Prepare the presentation information as a PowerPoint session

3.     Incorporate hands-on elements in the learning process

4.     Decide which Team member will handle which part

5.     Deliver a 20-30 minute session as a Team

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Analyst (Course Ref: SS-58)

  • Dates: Mon 23rd - Fri 27th March (Exam to take place Fri 3rd April)
  • Venue: Mount Herbert Hotel, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Course Overview:

Following on from the ISTQB Foundation Certificate, the Advanced Test Analyst Certificate provides the next level of knowledge and practical expertise in the ISTQB Advanced Certification scheme. It is one of three certified courses at Advanced level (the other two being Advanced Test Manager and Advanced Technical Test Analyst).

The 5 day tutor led course has been designed to enable participants understand, apply and analyse key testing principles and processes.

Who should attend?

This course is aimed at testing practitioners already working in the area of test design, analysis, specification and implementation. This includes quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators.

Successful completion of the ISTQB Foundation Certificate is a pre-requisite to taking the ISTQB Advanced Certificate examination.

What will you learn?

  • Structure the tasks defined in the test strategy in terms of business domain requirements
  • Analyze the system in sufficient detail to meet the user quality expectations
  • Evaluate the system requirements to determine domain validity
  • Prepare and execute the adequate testing activities, and report on their progress
  • Provide the necessary evidence to support evaluations
  • Implement the necessary tools and techniques to achieve the defined goals

 Course Contents an overview

1.                 Introduction to Test Analyst Syllabus

2.                 Basic Aspects of Software Testing

3.                 Testing Processes

                     - Test Analysis & Evaluation

                     - Test Implementation & Execution

                     - Evaluation of Exit Criteria and Reporting

4.                 Test Management

5.                 Risk Based Testing

6.                 Test Techniques

7.                 Specification based

8.                 Defect & Experience based

9.                 Test of Software Characteristics

10.             Quality Attributes for Domain Testing

11.             Quality Attributes for Technical Testing

12.             Reviews

13.             Incident Management

14.             Test Tools & Automation

15.             Test Tool Concepts

16.             Test Tool Categories

17.             People Skill Team Composition

18.             Communication

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref: SS-57)

  • Dates: Tue 3rd - Wed 4th March
  • Venue: Cork International Airport Hotel
  • Times: 9.00am - 5.00pm

For full overview please click here

back to top

Programming with GUT's in Test-Driven (Course Ref: SS-59)

  • Dates: Fri 3rd April 2009
  • Venue: tba, Cork
  • Times: 9.30am – 12.30pm

This is the first in our new 3T Seminars on Emerging Trends, Technologies and Topics for Software companies. It is aimed software developer's, architect's, test engineer's or technical leads, keen to learn more effective programmer testing.

These days, testing is considered sexy for programmers. Who'd have thought it? But there is a lot more to effective programmer testing than the fashionable adoption of a unit-testing framework: effective unit testing involves (a lot) more than knowledge of assertion syntax.

Testing represents a form of communication and, as such, it offers multiple levels and forms of feedback, not just basic defect detection. Effective unit testing requires an understanding of what forms of feedback and communication are offered by tests, and what styles encourage or discourage such qualities.

Unit testing can highlight coupling problems, functional defects, problematic programming practices, awkward programmatic interfaces, overly procedural objects, overly object-like procedures, unclear requirements, poor integration culture, and development process problems and so on.

Not everyone, however, appreciates that problems with unit testing tend to be a consequence of these deeper problems, and so they aim to fix or criticise symptoms rather than root causes, thereby missing a valuable opportunity for improvement and learning. In short, programmer testing is as much a design activity and an exploration of requirements as it is a way of finding defects.

While there is certainly more to testing than unit testing, and more to a well-rounded approach to development than just testing, a failure to appreciate the role and practice of unit testing can lead to disappointment or a skewed notion of testing as a programmer's responsibility.

This Seminar aims to look at some issues, examples and counterexamples that help to highlight some of the problems and offer some solutions.

About the speaker:

Kevlin Henney is an independent consultant and trainer. He specialises in programming languages and techniques, OO design, patterns, agile development and software architecture. He is a popular speaker at conferences in Europe and North America.

Kevlin is a columnist for various magazines and online publications, including The Register, Better Software, Java Report and C++ Report. With Frank Buschmann and Doug Schmidt, he is co-author of A Pattern Language for Distributed Computing and On Patterns and Pattern Languages, two volumes in the Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture series.

He has variously developed and delivered training courses, consultancy and software across a number of domains ever since getting involved in professional software development in the late 1980s. His work focuses on software architecture and patterns, programming languages and techniques, and agile development and programmer testing practices.

back to top

Software Testing Event(Course Ref: SS-60)

  • Dates: Wed 27th May 2009
  • Venue: Holiday Inn, Pearse Street, Dublin
  • Times: 4.30pm – 7.00pm
  • Fee: Free to Software Skillnet members - please register with Alicia Hunt at alicia.hunt@ibec.ie

Professionalism in Testing - Abstract 

Often the test the professional finds him or her self working in or with organisations they perceive to be less professional than themselves. For many this scenario can be frustrating because they may not have the experience to have a positive influence and raise professional standards. Perhaps it’s just a single individual or group that poses the perceived challenge. This talk looks at how we recognise and classify the situation and what strategies and actions us as individuals or as a test team can take to raise the total performance standard of professional behaviours and results.

The Premise

There are a number of propositions that the presenter would like to put to the profession:

  • Our understanding of the professionalism of those around us is sometimes more a matter of perception than fact and often a mix.
  • Professional behaviours of individuals, teams and organisations are often caused by the business environment and situation they operate in.
  • Professional development is primarily the responsibility of the individual or group; it can be accelerated by the professionalism and support of the organisations they work in or with.
  • Each Test Professional can influence group professional performance.

 

Speaker Profile - John Mc Ardle

John is Director of the Applications Software Group within Sogeti Ireland and was formerly Consulting Director of Insight Test Services, a provider of Strategic Consulting, Training and Managed Test Services to software organisations. John has been involved in the software products and services industry for the past twenty years across a range of sectors including travel, banking, telecommunications and utilities. During that period he has worked on many large scale software development, testing and IT change management programmes for both in-house and external clients. He has significant experience of implementing software quality management systems and tools, vendor evaluation and selection and outsourcing. 

Software Testing in the world of Start Ups - Abstract...

This presentation offers a glimpse into software testing in the world of startups. It looks at the constraints and benefits facing software testers in this unique environment. It examines what it takes to be a software tester in a startup.

It will also be a bit of a myth buster session, looking at some of the myths around testing in startups. It closes by asking are we as a software testing industry doing enough to help startups improve their software.  

Speaker Profile - Anne Marie Charrett

Anne-Marie Charrett is a professional software tester and runs her own company Testing Times. An electronic engineer by trade, software testing chose her, when in 1990 she started conformance testing against European standards. She was hooked and has been testing since then. Anne-Marie really enjoys working with innovative and creative people, which has led her to specialise working for startup and incubators.

Anne-Marie is a keen blogger and hosts her own blog http://mavericktester.com/.

back to top

Software Testing Event(Course Ref: SS-61)

  • Dates: Wed 17th June 2009
  • Venue: Holiday Inn, Pearse Street, Dublin
  • Times: 12.30pm – 2.00pm
  • Fee: Free to Software Skillnet members - please register with Anna Donegan at anna.donegan@ibec.ie

Evolution of new feature verification in Ericsson & Software Testing and Global Industry

To read the full outlines for the above topics, please click here.

back to top

Clarke Ching - Everyday Agile (Course Ref: SS-62)

  • Dates: Mon 27th July 2009
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am - 12.30pm
  • Fee: Free to Software Skillnet members - please register with Alicia Hunt at alicia.hunt@ibec.ie

Everyday Agile for profit, happiness and competitive advantage.

Imagine you had a tool that was guaranteed to make your business loads more money, to delight your customers, and, even, to make your workplace happier. Great! You investigate and discover that there are a few downsides: the tool looks scary and intimidating and probably incompatible with your current tool-set; it comes with a 200 page instruction manual which was surely written by someone who reads a lot of comic books in their spare time and only speaks English as a 2nd language; and - you've been told - it can only be operated by super-intelligent people with poor social skills. You do more research and discover that the tool has been widely adopted by the "early adopters" - the gadget freaks, as you think of them - but it's struggled whenever everyday people try to use it; you're also put off by it's EXTREME sounding name. Understandably, you abandon the tool ... and the benefits that come with it. In this session, long-time Lean and Agile practitioner, and Theory of Constraints expert, Clarke Ching demonstrates, first, the businesses benefits of working in an "Agile" way, then how to adopt Agile in a focused and incremental, rather than extreme, way. This is "Agile" for everyday people, not rocket scientists. It's the sticky, commercially viable version of Agile. Attendees may find it useful to read Clarke's free business parable - www.rocksintogold.com - before attending the session. It explains many of the business benefits of Agile without mentioning the word Agile.

Clarke Ching Bio

My name is Clarke Ching. I teach - and do - a very simple version of Agile - one that works well for people who haven't read too many books on Agile, who really don't want to be "extreme" about anything, and who, maybe, use COBOL, or Java, or .net, or maybe don't even develop software at all. I call it everyday Agile because it's designed to bring the benefits of agile - more projects finished, happier customers, happier developers, and so on - to everyday people who work in everyday businesses. It's the 80/20 version of Agile where you get 80% of the benefits, with only 20% of the effort. Oh, and because it's easy to adopt, it tends to work and stay working.  If you are familiar with Goldratt's Theory of Constraints (as used by manufacturers like Boeing, Intel and Ford) then Everyday Agile is simply TOC applied to software development. If you're not familiar with TOC then think of Lean as Toyota do it (rather than how it's described in the books) instead.

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS65)

  • Date: 24-25 September 2009
  • Venue: Dublin  Grand Canal Hotel.
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm
  • Fee: €600 for members  €1300 for non-members

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Cloud Computing Event(Course Ref SS64)

  • Date: 22-23 September 2009
  • Venue: Dublin  Croke Park.
  • Times: 2.00pm - 6.00pm
  • Email Alicia.Hunt@ibec.ie for details

Overview

Cloud Computing Workshop Agenda for Tuesday 22nd September 2009

Chair Sean Baker

Time Agenda Speakers
14:00 Start, Introductions Sean Baker/Ben Hurley (NDRC)
14:05 Introduction to Cloud Computing Joe Drumgoole
15:00 Amazon Overview Attila Narin
15:30 Google Overview Eoghan Nolan
16:00 Microsoft Overview Steve McGibbon
16:30 COFFEE BREAK  
17:00 Real World Use Case Sean O'Sullivan (Local Social)
17:30 Panel Discussion Moderator:  Sean O'Sullivan 
  IBM Pol Mac Aonghusa
  HP Jamie Kelly
  SAP Maik Linders
  Amazon Attila Narin
  Google Eoghan Nolan
  Microsoft  Steve McGibbon
18:00 Technical Workshop Review Joe Drumgoole
18:10 Closing Remarks ISA Director

back to top

Software Testing Event(Course Ref: SS-61)

  • Dates: Wed 17th June 2009
  • Venue: Holiday Inn, Pearse Street, Dublin
  • Times: 12.30pm – 2.00pm
  • Fee: Free to Software Skillnet members - please register with Anna Donegan at anna.donegan@ibec.ie

Evolution of new feature verification in Ericsson & Software Testing and Global Industry

To read the full outlines for the above topics, please click here.

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Manager (Course Ref: SS-68)

  • Dates: Mon 31st August - Friday 4th September
  • Venue: Ericsson Offices, Clonskeagh, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Course Overview

Following on from the ISTQB Foundation Certificate, the Advanced Test Manager Certificate provides the next level of knowledge and practical expertise in the ISTQB Advanced Certification scheme. It is one of three certified courses at Advanced level (the other two being Advanced Test Analyst and Advanced Technical Test Analyst).

The 5 day tutor led course has been designed to enable participants understand, apply and analyse key testing principles and processes.

Who Should Attend?

This course is aimed at testing practitioners, responsible for organising and improving the testing process, i.e. project managers, project leaders, test managers, test team leaders, senior test personnel and test analysts.

Successful completion of the ISTQB Foundation Certificate is a pre-requisite to taking the ISTQB Advanced Certificate examination.

What will you learn?

Upon completion of this course you will be able to:

  • Define the overall testing goals and strategy for the systems being tested.
  • Plan, schedule and track the tasks
  • Describe and organize the necessary activities
  • Select, acquire and assign the adequate resources to the tasks.
  • Select, organize and lead testing teams
  • Organise the communication between the members of the testing teams, and between the testing teams and all other stakeholders.
  • Justify the decisions and provide adequate reporting information where applicable.

Course Contents an overview

Introduction

Basic aspects of software testing

                        Testing in the software lifecycle

                        Specific systems (systems of systems, safety critical etc.)

                        Metrics & measurement

Testing Processes

                        Test planning & Control

                        Test Implementation & Execution

                        Evaluating exit criteria & execution

                        Test Closure Activities

Test Management

                        Test Management Documentation

                        Test Plan Documentation

                        Test Estimation

                        Scheduling Test Planning

                        Test Process Monitoring & Control

                        Business value of Testing

                        Distributed, outsourced and in sourced Testing

                        Risk-based testing

                                    Introduction

                                    Risk Management

                                    Risk Management in the lifecycle

                        Failure modes and effects analysis

                        Test Management Issues

Reviews

                        Principles of Reviews

                        Introducing Reviews

                        Success factors for Reviews

Incident Management

Standards & Test Improvement Process

                        Improving the Test Process

Test Tool Automation

                        Test tool Concepts

                        Test Tool Categories

People Skills           

                        Individual Skills

                        Test Team Dynamics

                        Fitting Testing within an organization

                        Motivation

                        Communication

Course Timetable

Day Topic Areas
1

Introduction to Test Manager Syllabus

Basic Aspects of Software Testing

Testing Processes

Standards and Test Improvement Process

2-4

Test Management

Reviews

5

Incident Management

Test Tools & Automation

People Skills - Team Composition

Handout Materials

Presentation Slides

Syllabus

Glossary

Exercises and model answers

Sample Exam Paper and Answers

Certification

Standard ISTQB Examination

Reference Material

ISTQB Syllabus

ISTQB Glossary

The full Syllabus and Glossary can be downloaded from the ISTQB website: http://www.istqb.org/. All references can be found in the syllabus.

back to top

JAVA Conference (Course Ref: SS-66)

  • Dates: Wed 30th September 09
  • Venue: Cork, Radisson Blu Hotel, Little Island, Cork
  • Times: 2.00pm – 6.00pm

Agenda

Speakers include Manik Surtani, JBoss, Ben Hale, SpringSource, Kevin Noonan, Independent Developer and Simon Ritter, Sun Microsystems.

More details are available by clicking here.

back to top

Test Driven Development(Course Ref: SS-102)

  • Dates: 3 day course - Dates to be Confirmed
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Overview

Generally this course will cover the following topics over a 3 day period.

  • Introduce Test Driven Design
    • Customer Acceptance Tests
    • Unit Tests
  • Using Mocks and Stubs to Unit Test
  • Code Smells
  • Improve the quality of code by refactoring
  • Test Automation
  • Continuous Integration
  • Introducing TDD to a legacy code base safely.

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

ISEB Foundation Certificate in Business Analysis (Course Ref: SS-103)

  • Dates:  May 2010 - Date to be confirmed
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Overview

This certificate is concerned with some of the fundamental aspects of business analysis. Its focus is on using a holistic approach to the investigation and improvement of business situations with a view to developing effective, feasible business solutions.

There are two key elements to the syllabus: the development of a business strategy and the exploration of a business issue, whether a problem or opportunity. For the first element, candidates are required to understand a range of strategic analysis and performance management techniques. For the second element, they are required to be able to apply business analysis techniques within a defined framework.

The certificate is awarded to those who pass a one-hour multiple-choice examination, which is normally given in the afternoon of the third day of the course.  There are no specific pre-requisites for entry to the examination, however candidates should be suitably prepared and possess the appropriate skills and knowledge to fulfil the objectives above. Candidates who are awarded a pass for the examination are awarded the ISEB Foundation Certificate in Business Analysis.


Course objectives

Holders of the ISEB Foundation Certificate in Business Analysis should be able to:

  • Describe how a business strategy is developed.
  • Use strategic analysis techniques.
  • Describe the need for project discipline.
  • Explain techniques to investigate an organisation's business systems.
  • Describe an approach to improving business systems.
  • Explain the importance of stakeholder management and use a stakeholder analysis technique.
  • Use techniques for the analysis and modelling of business systems.
  • Describe how recommendations for business improvement may be identified.
  • Describe the contents of a rigorous business case for the development and implementation of business changes.
  • Identify costs, benefits, impacts and risks for an option in a business case.
  • Explain the derivation of it requirements from the definitions of business improvements.
  • Explain the importance of assuring the business case once the changes have been implemented.

Course outline

A typical outline of an ISEB Foundation Certificate in Business Analysis is outlined below.

1. Rationale

  • A lifecycle for business change
  • The role of the business analyst
  • A comparison of the business analyst and systems analyst roles
  • Purpose of analysing and modelling business systems
  • Overview of business analysis approach (overview model showing roadmap/workflow)

2. Strategic analysis in context

  • Identifying the business domain
  • Internal environment analysis
  • External environment analysis
  • Swot analysis
  • Overview of areas of strategy, including IS strategy
  • Critical success factors and key performance indicators
  • The balanced business scorecard

3. Project discipline for business analysis studies

  • Terms of reference/project initiation
  • Business and project objectives
  • Deliverables from business analysis studies

4. Understanding the situation/issues

  • Stakeholder analysis
  • Overview of investigative techniques
  • Representation of the business situation

5. Business perspectives

  • Identifying different perspectives
  • Defining business perspectives
  • Identifying and resolving conflicts

6. Analysing and modelling business activities

  • Identifying activities
  • Identifying dependencies
  • Building a business activity model
  • Business events/activity triggers
  • Business rules/constraints

7. Identifying potential solutions

  • Gap analysis - comparing the ideal and existing systems
  • Defining a new business model (the processes, people and organisation)
  • Identifying is/it requirements to support the new business model

8. Making the business case

  • Structure of a business case
  • Identifying options for business change
  • Identifying costs and benefits
  • Identifying impacts
  • Identifying risks
  • Principles of risk analysis and management
  • Presenting a business case

9. Accepting the business case

  • Testing the system for user acceptance
  • Managing the implementation of change
  • Realising the business benefits

 To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Managing Project Risk(Course Ref: SS-104)

  • Dates: To Be Confirmed
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Overview

To be Confirmed 

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

ISTQB Foundation in Software Testing (Course Ref: SS-105)

  • Dates: Mon 22nd - Wed 24th March 2010
  • Venue: Grand Canal Hotel, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Overview

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries.

The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) role is to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals.

The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB.

An ISTQB Advanced level qualification equivalent to the ISEB Practitioner has now also been developed to allow a progression route for participants completing the Foundation Course.

Who Should Attend

  • Quality analysts
  • Testers 
  • Developers 
  • Systems analysts 
  • Project leaders 
  • Users 
  • Data administrators

No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be ‘software knowledgeable’ with some minimal test of software experience.

Examination

  • This introduction to software testing provides participants with the knowledge and expertise to undertake the ISTQB examination for the Foundation Certificate offered at the end of the third day.

Course Objectives

Those attending the course will learn:

  • The fundamental principles of Software Testing 
  • How testing fits into the development lifecycle 
  • The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools 
  • Essential functional and non-functional test methods 
  • Basic test design and measurement techniques 
  • Fundamental test management principles 
  • How to select and implement tools effectively

Course Outline

Introduction

  • Fundamentals of Testing 
  • Why is testing necessary? 
  • What is testing? General testing principles
  • Fundamental test process
  • The psychology of testing

Testing through the lifecycle

  • Software development models
  • Test levels
  • Test types – the targets of testing
  • Maintenance testing

Static Reviews

  • Reviews and the test process
  • Review process
  • Static analysis by tools

Test design techniques

  • Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
  • Categories of test design techniques
  • Specification-based or black-box techniques
  • Structure-based or white-box techniques
  • Experience-based techniques

Test Management

  • Test Organisation
  • Test planning and estimation
  • Test process monitoring and control
  • Configuration Management
  • Risk and Testing
  • Incident Management

 Tool Support for Testing

  • Types of test tool
  • Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
  • Introduction of a tool into an organisation

 To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Ruby on Rails (Course Ref: SS-106)

  • Dates: Monday 24th - Thursday 27th May 2010
  • Venue: Cork.
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Overview

This Ruby on Rails training course would teaches attendees how to build web applications using the powerful Rails framework.

Ruby on Rails Training Objectives

- Know how to install and configure Ruby, Rails, and any associated packages

- Understand the Rails request cycle

- Explore the Model-View-Controller architecture for server-side applications

- Learn to program the major components of Rails, including Active Record, Action

- Controller, and Action View

- Learn Ruby fundamentals

- Configure databases for Rails

- Do test driven development of Rails applications

Ruby on Rails Training Outline

The Rails World

  • Rails overview and walkthrough
  • What you do with Rails, and why
  • Framework principles and tradeoffs
  • The Model-View-Controller framework architecture
  • Creating a new Rails application
  • The Rails application directory layout
  • Rails request-handling and URL parsing
  • Customizing the application's routing
  • Deploying with Mongrel
  • The Rails philosophy: "Convention over configuration"

Ruby Skills and Tools

  • Objects and methods
  • Scalars: strings, numbers, dates and times
  • Collections: arrays, hashes
  • Sorting and filtering collections
  • Classes and modules
  • Control flow and conditionals
  • Interactive Ruby (IRB)
  • Attributes
  • Iterators
  • Exception and error-handling

Database Creation and Configuration

  • Basic MySQL™ creation commands
  • Configuring database.yml

Working with ActiveRecord Models

  • Modeling a domain
  • Generating models with script/generate
  • ActiveRecord models and Ruby classes
  • ActiveRecord associations
  • Writing Rails-friendly SQL
  • Data validation techniques
  • Avoiding SQL injection

Database maintenance with ActiveRecord Migrations

  • Automatically-generated migrations
  • Custom migrations
  • Writing accurate "down" methods
  • Keeping migrations in sync

ActionView Essentials

  • HTML/ERb (Embedded Ruby) templates
  • Partial templates
  • Built-in and custom helper methods
  • Layouts
  • The 'flash' facility
  • Avoiding HTML injection

Using ActionController

  • Creating controllers with script/generate
  • Planning and writing actions
  • Controller/view communication via instance variables
  • The special params hash
  • Filter methods for specific actions
  • Redirecting actions
  • Explicit rendering commands
  • Session management

Working with Forms in Rails

  • ActionPack form helper methods
  • "Magic" form-field population
  • Processing forms
  • Hash-based batch processing of CGI data

Testing in Rails

  • Writing fixtures
  • Generating fixtures from a database
  • Unit testing
  • Functional testing

Ajax, JavaScript, and RJS

  • JavaScript facilities and support in Rails
  • Basic DOM updating with Ajax calls
  • RJS templates

Rails Supporting Rails

  • The Rails application console
  • The source code tree
  • The API docs

To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Prince 2 Foundation in Project Management (Course Ref: SS-107)

  • Dates: Mon 22nd - Wed 24th March
  • Venue: Grand Canal Hotel, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Overview 

PRINCE2™ (Projects IN a Controlled Environment) is a leading edge approach to managing projects.  With the launch of PRINCE2™  also came its recognition as the de facto standard for managing projects, not just in the IT/IS environment, but for projects of any size and complexity, run in any industry sector.

This is an intensive three-day course leading to delegates sitting the PRINCE2™ Foundation examination on the final day.

Who should attend?

This course is aimed at anyone wishing to gain the qualification and needing to understand the terminology and principles behind the method.

This course would benefit:

  • Project Managers
  • General Managers
  • Programme Managers
  • Project Team Managers and support staff
  • Staff who will have a defined role
  • Project Management Consultants

Course Content:

This course would follow a syllabus to prepare delegates to pass the PRINCE2™ Foundation Paper.

Upon successful completion of the course, students would have:

  • Gained a basic knowledge and understanding of project management and project-based work.
  • Identified the difference between a project and a process.
  • Been introduced to the components, elements and processes of PRINCE2™ and the relationships that bind them together.

Course Topics would include areas such as:

  • Introduction to Project Management
  • Overview of PRINCE2™
  • Starting up a project
  • The Project Management Team Initiating a project
  • The Business Case
  • Risk and Quality Management
  • All aspects of Planning Controls
  • Managing Stage Boundaries
  • Quality in a PE Controlling a Stage
  • Managing Product Delivery
  • Change Control
  • Configuration Management and Project Closure

Comprehensive course documentation would be provided, including a copy of the OGC’s “Managing Successful Projects with PRINCE2”

Delegates must undertake a period of self-study using materials provided before the course. In addition there is a requirement for evening work to be completed throughout the course. The Foundation examination, a one-hour multiple choice questionnaire exam, takes place in the afternoon of the third day.

 To Book this Course Please Click Here

back to top

Software Testing Event (Course Ref: SS-108)

  • Dates: Wed 17th February 2010
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, Dublin
  • Times: 5.00pm – 7.30pm
  • Fee: Free to Software Skillnet  members - please register with Anna Donegan at anna.donegan@ibec.ie

Sarah Murphy, Xilinx: Title: Lean Test Process Improvement in Agile Testing

The presentation will introduce the audience to the Lean Philosophy and use a case study to demonstrate how test process improvement can be driven from the bottom-up very effectively by empowering the team members of the Test Process Improvement initiative. The removal of waste (anything that doesn’t add value) is at the core of the Lean Philosophy.

Ensuring that the test process is as efficient and effective as it can be facilitates an agility within testing and empowers the test effort to react to change positively and agilely.

The presentation will :

- demonstrate how a team of testers came together and contributed to the improvement of various testing processes and activities.

- address how “easy“ change becomes within the testing organization when it is driven by the testers themselves.

- show how test management can facilitate the empowering of its testers while still maintaining a decorum of control.

- address how the usual resistance to change was surmounted by a TPI effort driven by those who are executing the testing.

- include feedback from a recently held Retrospective with Lessons Learned clearly elaborated on.

Scott Armstrong, SQS UK:Title: Test Automation: A Roadmap for Success 

The presentation :

- aims to debunk the myth that one automation tool fits all; it is essential to tailor and plan the tools and technologies involved to deliver an effective solution.

- highlight that automation is not a panacea for a struggling testing project. In the right circumstances and with the correct strategy, test automation can provide impressive returns on investment, but these efforts must be carefully targeted.

- discuss the factors that need to be considered and the steps that should be taken to ensure the successful delivery of an automation project, and will highlight the problems that are often encountered when deploying a new tool.

- include case studies of SQS Automation projects which ill illustrate these principles in action

back to top

Software Testing Event(Course Ref: SS-109)

  • Dates: Thur 18th February 2010
  • Venue: Cork International Airport, Cork
  • Times: 4.00pm – 6.00pm
  • Fee: Free to Software Skillnet members - please register with Alison at alison@itcork.ie

Sarah Murphy, Xilinx: Title: Lean Test Process Improvement in Agile Testing

The presentation will introduce the audience to the Lean Philosophy and use a case study to demonstrate how test process improvement can be driven from the bottom-up very effectively by empowering the team members of the Test Process Improvement initiative. The removal of waste (anything that doesn’t add value) is at the core of the Lean Philosophy.

Ensuring that the test process is as efficient and effective as it can be facilitates an agility within testing and empowers the test effort to react to change positively and agilely.

The presentation will :

- demonstrate how a team of testers came together and contributed to the improvement of various testing processes and activities.

- address how “easy“ change becomes within the testing organization when it is driven by the testers themselves.

- show how test management can facilitate the empowering of its testers while still maintaining a decorum of control.

- address how the usual resistance to change was surmounted by a TPI effort driven by those who are executing the testing.

- include feedback from a recently held Retrospective with Lessons Learned clearly elaborated on.

Scott Armstrong, SQS UK:Title: Test Automation: A Roadmap for Success 

The presentation :

- aims to debunk the myth that one automation tool fits all; it is essential to tailor and plan the tools and technologies involved to deliver an effective solution.

- highlight that automation is not a panacea for a struggling testing project. In the right circumstances and with the correct strategy, test automation can provide impressive returns on investment, but these efforts must be carefully targeted.

- discuss the factors that need to be considered and the steps that should be taken to ensure the successful delivery of an automation project, and will highlight the problems that are often encountered when deploying a new tool.

- include case studies of SQS Automation projects which ill illustrate these principles in action.

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS130)

  • Date: Tuesday 6th & Wednesday 7th July 2010
  • Venue: Letterkenny
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Customer Excellence (Course Ref: SS-111)

  • Dates: Mon 22nd - Thurs 25th March
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Training Outcomes

Technical support teams will know how and when to use a variety of questioning and listening techniques, to determine the real causes of the problem and develop solutions.

  • They will understand how their behaviour contributes to the customers’ perception of the company.
  • They will investigate their contribution to the reduced downtime and increased profitability of the clients
  • They will appreciate how the technical skills and the soft skills support each other
  • They will create a plan to apply the new learning in the workplace

Day one

The role of technical support
What is their role?
How their solutions contributes to client workforce productivity
How the client uses its workforce productivity as a measure of customer satisfaction

Taking control of communication
Using language the customer can understand
What are barriers?
Using your voice as a business tool
Understanding the communication funnel
How the customer filters your message
It’s not what you say it’s what they hear

Identifying needs
Understanding the customer revolution
Question techniques – why and when to use them
The difference between listening and hearing
Active listening

Day Two

Technical expertise plus tact
Negotiating skills
Characteristics of an effective support person
Evaluating the call from the customers perspective
Dynamics of satisfaction and loyalty
Characteristics of users
Reliance on technology
Managing Fast finger Freddy and other personalities

Managing the telephone call
What annoys you and are you contributing to the situation
Opening the call
Identifying the problem
Explaining the unexpected behaviour of the software
Providing solutions or guidance in using the software
Handling difficult calls
Using the escalation process

Responding to criticism
Using fogging and negative assertion
The six step SOFTEN technique

back to top

Customer Service for Technical Support (Course Ref: SS-112)

  • Dates: Mon 29th March - Thursday 1st April
  • Venue: Cork
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Day 1 – Call handling technique and managing self

The purpose of the first day is to ensure that agents have an understanding of and have practiced best practice in call handling techniques. Relevant practical exercises taken from their daily phone call types will be used.

Details on the various types of customers and how to serve them best will be incorporated. Agents will practice sales call structures and closing the sale scenarios.

Agents will also learn techniques to handle their own attitude and emotions on a call and how to be able to handle calls with more confidence.

The day is practical exercise and role-play driven and examples will come from daily practice.

Specific topics covered in Day one

What’s missing in Telephone Communication?
To begin, participants will explore Alfred Mehrabian’s study on communication and how it effects telephone communication. Participants will also learn the role that body language plays in telephone communication.

Verbal Communication
This session will cover the four E’s of an effective telephone voice and how you can use them to promote a service image.

Who are Your Customers?
In this session, participants will learn about what a customer is, and they will identify some of their own customers.

To Serve and Delight
This session will give participants an opportunity to develop strong, helpful phrases for assisting customers.

Listening Skills
During this session, participants will learn techniques for active listening and staying focused.

Asking the Right Questions
In this session, participants will learn about open and closed questions and probes.

Sales by Phone
This session will discuss how to use information delivery and rapport building to help participants sell over the phone.

Structure of a sales call
This session will outline the various parts of a sales call, from opening questions to selling the benefits of the products. This session will break down their call types into practical roadmaps for handling calls.

Closing down the Voice
This session will give participants a chance to practice some vocal exercises.

Closing the Sale
Next, participants will develop good questions that can help them close a sale.

Managing the self
Being a proficient agent will require a lot of skill in managing your emotions and responses, each of us has a unique style of communicating and sometimes this is not the most appropriate. In this session agents will learn techniques to handle their own emotions and style, which will improve the customer and agent experience.

Target practice
Agree targets and objectives for practice for the coming week on the phone.

Day 2 – Script development and handling objections

The purpose of Day 2 is to build on and fine-tune skills obtained in the first day. We will kick off with feedback from using the skills in practice, as well as targets achieved or missed.

This day is focussed on improving skills for scripting, handling objections and advanced selling techniques.

Once again, examples and role plays will come from the daily call practice and these will drive learning of techniques.

Scripts developed throughout the various groups and training days will be made available to agents after the course.

Feedback on practice in reality from day 1
In this session we will review whether targets and objectives set at the end of day 1 were achieved. This is a discussion-based session, with a focus on how the team could have handled calls and workload better and where are they already comfortable and confident. We will incorporate listening to some excellent examples and listening to calls with room for improvement.

Cold and Warm Calls
During this session, participants will learn about these two types of calls and how to maximize their efficiency in each.

Developing a Script
Scripts can be an effective tool, particularly for cold calls. This session will give participants a chance to lay out the framework for their script.

Perfecting the Script
Next, participants will learn ways to customize their scripts. We will also look at FAQ sheets and how they can help participants on a daily basis.

Going Above and Beyond
This session will give participants 15 techniques for success and some ways to customize their service.

Selling the benefits
How do you identify the product benefits?
What are the various success stories of clients?
How can you use benefits in your call?
In this session we will use existing stories of how clients have used VMWare products to improve their working life and develop a benefit listing by customer type.

Handling Objections
During this session, participants will learn different ways to address objections.

Feelings
During this session, participants will work in pairs to rewrite dry and less than imaginative statements to show empathy for their customers.

Negotiation
Negotiation is a key skill for contact centre success. During this session, participants will learn four things that they can do to become better negotiators.

It's More than Just a Phase
Next, participants will learn about the four phases of negotiation and some different types of negotiation.

High Impact Moments
This session will explore some situations where you come into contact with a client or customer at a time when you can have a huge impact on them.

Phone Tag and Getting the Call Back
While today’s technology can make it hard to reach a decision maker, it also provides opportunities. This session will give participants some tools to deal with phone tag.

Dealing with Difficult Customers
This session will give participants nine easy techniques for managing difficult customers. We will also look at how to deal with vulgarity.

Day 3 & 4 – Skills fine-tuning, setting yourself up for success and minimum stress

We will focus back on topics discussed in day 1 and 2, where weaknesses or inconsistencies have been noticed in agents’ behaviour in the centre.

We will also look at further self-management and workload management techniques. Agents will be introduced to targets and feedback structure as well as how to focus on their high priority goals.

We will also look at techniques on managing stress, which is essential in a call centre environment. Again, examples and exercises will be taken from the daily workload.

Feedback and overview putting the skills into practice
A discussion-based session on how objectives were met and how they can improve. Did we reach our objectives?

Self-assessment based on evaluation form
Listening to calls relevant to each group with self-assessment feedback based on the management assessment form, which will be used in the future for agent evaluation. Constructive feedback will be the focus of this session, as well as praise for a job well done.

Review of topics identified as weak points

Targets, objectives and your focus
Based on targets laid out by centre management, agents will revise where they are relative to these, how to structure their work load in such a way that the targets are achievable and how to stay focussed on high priorities.

Stress Busting
We all need techniques for managing the stress in our lives. This session will encourage participants to develop some personalized ways to manage stress.

Staying positive
In a selling environment it is important to stay positive, as individuals and in group the agents will identify ways of staying positive under pressure and how they can help each other to stay on the right track.

Customer experience
In this session we will focus on the ultimate customer experience and how agents can help deliver the best possible customer experience for each of the customer types identified in previous training sessions.

back to top

Better Business Writing (Course Ref: SS-113)

  • Dates: Thurs 25th, Wed 31st March and Thurs 1st April
  • Venue: Cork
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

Overview

This workshop is designed to give the participants an understanding of the importance of written communication in delivering the core message of the company brand. Specifically, it will present the techniques to create documents or emails with a clear, logical structure to organise their ideas and key points. It addresses the difficulties of communicating where the support person or the customer is using English as a second language. This workshop presents active management of the written communication process as an essential skill in getting the information from others, setting clear direction, building trust and maintaining professionalism in the face of difficulties. It will have a practical, hands-on focus with the participants creating and completing the exercises with an actual report or type of email in mind.

Objectives
Having completed this training the participants will:
- Have a clear understanding of the communication issues and how to handle them
- Understand that professional writing is a career skill
- Have a systematic method to prepare and present their reports
Have practiced the techniques and created an action plan to apply them

Report writing
- Writing to be understood
- Who are your audience?
- Using a logical sequence
- Chunking and Linking
- Choosing the correct voice
- Creating a template

Using email as a business tool
Having completed the session the participants will:
- Understand the importance of a positive customer experience in maintaining the Trend Micro brand
- Create effective emails for internal engineers
- Learn some techniques for managing customer expectations
- Use email as a business communication tools
- Examine the range of communication strategies available to you
- Structuring your email
- Mastering Spelling, Punctuation & Usage
- Six tips for Better Spelling

Practical Exercises
- Punctuation Pointers
- Word Usage Quiz and practice
- Critique of real examples of emails and reports
- Exercises to practise achieving high levels of professionalism and readability
- Creating a template
- A team exercise in preparing and writing a report, using all the learning points from the course

Personal Action Plans
Personal action plans for improving written communication professionalism and effectiveness

back to top

Product Management/Successful Software Commercialisation (Course Ref: SS-114)

  • Location: Clontarf Castle, Dublin
  • Dates: Tuesday 1st and Wednesday 2nd June

BOOK YOUR PLACE

Who Should Attend?:

Those in the Technology Sector who are new product managers, practicing product managers, seeking a refresher course or programme/ project management, engineering and marketing managers or staff that share duties or collaborate with product management

Outline

Product Manager Role and Function
An introduction to the Key Process Areas of Product Management, the role and responsibilities of the Product Manager, where this role fits in the organisation and how it interacts with other company departments. Implement product management functions and processes to maximise your product success.

Market Analysis
Market Research process, information sources, customers and competition. Understand the importance of market intelligence for strategic decision-making. Validate product concepts with the market before costly implementation.

Product Strategy
Articulate your product goals and define a winning strategy approach based on opportunities/ business cases derived from market analysis.

Strategic Pricing
Avoid common pricing mistakes. Understand the relationship between costs, customers and competition and maximise your profits by learning how to implement a value-based pricing strategy.

Requirements Management
Ensure product specification contains only features/ functionality that customers are willing to pay for. Include all relevant stakeholders in requirements elicitation process ensuring that you avoid costly development mistakes.

Positioning
Understand where your product fits in relation to the competition. Understand where the opportunities are to provide unique benefit to your target customer, and articulate this message clearly to them.

Product Planning
Identify clearly your target audience, and efficiently manage your resources, processes and deliverables to ensure product success.

Go-To-Market - Planning
Create implementation plans, including Product Launch and Social Media Marketing plans that allow you to realise your product strategy.

back to top

SQL Immersion 2010 (Course Ref: SS-115)

  • Venue: The Auditorium, EPDC 2, South County Business Park, Leopardstown
  • Dates: 28th June to 1st July

Paul and Kimberly are also hosting two 2 day masterclasses in Level 400, click here

OVERVIEW

This level 300 course provides a unique opportunity for Developers and DBAs who wish to focus on achieving excellence in SQL Server to learn directly from renowned world experts, Paul S Randal and Kimberly L Tripp. Delegates who attend will acquire essential knowledge that can quickly be applied in production to improve performance, reliability, availability and scalability.

The event offers a three track option to delegates: full immersion; Developer; and DBA: to facilitate a more tailored programme.

Immersion Events are unique and individually planned seminars and workshops, with content specifically created by database-related industry experts. The training materials are customized to provide deep coverage enabling attendees to master the content. These RARE, small and intense events are the place to be for high quality SQL Server training.

The goal of an Immersion Event is to provide you with many ways of learning. In the course of an intense and focused week, we will ensure that nothing gets in your way. Our goal is to challenge you and offer you many different possible opportunities to explore and reinforce what you are learning and these are not limited solely to the classroom. We strive to enhance your learning experience through networking and mixed training formats:

  • Classroom lectures with printed course materials
  • Detailed and realistic demos
  • Free-form individual troubleshooting

CONTENT

This event is intense, technical and focused. Plan on finally having the time to focus on the areas of SQL Server that you have always wanted to explore, and bringing back detailed knowledge to enhance your company deployment and make it more reliable, more secure, more scalable and easier to support. Our SQL Server content is always current and relevant for the latest version, right to the latest Service Pack

See below for information on the course and its content

  • Day 1 SQL Server Internals
    • On-disk structures: how the data is stored
      • Records, pages, allocation bitmaps
    • Index internals: how the data is organised
    • Logging & recovery: how the data is protected
      • What is logging?
      • How Recovery works
      • How the transaction log is structured
      • Recovery Models
  • Day 2 Designing for Performance
    • Choosing the RIGHT Data Type
      • Understanding data types
      • Character data, overflow & LOB
      • LOB considerations
      • Date and time data types
      • Heterogeneous data types
      • Sparse columns
      • Application inconsistencies in types
    • Table & Index Partitioning Strategies
      • Concepts / motivating factors in partitioning
      • SQL Server 2000+ Partitioned Views
      • SQL Server 2005+ Partitioned Tables
      • Partitioning Design Techniques Combined
      • Partitioned & Non-Partitioned Indexes
      • Implementing the Sliding Window Scenario
  • Day 3 Indexing for Performance
    • Data Access
      • Data Access Patterns
      • Covering
      • Using INCLUDE (SQL Server 2005 +)
      • Using Filters (SQL Server 2008+)
    • Indexing Strategies
      • Indexing for AND
      • Indexing for OR
      • Indexing for JOINS
      • Indexing for Aggregates
      • Indexed Views (Overview)
  • Day 4 Essential Database Maintenance
    • Data & Log file provisioning & management
      • Database layout considerations
      • Growing & shrinking
      • Instant initialization
    • Tembdb
    • Index & statistics maintenance
    • Using backup and restore
    • Consistency checking

back to top

Red Hat Linux (System Administration) (Course Ref: SS-116)

  • Date to be confirmed
  • Location to be confirmed
  • Fee to be confirmed

BOOK YOUR PLACE

Introduction

For users of Linux (or UNIX) who want to start building skills in systems administration on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, to a level where they can attach and configure a workstation on an existing network. See complete details below

Audience

Linux or UNIX users, who understand the basics of Red Hat Linux, that desire further technical training to begin the process of becoming a system administrator.

Prerequisites

  • RH033 Red Hat Linux Essentials or
  • or equivalent experience with Red Hat Linux

Goal

An operator who can perform system administration tasks to a level where he/she can install, configure, and attach a new Red Hat Linux workstation to an existing network.

Course Content

  • Unit 1 Package Management
    Manage software on system using yum, Red Hat Network, and rpm.
  • Unit 2  System Initializating
    Define boot process, recover system, and manage service startup.
  • Unit 3  Kernel Services
    Explore kernel modules and variants, tune kernel parameters, manage devices, and monitor processes and resources.
  • Unit 4  System Services
    Configure and access various consoles to manage system logging, time synchronization, printers, and task automation.
  • Unit 5  Filesystem Management
    Expand storage by adding new filesystems and swap space. Configure autofs for on-demand network storage.
  • Unit 6  User Administration
    Create, modify and delete users, groups, and policy. Escalate privileges. Establish collaborative group directories.
  • Unit 7  Network Configuration
    Configure dynamic and static network settings for both IPv4 and IPv6.
  • Unit 8  Advanced User Administration
    Revisit user administration by connecting to network directory services like NIS and LDAP. Protect users and groups through ACLs, quotas, and SELinux.
  • Unit 9 Advanced Filesystem Management
    Back up your data. Manage filesystems using Software RAID and Logical Volume Management.
  • Unit 10 Installation
    Perform both interactive and automated installations of Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
  • Unit 11 Virtualization with Xen
    Install the xen environment and create a para-virtualized user domain running Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
  • Unit 12 Troubleshooting
    Explore troubleshooting methodologies while defining standard things to check. Maintain system from different runlevels. Utilize the rescue environment of anaconda.

back to top

Java Programming for Developers (Course Ref: SS-117)

  • Date to be confirmed
  • Location Dublin
  • Fee to be confirmed

BOOK YOUR PLACE

This training course covers the core components of the Java Programming Language. The training course is designed to teach programmers of other languages the skills needed to learn how to write robust, platform independent Java applications leveraging the power and flexibility of the Java 2 platform.

Layout

This training course combines lectures with practical exercises that help the delegates to put what they have learned on the training course into practice. The exercises specifically build on what has been recently taught and are built up as the training course progresses.

Who it is for

This training course is for developers who need to be able to develop applications using the Java programming language.

Training Course Prerequisites

  • The training course assumes that delegates are already programmers. They will already understand the need for flow control, variables, operators and functions, and indeed have used them in other language contexts.
  • It assumes no knowledge of the object-oriented paradigm as object oriented theory is also covered in the content of the training course.

Training Course Objectives

At the end of this training course, students should be able to:

  • Understand the Java runtime environment and the role of the virtual machine
  • Identify and use the Java primitive datatypes
  • Use the Java flow control constructs
  • Understand the difference between classes and objects
  • Implement instance data, methods, constructors, and method overloading
  • Understand and implement the concept of inheritance
  • Define the role of an interface, and be able to create and use one
  • Create a Java applet
  • Understand the concept of static data and methods
  • Understand the concept of polymorphism and be able to take advantage of it using Java
  • Be able to implement the Java Collections API
  • Build a Java user interface using the Swing APIs
  • Implement the Java event handling model
  • Build error handling blocks into applications
  • Understand how to work with Databases from Java
  • Understand how FileIO and Networking is implemented using Java
  • Implement inner classes using Java and identify where they can be used

back to top

The Irish Software Show - Epicentre 2010

  • Date: June 8th-11th 2010
  • Venue: Arts Building, Trinity College Dublin
  • Cost: Special Rates for small companies through the Software Skillnet
     

To book tickets at special rates through the Software Skillnet click here

For more information on the event click here http://epicenter.ie/2010.html

The Software Skillnet are providing places for 30 small companies to attend this National Software Event at the special grant aided prices shown above.Companies are eligible if they employ less than 30 staff and any number of places can be booked. To avail of the special rates email susan@isa-skillnet.com

Event outline:
epicenter is four days of software excellence - it's a conference for learning, it's an expo for researching, it's a place for meeting! It's for software architects, CTO's and developers of all knowledge and experience levels.

The Irish Software Show is organised by IrishDev.com and included 74 Sessions over 4 days. The epicenter conference is 'the place' to come to hear expert programming tips and tricks in the latest and greatest movements for the software, web and technology worlds. There are over 100 sessions covering Java, Open Source, Microsoft, Web, Enterprise, Mainframe (yes, you read right!) Databases, Mobile, Agile, Cloud and Virtualisation...plus much more!

In addition to the conference sessions, there are free-to-attend product reviews taking place each day, ideal for the CIO who wants to see what's coming along the line, but without the need to deep-dive into the underlying technology.

Speakers and case studies on each day will cover

  • Business best practices and Tools
  • Client Server
  • Web
  • Cloud and Mobile

back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass  (SS-176)

  • Date: Thursday 11th & Friday 12th November 2010
  • Duration: 2 days (9.00am to 5.30pm)
  • Venue: 4400 Cork Airport Business Park, CORK


OVERVIEW

On a welcome return to Cork following his two sold-out sessions for it@cork last year, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. It is also good for those who have limited exposure to SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

COURSE OBJECTIVES/LEARNING OUTCOMES

Participants will have the opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions and a handson opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer.  

They will learn:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

COURSE CONTENT

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

SUMMARY COURSE OUTLINE

SQL Statement Tuning

- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools

- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass  (SS-120)

  • Date: Tuesday 9th & Wednesday 10th November
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Duration: 2 days (9.00am to 5.30pm)

DESCRIPTION

On a welcome return to Dublin following his two sold-out sessions last year, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

TOPICS COVERED

 

How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
In-depth look at Explain Plans
Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
SQL Trace/Stats Pack
PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

 

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

 

COURSE OVERVIEW

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

 

SUMMARY COURSE OUTLINE 

SQL Statement Tuning

 

- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools

- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

FREE SEMINAR with Dan Hotka  (SS-121)

  • Date: Monday 8th November 2010
  • Duration: IBEC Offices, 4.30pm - 6.30pm
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Cost: Software Skillnet Members Go Free !!!

A "MUST SEE" for anyone doing Oracle SQL Tuning - Get a thorough understanding of how the COST BASED OPTIMIZER works.

BOOK THIS SEMINAR

Understanding Explain Plans - Dan covers:

· Useful Explain Plan tools and scripts

· Regular SQL Explain Plans

· Parallel SQL Explain Plans

CURRENT BIO:

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 32 years in the computer industry and over 27 years of experience with Oracle products. He is an accepted member of the Oracle Ace group. He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days. Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson. He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world.

back to top

Programming with Python (SS-122)

  • Date: Tuesday 29th & Wednesday 30th June 2010
  • Venue: Apple Cork, Hollyhill Industrial Estate
  • Duration: 2 day course (9.00am to 5.30pm)

   

BOOK THIS COURSE 

COURSE DESCRIPTION 

Python is powerful, portable, object- oriented open source programming language for writing stand alone programs, quick scripts, and prototypes for large applications. This will cover the fundamentals of Python - statements, variables, comments, conditionals and loops. It will also cover Python's collections - Lists, Tuples and Dictionaries. Functions, modules and packages and the use of and creation of data types (objects) in Python.

Object oriented principles and capabilities are built in to the Python language, and the course will address how these can be exploited most effectively.

 

TRAINEE REQUIREMENTS

Prior programming experience in another language such as Perl, Java, Basic or C.

 

COURSE OUTLINE

This course will be based on lectures, classroom exercises and class discussions covering the following topics:

  • Basic language principles;
  • Execution models, the Python interpreter and IDE support;
  • Basic types and control flow;
  • Defining and using functions;
  • Operating on files – input and output;
  • Analysing text with regular expressions;
  • Data structures – lists, tuples and dictionaries;
  • Defining and using modules;
  • Classes and objects

back to top

Rapid Software Testing (SS-125)

  • Date: Monday 13th to Wednesday 15th September 2010
  • Venue: Xilinx, Citywest Business Park
  • Duration: 3 day course (9.00am to 5.30pm)

COURSE DESCRIPTION 

Rapid Software Testing is a three-day, hands-on class that teaches testing as a sophisticated thinking art. The philosophy presented in this class is not like traditional approaches to testing, which ignore the thinking part of testing and instead advocate never-ending paperwork. Products have become too complex for that, time is too
short, and testers are too expensive. Rapid testing uses a cyclic approach and heuristic methods to constantly re-optimize testing to fit the needs of your clients. The Rapid approach isn't just testing with a speed or sense of urgency; it's mission-focused testing that eliminates unnecessary work, assures that everything necessary gets done, and
constantly asks what testing can do to speed the project as a whole. This class presents an approach to testing that begins with developing personal skills and extends to the ultimate mission of software testing: lighting the way of the project by evaluating the product.

One important tool of rapid testing is the discipline of exploratory testing—essentially a testing martial art. Exploratory testing combines test design, test execution, test result interpretation, and learning into a seamless process that finds a lot of problems quickly. If you are an experienced tester, you'll find out how to articulate those intellectual processes of testing that you already practice intuitively. If you're a new tester, hands-on testing exercises help you gain critical experience.

COURSE OUTLINE

In this Rapid Software Testing course, the attendee will learn:

• How to focus on the mission and hit the ground running, tackling the
testing of any product or product idea instantly

• How to analyze, select, and use concise and effective heuristics,
models, and practices for rapid test design

• How to test expertly despite ambiguous, missing, or constantly
changing specifications

• How to deal with potentially overwhelming complexity or confusion

• How to decide when to start, suspend, or stop testing—or how to
continue while steering in a different direction

• How to prepare and deliver credible test reports at any time

ABOUT MICHAEL BOLTON

Michael Bolton is an established and recognised leading-edge expert in the area of Software Testing. Michael has extensive experience in delivering workshops, tutorials, and conference presentations on the topic of Rapid Software Testing. He has over 20 years of experience in the computer industry testing, developing, managing, and writing about software.

:

back to top

SQL Immersion 2010 (Course Ref: SS-126)

  • Venue: The Auditorium, EPDC 2, South County Business Park, Leopardstown
  •  

OVERVIEW

These Master Classes are best attended only by those who have previously attended an Immersion level event or who have a good working knowledge of the following concepts: SQL Internals, On Disk Structures, Index B-Tree Structures and performance tuning concepts such as Wait Stats, perfmon counters and DMV’s.

Performance Optimizatin Master Class

In this course, Paul and Kimberly focus on best practices in scalable code, monitoring system and resource utilization, as well as governing it and finally will analyze the health of your indexes and overall indexing strategy.  When dealing with resource troubleshooting, Paul and Kimberly will introduce three core concepts in understanding how your SQL Server is performing – waits, queues and locks – and they will explain how to investigate performance issues related to them. Following on from this two new features in SQL Server 2008 that allow resources to be constrained to protect critical workloads and perform very in-depth troubleshooting are introduced.  Click here for further information

Disaster Recovery Master Class

Disasters happen - plain and simple. When disaster strikes a database you're responsible for, are you going to be able recover within the down-time and/or data-loss limits your company requires? This workshop isn't about how to achieve high-availability, it's about how to prevent or overcome the obstacles you're likely to hit when trying to recover from a disaster such as not having the right backups, not having valid backups, or not having any backups! How do you come up with a good and reliable backup strategy? How can you architect a database to allow easier recovery? What can you do to limit the damage a disaster causes? In this demo-heavy workshop, you will see a ton of tips, tricks, and techniques that have been learned from years of experience helping customers plan for and recover from disasters. Click here for further information

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS141)

  • Date: To be confirmed
  • Venue: Cork
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Microsoft Certified IT Professional (Course Ref SS167)

  • Start Date: 1st September 2010
  • Venue: Limerick, Raheen Business Park
  • Times: Wednesday evenings from 5pm to 8pm

 COURSE OVERVIEW

The Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP) certification provides the ideal way to Demonstrate an ability to use Windows Server 2008 to excel in a specific, market relevant job role. 

The Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP) certification helps validate that an individual has the comprehensive set of skills necessary to perform a particular job role, such as database administrator or enterprise messaging administrator. MCITP certifications build on the technical proficiency measured in the Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist (MCTS) certifications. Therefore, you will earn one or more MCTS certifications on your way to earning an MCITP certification.

Candidate profile

MCITP candidates are IT professionals capable of deploying, building, designing, optimizing, and operating technologies for a particular job role. They make the design and technology decisions necessary to ensure successful technology implementation projects. Candidates should have at least one year of experience implementing and administering a network operating system.

Why get certified?

Earning a Microsoft Certification helps validate your proven experience and knowledge in using Microsoft products and solutions. Designed to be relevant in today’s rapidly changing IT marketplace, Microsoft Certifications help you utilize evolving technologies, fine-tune your troubleshooting skills, and improve your job satisfaction. Whether you are new to technology, changing jobs, or a seasoned IT professional, becoming certified helps demonstrate to customers, peers, and employers that you are committed to advancing your skills and taking on greater challenges. In addition, certification provides you with access to exclusive Microsoft Certified Professional (MCP) resources and benefits, including opportunities to connect with a vast, global network of MCPs.

COURSE OBJECTIVES/LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course; the participant will have validated their ability to handle day-to-day management of the server operating system, file structure, and directory services; handle software distribution and updates; monitor servers; provide tier-2 troubleshooting support; support engineering and change-management projects; build and configure servers; implement auditing policy; perform scheduled vulnerability-assessment scans; and monitor logs for firewalls and intrusion-detection systems.

Course Delivery:

This course will be run over a period of 48 learning days - one evening per week from 5.00 - 8.00pm for 42 weeks with 6 exam prep sessions: one evening per week from 5.00 - 8.00pm

Microsoft Official Curriculum course materials will be provided for each of the five courses that constitute the certificate (i.e.  5 sets of course materials for each participant).  Transcender Exam prep materials will also be provided for all three exams. 

The programme will cover exam preparation for the following exams:

1. Exam 070-642 TS: Windows Server 2008 Network Infrastructure, Configuring http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/exam.aspx?ID=70-642&locale=en-us

2. Exam 083-640 TS: Windows Server 2008 Active Directory, Configuring http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/exam.aspx?ID=70-640&locale=en-us

3. Exam 070-646 TS: Pro: Windows Server 2008, Server Administrator http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/exam.aspx?ID=70-646

Details on the official curriculum can be accessed on the links provided

COURSE CONTENT:

The Microsoft official course outlines for each of the five courses that will lead to the MCITP certification are referenced below:

1. 6421A Configuring and Troubleshooting a Windows Server 2008 Network Infrastructure http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/course.aspx?id=6421A&locale=en-us#tab1

2. 6425B Configuring and Troubleshooting Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Domain Services http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/course.aspx?ID=6425A

3. 6426B Configuring and Troubleshooting Identity and Access Solutions with Windows Server 2008 Active Directory http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/course.aspx?ID=6426A&locale=en-us

4. 6419A Configuring, Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/course.aspx?id=6419A&locale=en-us#tab3

5. 6430B Planning for Windows Server 2008 Servers http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/Course.aspx?ID=6430B&Locale=en-us

back to top

Difficult Situation Handling (Course Ref SS127 & SS128)

  • Date: 30th - 31st August 2010
  • Venue: Trend Micro premises, Cork
  • Times: 8.30am to 4.00pm


 OVERVIEW 

This two day course is for people on the front line of customer service, whether over the phone, via email/ online; or face to face specifically within a Technical Support Environment.

It is designed to give you tools to better handle difficult situations, to make the most of customer contact, to negotiate more effectively to develop loyal customers and to learn how to take care of yourself as well. Participants will learn superior techniques and skills aimed at improving levels of competence and confidence when dealing with customers - in particular, how to handle the difficult conversations with customers who can sometimes be angry, abusive, challenging and awkward.

During this 2 day workshop we look at what sets the standard for excellent customer service, how to ensure you get forgiven your mistakes, how to make customers feel welcome and how to define that indefinable 'extra' and exceed customer expectations.

WHO SHOULD ATTEND

 

This workshop is specifically designed for customer care representatives, technical support engineers and analysts within a Technical Support Environment.

BENEFITS

 

  • You will be provided with a structure for dealing with customers across all aspects of the relationship.
  • You will clearly understand your customer's point of view and demonstrate the skills necessary for effective communication and the ability to manage customers' heightened demands and expectations.
  • You will learn to maximise the customers experience to encourage them to return and others to do the same.
  • Enable you to deal with difficult, rude or indifferent customers and handle difficult situations more effectively for a positive outcome.
  • Negotiate more effectively with customers and develop customer relationships by caring for yourself as well as your customers and confidently handle complaints with empathy and efficiency gaining confidence in your Customer Service role.

CONTENT

 

  • What is the Core vs. Client Service
  • Current Reality vs. Vision
  • Balancing volume: quality versus quantity
  • Levels of Service Expected - review of stakeholders needs and wants.
  • Understanding the differing Mindsets
  • Relationship Model: hitting our customers’ “Hot Buttons”
  • RapportBuilding & 4 Client Desires
  • Dealing with Difficult Situations: using the ASAP technique with the irate caller
  • Dealing with Angry Clients
  • HEAR Model for Communicating more effectively: listening & questioning techniques
  • Assertiveness Methods and Techniques
  • Coping strategies for dealing with difficult customers
  • Dealing with the Foreign Accent
  • Avoiding Emotional Leakage – from one customer to the next.

back to top

Advanced Negotiation & Service Recovery Skills (Course Ref SS129)

  • Date: 3rd September 2010
  • Venue: Trend Micro premises, Cork
  • Times: 8.30am to 4.00pm


 OVERVIEW  

This intensive one day advanced course builds on the skills taught in the 2 day programme and is for people on the front line of customer service dealing with escalated situations whether over the phone, via email/ online; or face to face specifically within a Technical Support Environment.

Participants will learn superior techniques and skills aimed at improving levels of confidence when dealing with escalated queries from customers - in particular, how to handle the difficult situations arising from customers’ escalated issues.

During this 1 day workshop we look at what our customers want at this particular stage of escalation, how to determine what customers want, and evaluate the service provided. Participants will also learn how to create, implement, and monitor service standards to engendering a customer service climate and foster customer loyalty.

WHO SHOULD ATTEND

  

This workshop is specifically designed for customer care representatives, technical support engineers and analysts within a Technical Support Environment.

BENEFITS    

  • You will be provided with a structure for dealing with escalated customers across all aspects of the relationship.
  • Learn practical techniques and strategies for dealing with angry customers
  • Increase your confidence in dealing with escalated calls
  • Win people over, build and maintain trust and make a positive impact when negotiating  
  • Be more aware of the impact your persuasion style has on others and be able to vary it as needed
  • Assert yourself when faced with strong characters  
  • Fundamentals of negotiation: finding a point of balance with customers

 

CONTENTS

 

  • What our customers want – the “Permanent Positives”
  • The Respect vs Quality Matrix
  • The customer journey – the right interaction at the 5 key stages
  • Understanding customer loyalty development  and employee loyalty’s influence 
  • Creating a Memorable service 
  • How to make the Customers Point of View Work for you
  • Caring for Yourself as well as your Customers
  • Handling Complaints with Empathy and Efficiency
  • Mastering the areas of hidden and open influence in difficult negotiations
  • What is in it for me?: What makes people say yes, taking into account people’s principles and values, beliefs and opinions, needs and necessities, wants and wishes

back to top

Use Case Driven Development with UML (Course Ref: SS-168)

  • Dates: Mon 18th - Wednesday 20th October 2010
  • Venue: Cork
  • Times: 9.30am – 5.00pm

OVERVIEW

Use Case Driven Development with UML (UCDD/UML)presents the concepts and techniques necessary to effectively use system requirements, captured using use cases, to drive the development of a robust design model.

In this intensive, hands-on workshop, participants learn to apply the Unified Modelling Language (UML) and fundamental object-oriented analysis and design concepts using the core UML diagrams

  • Use Case
  • Activity
  • Sequence
  • Collaboration
  • Class
  • State

WHO SHOULD ATTEND

This workshop is intended for practitioners who desire an understanding of object-oriented analysis and design concepts using UML, as well as hands-on practical experience applying the techniques. This includes analysts, designers, and software developers.

OBJECTIVES

Upon completion of the workshop, participants will be able to:

• Apply a use case-driven, architecture-centric process to the development of a robust design model.

• Use the UML to represent the design model.

• Apply the concepts of abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism.

• Understand the different views of a software architecture, the key mechanisms that are defined in support of that architecture, and the effect of the architecture and mechanisms on the produced design.

• Describe some basic design considerations, including the use of patterns.

CONTENT

•        Introduction to Use-Cases

Overview of the basic Use-Case Modelling concepts (Actors, Use-Cases, Associations)

and the associated Requirements Artefacts (Use Case Model, Use Case Specification, Supplementary Specification, Glossary)

•        OO Concepts and UML Overview

An overview of the basic OO concepts (Abstraction, Encapsulation, Objects, Classes, Relationships, Polymorphism, Interfaces, Subsystems) and their UML representation

•         Use Case Analysis

Techniques for identifying the initial classes from Use-Case Specifications, allocating responsibilities to these classes, describing the required class collaborations to deliver the Use-Case functionality, as well as the class

relationships that must exist to support these collaborations.

•        Defining the Architecture

Techniques for defining the initial Architecture for the system. Introduces 3-Tier, MVC, and Layered Architectures.

•        Moving from Analysis to Design

Techniques for moving from the initial analysis model produced in Use Case Analysis to the more formal design model

•        Implementing Architectural Design Patterns

Refinement of the initial architecture to incorporate key design and implementation patterns for mechanisms such as persistence and security.

•        Use Case Design

Techniques for refining the collaborations initially developed during ‘Use Case Analysis’ to incorporate the defined architectural patterns and design elements, as well as techniques for designing the internals of subsystems identified during ‘Analysis to Design’

•        Class Design

Techniques for designing the internals of the design classes, including the modelling of any state-controlled behaviour. The refinement of the class relationships and the incorporation of basic patterns are also described.

•        Introducing Design Patterns

Introduces some commonly used Design Patterns from the Gang-of-Four (Gamma et al.) book - Singleton, Factory, Abstract Factory, and State

Materials Provided

Upon attending the UCDD/UML workshop, each student will receive the following:

• Student Manual

• Sample Requirements documentation, if required

Structure & Layout

Lecture & Exercises.

The workshop is paper based and delivered independently of any CASE tool.

Sample Project

The workshop comes with a set of sample Requirements, in Use-Case format, which can be used as the basis for the hands-on exercises.

  • Connecting Web Parts

back to top

Software Skillnet Certified ISEB Diploma in Business Analysis(Course Ref SS173)

  • Dates

 Module  Module Name  Dates taking place
 Module 2            Requirements Engineering  18th - 20th October 2010
 Module 1  Business Analysis  6th - 8th December 2010
 Module 3  Modelling Business Processe  23rd - 24th May 2011
 Module 4  Organisational Context  14th - 15th April 2011

  • Venue: To be Confirmed, Dublin
  • Times: 9.30am to 5.00pm
  • Fee: See pricing table below

The costs below are grant-aided prices for eligible participants.  This constitutes up to 40% savings on normal ISEB prices.  A number of places on this course have been allocated to unemployed participants – Unemployed participants should contact the network office to check if places are still available.


 COURSE PRICING    

Module / Qualification Awarded

Duration

Grant aided Cost per participant

Exam cost per participant (Exams are optional)

Total cost per participant for course and qualification

Module 1

ISEB Certificate in Business Analysis Essentials

3 days

€560

€190

€750

Module 2

ISEB Certificate in Requirements Engineering

3 days

€560

€190

€750

Module 3

ISEB Certificate in Organisational Context

2 days

€420

€190

€610

Module 4

ISEB Certificate in Modelling Business processes

2 days

€420

€190

€610

Diploma Exam

ISEB Diploma in Business Analysis

€300

€300

 

 OVERVIEW

The Information Systems Examinations Board (ISEB) is part of BCS (British Computer Society).  ISEB is an international examination body created to raise the standard of competence and performance of people working in IT. The qualifications are internationally recognised and are a key accreditation for people working in the IT, software or consultancy sectors. 

The Diploma and Certificate programmes being offered by the Software Skillnet are a range of qualifications covering the subject of business analysis, change management and consultancy.

These qualifications can allow IT professionals to gain an understanding of the business context for IT, by studying one of the individual certificate modules. The ISEB qualifications allow candidates to learn new skills in specific business and IT areas which measure competence, ability and performance. This helps to promote career development and provide a competitive edge for employees.

Through the Software Skillnet Participants can take 2-3 day courses to achieve one of the following qualifications at ‘practitioner’ level.

  • ISEB Certificate in Business Analysis,
  • ISEB Certificate in Requirements engineering,
  • ISEB Certificate in Organisational Context,
  • ISEB Certificate in Modelling Business Processes.

Participants can also receive the highest level award by taking all 4 modules

ISEB Business Analysis Diploma.

WHO THIS COURSE IS AIMED AT

Project Managers, Business Analysts, Test Managers.

Part 1 – Business Analysis Essentials (3 Days) - TAKING PLACE 6th - 8th DECEMBER 2010

Business Analysis Essentials provides participants with the skills they need to become effective business analysts. A range of business analysis techniques including SWOT analysis, stakeholder management, and business activity modelling and gap analysis are explored. During the course, participants will be encouraged to apply these techniques in the context of a business analysis assignment. The stages of this assignment will include the investigation of the business situation, analysis of key issues and their root causes, gap analysis to establish the business problems as well as the identification and evaluation of possible solutions.

DOWNLOAD COURSE OBJECTIVES FOR BUSINESS ANALYSIS ESSENTIALS

Part 2 – Requirements Engineering (3 Days) - TAKING PLACE 18TH - 20TH OCTOBER 2010

Requirements Engineering presents a range of key techniques for discovering, analysing and documenting business and system requirements. The emphasis of the course is very much on providing participants with ‘hands on’ experience of actually using the techniques as they work through a realistic case study scenario.

DOWNLOAD COURSE OBJECTIVES FOR REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING

Part 4 – Organisational Context (2 Days) - TAKING PLACE 14TH & 15th APRIL 2011

Organisational Context provides Business Analysts with a firm foundation in the basics of business. The course examines various types of enterprises, their legal status and the variety of ways that they might be structured. Key aspects of financial accounting (such as financial ratios) and management accounting (such as investment appraisal) are also considered together with a wide range of legal considerations. The course demonstrates how the enterprise's structure, objectives and environment help define the role of the business analyst.

DOWNLOAD COURSE OBJECTIVES FOR ORGANISATIONAL CONTEXT

Part 3 – Modelling Business Processes (2 Days) - TAKING PLACE 23rd & 24th MAY 2011

Modelling Business Processes offers practical, proven techniques for modelling, analysing and improving business processes. A hierarchic approach is taken to process improvement. These approach analyses and models three levels of business process and also examine important related issues such as human performance and process measurement. Theoretical concepts are supported by a detailed case study which gives the opportunity for participants to apply their knowledge to both AS-IS and TO-BE process models.

DOWNLOAD COURSE OBJECTIVES FOR MODELLING BUSINESS PROCESSES

 

Duration

Qualification Award after exam

This course gives Credits towards

Module 1

Business Analysis Essentials

3 days

ISEB Certificate in Business Analysis

ISEB Diploma in Business Analysis

Module 2

Requirements Engineering

3 days

ISEB Certificate in Requirements engineering

ISEB Diploma in Business Analysis

Module 3

Organisational Context

2 days

ISEB Certificate in Organisational Context

ISEB Diploma in Business Analysis

Module 4

Modelling Business processes

2 days

ISEB Certificate in Modelling Business Processes

ISEB Diploma in Business Analysis

Additional Oral exam  after all 4 courses are completed for Diploma Qualification

back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass  (SS-175)

  • Date: Tuesday 9th & Wednesday 10th November 2010
  • Duration: 2 days (9.00am to 5.30pm)
  • Venue: 22 Westland Square, DUBLIN

The cost of the course includes all materials, equipment, refreshments and lunches for both days.

OVERVIEW

Following his two sold-out sessions last year, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. It is also good for those who have limited exposure to SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

COURSE OBJECTIVES/LEARNING OUTCOMES

Participants will have the opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions and a handson opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer.  

They will learn:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

COURSE CONTENT

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

SUMMARY COURSE OUTLINE

SQL Statement Tuning

- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools

- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

FREE SEMINAR with Dan Hotka  (SS-174)

  • Date: Monday 8th November 2010
  • Duration: 4.30pm - 6.30pm
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, Dublin
  • Cost: Software Skillnet Members Go Free !!!

A "MUST SEE" for anyone doing Oracle SQL Tuning - Get a thorough understanding of how the COST BASED OPTIMIZER works.

Understanding Explain Plans - Dan covers:

· Useful Explain Plan tools and scripts

· Regular SQL Explain Plans

· Parallel SQL Explain Plans

CURRENT BIO:

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 32 years in the computer industry and over 27 years of experience with Oracle products. He is an accepted member of the Oracle Ace group. He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days. Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson. He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world.

back to top

Introduction to OSGi Framework with Ian Bull of Eclipse Source (SS-162)

  • Date: Thursday 9th September 2010
  • Duration: 5.45pm - 7.15pm
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, DUBLIN
  • FREE TO ALL MEMBERS

To register for this event, please email susan@isa-skillnet.com with your name and job title.

OVERVIEW

This talk is meant as an introduction to OSGi and targets both architects and developers.  During the talk we will demonstrate OSGi's module system and discuss how it enables   "single sourcing" — a technique that allows developers to deploy the same application across a variety of environments, including rich client and web based platforms.  

Like it or not, the world needs boundaries. The saying “Good fences make good neighbours” has translations in many languages with good reasons. Boundaries set expectations and form the basis of contracts between the parties. With Java’s traditional module, the Jar file, engineers are unable to effectively specify API, describe proper dependencies, encode meaningful version information — or more generally, set proper boundaries. Without these established principles of modularity, the software assembly process becomes difficult to maintain and error prone.

OSGi is an open specification with several concrete implementations that delivers a proven, mature solution, for deploying truly modular software. OSGi is celebrating its 10th birthday and is currently leveraged in thousands of commercial organizations around the globe, deployed on millions of users desktops and is even used to manage NASA’s Spirit and Opportunity missions on Mars.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Software Architects and Software Developers

LEARNING OUTCOMES

By the end of the talk you will understand:

  • How OSGi can be used to design and deploy highly modular systems
  • The role versioning plays a in a software system
  • The ways in which OSGi enables consistent developer skills across a variety of execution environments
  • API design and how designing proper boundaries improves developer productivity
  • The state of the art of OSGi tooling 

ABOUT IAN BULL

Ian is the component lead for Zest, the Eclipse visualization framework and a committer on the Equinox p2 project.  Ian is also an avid proponent of Model Driven Engineering (MDE) and has studied how MDE can play a role in the design and generation of information visualizations. His interests include software architecture, component oriented design, human-computer interaction and just about everything related to software engineering. Ian holds a PhD from the University of Victoria. 

back to top

Two Futures of Software Testing with Michael Bolton  (SS-188)

  • Date: Tuesday 14th September 2010
  • Duration: 6.00pm - 7.30pm
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, DUBLIN
  • FREE TO ALL MEMBERS

To register for this event, please email susan@isa-skillnet.com.

OVERVIEW

Niels Bohr, Woody Allen, or Yogi Berra (perhaps all three) once said "Prediction is very difficult, especially about the future." Michael rises to the challenge and dares to present TWO futures of software testing. In one vision, testers are the gatekeepers, responsible for assuring product quality. Testing follows a rigorously controlled process. Changes to the product are resisted so that risk can be eliminated. This is the dark vision of the future. In the other view, the bright future, testers are active investigators, critical thinkers, and highly skilled, valued members of the project team. Testers neither accept nor desire responsibility for releasing the product; instead, they provide important, timely, credible information to managers so that sound and informed business decisions can be made. Most importantly, testers embrace challenge and change. Where we now and where are we going? In this interactive presentation, Michael shares his visions of the future.

Complementary drinks at Searsons after the talk.

back to top

JAVA Conference in Cork (SS-183)

  • Date: Wednesday 15th September 2010
  • Duration: 1.00pm - 5.00pm
  • Venue: Cork International Airport Hotel , CORK

To register for this event, please email marie@itcork.ie 

 

OVERVIEW

This is the 6th Annual Java @ Cork Conference.  See below for the agenda

AGENDA

1:00pm   Light Lunch  & Registration Desk Opens.

1:30pm   "Opening Note" by Stephen Lawlor on behalf of it@cork

1:40pm   "The Software ecosystem - how Red Hat can support you on your journey" presented by Ronan Kirby, Red Hat.

2:00pm   "Partly Cloudy - The Evolution of MiddleWare" - Mark Little, Senior Director of  JBoss Engineering,  Red Hat.

Middleware is typically considered to be that software which exists between the operating system and the application and designed to facilitate the development and deployment of said application. As such middleware exists in pretty much every arena with the possible exception of embedded devices. Middleware is part of the Web, resides on your laptop and is even present within your games consoles. The concept of middleware has therefore played a core role in the evolution and success of software for over 4 decades. However, with the advent of Cloud some are talking about the death of middleware. In this presentation we shall show that nothing could be further from the truth and that Cloud is simply another evolution within which middleware will play another key role. We shall look at how what we consider to be Cloud today is also likely to change radically over the coming years, with the concept of the Personal Cloud impacting more heavily on the general populace. We'll also consider how Java, the language and the platform, will play a pivotal role in this evolution of middleware.

3:00pm   "Introduction to Intellify - Java API"-   James Little, CTO of ThinkSmart Technologies.

We present Intellify a Java API that provides a single modelling layer to various optimisation technologies. Intellify unifies into a single environment various solving technologies such as Constraint Programming,
Mathematical Programming, Business Rules and AI Planning. Often with business problems a single solving approach to a problem is not sufficient. We will present a number of case studies where applying optimisation technologies through Intellify delivered significant results. Intellify is the result of commercialising a three year Enterprise Ireland project at 4C, UCC. Thinksmart Technologies, located in the Western Gateway Building, has recently been spun out of UCC to exploit this technology.

3:30pm     Tea/Coffee Break

3:45pm    "Developing Applications with Rules, Workflow and Event Processing" - Mark Proctor, Consulting JBoss Engineer, Red Hat.

Rules, Workflow and Event Processing (often referred to as event stream processing or complex event processing) are at the heart of the Business Logic for most enterprises. Each one provides a declarative environment to model business problems, but is limited in the scope and range of problems it can define. Typically an enterprise will source each product from a different vendor and at some level tries to integrate the three. This integration is often very limited and superficial, such as processes only using rules for stateless decision services. This talk gives an introduction into Drools which unifies these concepts with Drools Expert, Fusion, Flow and Guvnor. It will cover what a rule engine is, how it works and how to author rules, what event processing is and how drools was extended for this and our work around BPMN2 integration with Drools.

4:45pm - 5pm   Q&A and Close.

back to top

PMP Project Managment Professional Certification (SS-151)

  • Date: Monday 6th  - Thursday 9th December 2010
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Professional Training Premises, DUBLIN

OVERVIEW

Professionally Certified Project Managers are a benchmark for excellence in terms of performance and productivity in their profession and also bring a repeatable, consistent quality to the projects they manage. Certification gives project managers a competitive edge in job opportunities, promotions and they also retain higher salaries than those without certification.

This course is geared towards achieving PMP certification and includes access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.  This takes participants from the course right up to the certification exam.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The syllabus is designed based on the experience level of the participants. Given that this is a highly-focused course aimed towards final exam preparation; participants must already have experience of managing projects and intend to sit the PMP exam.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course; the participant will

  • Be prepared to sit the PMP® exam.
  • Apply approved Project Management principles to their work.
  • Identify the areas of Project Management they need work experience in.

COURSE CONTENT

• PMI® requirements of candidates
• The application process
• Modules covering all Project Management Knowledge Areas:

Scope

Time

Cost

Quality

HR

Risk

Communications

Procurement

Integration

Ethics

 Focus on hot topics.
• Exam makeup & Format.
• Access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.

This takes participants from the course right up to certification exam.

back to top

Oracle SQL & PL (SS-189)

  • Date: Wednesday 3rd - Friday 5th November 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN

OVERVIEW

In this session, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics. He then moves to advance knowledge of the PL/SQL programming language. 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

A working knowledge of SQL and PL/SQL is required. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

COURSE CONTENT
SQL Statement Tuning
- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools
- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

Oracle Architecture:
Introduction to PL/SQL :
-Syntax and language structure review

PL/SQL Topics :
Package Usage (both User Defined and Oracle Defined Packages)
- Profiling/Debugging/Compiling
- Cursor Sharing/Cursor Variables
- Collections
-Dynamic SQL
-Autonomous Transactions
- PL/SQL Coding Tips
- Debugging PL/SQL
- PL/SQL Profiling
- Tracing PL/SQL

Advanced Oracle PL/SQL:

- PL/SQL Overview/Review
- PL/SQL Compiler
- Definer/Invoker Rights
- Executing and Exception handling
- Autonomous Transactions
- Package Options
- Overloading
- Database Triggers
- DML, Instead of, ServerError, Startup, Shutdown, Logon

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist and an Oracle ACE Director who has over 32 years in the computer industry, over 27 years of experience with Oracle products. His experience with the Oracle RDBMS dates back to the Oracle V4.0 days. Dan’s latest book is the Oracle SQL Tuning: A Close Look at Explain Plans by Amazon. He is also the author of TOAD Handbook by Pearson, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world.

back to top

ISTQB Foundation course in software Testing (SS-179)

  • Date: Tuesday 9th - Thursday 11th November 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Dublin - D4 Berkeley Court Hotel, Lansdowne Road

OVERVIEW

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries.

The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) has been set up to bring together testers from around the world to work on one set of terminology and syllabuses with a view to allow certification in Software Testing to be internationally recognised and coordinated.
It is the ISTQB's role to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals.
The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB.

The ISTQB Foundation course in Software Testing - 3-day training course. 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators. 
No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be ‘software knowledgeable’ with some minimal test of software experience.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Those attending the course will learn:
•      The fundamental principles of Software Testing
•      How testing fits into the development lifecycle
•      The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools
•      Essential functional and non-functional test methods
•      Basic test design and measurement techniques
•      Fundamental test management principles
•      How to select and implement tools effectively

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction   
   
Fundamentals of Testing
Why is testing necessary?
What is testing?
General testing principles
Fundamental test process
The psychology of testing

Part Two: Testing through the lifecycle

Software development models
Test levels
Test types – the targets of testing
Maintenance testing

Part Three: Static Reviews

Reviews and the test process
Review process
Static analysis by tools
                
Part Four: Test design techniques

Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
Categories of test design techniques
Specification-based or black-box techniques
Structure-based or white-box techniques
Experience-based techniques e.g. exploratory testing

Part Five: Test Management

Test Organisation
Test planning and estimation
Test process monitoring and control
Configuration Management
Risk and Testing
Incident Management

Part Six: Tool Support for Testing

Types of test tool
Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
Introduction of a tool into an organisation

EXAMINATION COACHING

ISTQB  examination - Externally invigilated by ISTB

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Analyst Certification (SS-181)

  • Date: Monday 1st - Friday 5th November 2010 (Examination Date: 10th November)
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm

OVERVIEW

Following on from the ISTQB Foundation Certificate, the Advanced Test Analyst Certificate provides the next level of knowledge and practical expertise in the ISTQB Advanced Certification scheme. It is one of three certified courses at Advanced level (the other two being Advanced Test Manager and Advanced Technical Test Analyst).
The 5 day tutor led course has been designed to enable participants understand, apply and analyse key testing principles and processes.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is aimed at testing practitioners already working in the area of test design, analysis, specification and implementation. This includes quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators.
Successful completion of the ISTQB Foundation Certificate is a pre-requisite to taking the ISTQB Advanced Certificate examination.  

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Those attending the course will learn:
•    Structure the tasks defined in the test strategy in terms of business domain requirements
•    Analyze the system in sufficient detail to meet the user quality expectations
•    Evaluate the system requirements to determine domain validity
•    Prepare and execute the adequate testing activities, and report on their progress
•    Provide the necessary evidence to support evaluations
•    Implement the necessary tools and techniques to achieve the defined goals

COURSE CONTENT

1.    Introduction to Test Analyst Syllabus
2.    Basic Aspects of Software Testing
3.    Testing Processes
       •    Test Analysis & Evaluation
       •    Test Implementation & Execution
       •    Evaluation of Exit Criteria and Reporting
4.    Test Management
       •    Risk Based Testing
5.    Test Techniques
       •    Specification based
       •    Defect & Experience based
6.    Test of Software Characteristics
       •    Quality Attributes for Domain Testing
       •    Quality Attributes for Technical Testing
7.    Reviews
8.    Incident Management
9.    Test Tools & Automation
       •    Test Tool Concepts
       •    Test Tool Categories
10.    People Skill Team Composition
       •    Communication

Course Timetable
Day 1:
Introduction to Test Analyst Syllabus
Basic Aspects of Software Testing
Testing Processes
Test Management
Day 2-4:
Test Techniques
Test of Software Characteristics
Day 5:
Reviews
Incident Management
Test Tools & Automation
People Skills - Team Composition

Handout Materials
Presentation Slides
Syllabus
Glossary
Exercises and model answers
Sample Exam Paper and Answers

CERTIFICATION & REFERENCE MATERIAL

Certification

Standard ISTQB Examination

Reference Material
ISTQB Syllabus
ISTQB Glossary
The full Syllabus and Glossary can be downloaded from the ISTQB website: www.istqb.org. All references can be found in the syllabus. See also www.istb.ie for information on the Irish National Board.

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Manager Certification (SS-182)

  • Date: Monday 22nd - Friday 25th November 2010 (Examination Date: 2nd December)
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Dublin

OVERVIEW

Following on from the ISTQB Foundation Certificate, the Advanced Test Manager Certificate provides the next level of knowledge and practical expertise in the ISTQB Advanced Certification scheme. It is one of three certified courses at Advanced level (the other two being Advanced Test Analyst and Advanced Technical Test Analyst).
The 5 day tutor led course has been designed to enable participants understand, apply and analyse key testing principles and processes.
    
WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is aimed at testing practitioners, responsible for organising and improving the testing process, i.e. project managers, project leaders, test managers, test team leaders, senior test personnel and test analysts.
Successful completion of the ISTQB Foundation Certificate is a pre-requisite to taking the ISTQB Advanced Certificate examination.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course you will be able to:
•    Define the overall testing goals and strategy for the systems being tested.
•    Plan, schedule and track the tasks
•    Describe and organize the necessary activities
•    Select, acquire and assign the adequate resources to the tasks.
•    Select, organize and lead testing teams
•    Organise the communication between the members of the testing teams, and between the testing teams and all other stakeholders.
•    Justify the decisions and provide adequate reporting information where applicable.

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction

Basic aspects of software testing
         Testing in the software lifecycle
         Specific systems (systems of systems, safety critical etc.)
         Metrics & measurement

Testing Processes
        Test planning & Control
        Test Implementation & Execution
        Evaluating exit criteria & execution
        Test Closure Activities

Test Management
        Test Management Documentation
        Test Plan Documentation
        Test Estimation
        Scheduling Test Planning
        Test Process Monitoring & Control
        Business value of Testing
        Distributed, outsourced and in sourced Testing
        Risk-based testing
            Introduction
            Risk Management
            Risk Management in the lifecycle
        Failure modes and effects analysis
        Test Management Issues

Reviews
        Principles of Reviews
        Introducing Reviews
        Success factors for Reviews

Incident Management

Standards & Test Improvement Process
        Improving the Test Process

Test Tool Automation
        Test tool Concepts
        Test Tool Categories

People Skills   
        Individual Skills
        Test Team Dynamics
        Fitting Testing within an organization
        Motivation
        Communication

Course Timetable

Day 1:
Introduction to Test Manager Syllabus
Basic Aspects of Software Testing
Testing Processes
Standards and Test Improvement Process
Day 2-4:
Test Management
Reviews
Day 5:
Incident Management
Test Tools & Automation
People Skills - Team Composition

Handout Materials
Presentation Slides
Syllabus
Glossary
Exercises and model answers
Sample Exam Paper and Answers

CERTIFICATION & REFERENCE MATERIAL

Certification
Standard ISTQB Examination

Reference Material
ISTQB Syllabus
ISTQB Glossary
The full Syllabus and Glossary can be downloaded from the ISTQB website: www.istqb.org. All references can be found in the syllabus.

back to top

Cucumber for web testing by Gojko Adzic and David de Florinier (SS-190)

  • Date: 21st October 2010
  • Duration: 6.30pm
  • Venue: IBEC, 84/86 Lower Baggot Street, Dublin 
  • FREE TO ALL MEMBERS

To register for this event, please email susan@isa-skillnet.com with your name and job title.

     

OVERVIEW

Gojko Adzic and David de Florinier demonstrate why Cucumber (an opensource test automation tool) is a great tool to specify and test web applications. We'll briefly go over the basics of Cucumber and then show how it allows developers and testers to create an efficient UI test automation framework. We'll discuss how the Cucumber step model fits into the three layers of UI automation and how it integrates with the most popular web automation tools.
   
WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This talk is open to everyone, software testers, test managers and developers .

BIOGRAPHIES

Gojko Adzic is a software craftsman with a passion for new technologies, programming and writing. Gojko got bitten by the specification-by-example bug five years ago. Since then, he has helped numerous teams implement these practices, written two books on the subject (Test Driven .NET Development with FitNesse and Bridging the Communication Gap) and contributed to several opensource projects for specification by example. At the moment, Gojko is working on his third book, titled Specification by Example.
 
Gojko is a frequent speaker at leading software development and testing conferences and runs the UK agile testing user group.
 
Over the last eleven years, he has worked as a developer, architect, technical director and consultant on projects delivering equity and energy trading, mobile positioning, e-commerce, online gaming and complex configuration management.
  
David de Florinier is a programmer based in Essex and London. During the last 12 years he has worked on... projects for clients in Government, Insurance Broking, Public Transport, Sports Betting and Online Gaming. 


back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning (SS-176)

  • Date: Thursday 11th & Friday 12th November 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Cork

OVERVIEW

On a welcome return to Cork following his two sold-out sessions last year, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. It is also good for those who have limited exposure to SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

Participants will have the opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions and a handson opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer.   

They will learn:
How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
In-depth look at Explain Plans
Index Review/Index Internals
SQL Trace/Stats Pack
PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

COURSE CONTENT

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

Summary Course Outline:
SQL Statement Tuning
- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools
- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

Introducing Visual Studio 2010 for Testers - WEBINAR (SS-155)

  • Date: Monday 20th December 2010 
  • Duration: 12.30 - 1.15pm
  • Venue: Online

OVERVIEW

In April 2010 Microsoft released Visual Studio 2010 including a game-changing addition to bring development and testing closer together. In this one hour webinar Allan Tong will give an overview of some of the key features of this exciting new toolset.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is ideal for testers.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Those attending the course will learn:
•      Exciting new toolsets.

COURSE CONTENT

-Test Case Management
Microsoft Test Manager provides the means to start designing and implementing test cases to minimise the long term manual maintenance which is typically experienced in most other test management tools.  This process further aligns the manual test cases to be used in parallel with automation, without usual redesign by test automation specialists.
 
- Test Planning
A dashboard interface provides a quick reference to the current status.  It further enables team leaders or managers to do forward planning, execution assignment, derivation of number of test cases based on combinations of operating systems, etc.  Test suite management per phase of testing can also be defined.
 
- Test Execution
The test runner makes the execution on local, remote or virtual platforms transparent.  The runner has the ability to record the users actions and replay these against the application with minimal amendments.  The runner is also capable of logging a vast amount debug information for the developers to be used for analysis.
 
- Test Reporting
Test manager provides a host of output formats from built-in dashboards, to Microsoft Excel and SharePoint.

back to top

UPK Professional 6.1 Accelerated Workshop (SS-166)

  • Date: Monday 22nd November - Friday 26th November 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: RR Donnelly Premises, Cork

OVERVIEW

On completion of this Workshop Delegates will have an in-depth understanding of features and functions of of UPK Professional, an Oracle product which comprises of both UPK and Knowledge Pathways.  Throughout the Workshop, the Instructor will facilitate understanding by encouraging discussions a variety of development considerations, sharing the knowledge gained during their own experience as a Lead Developer on a number of UPK Professional development projects.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is designed for Course authors, instructional designers and subject matter experts responsible for creating training or reviewing business processes, user testing scripts or training materials.

REQUIREMENTS

Participants should have a basic knowledge of Windows and the target applications.
 

COURSE CONTENT

User Productivity Kit
  • Build Outlines
  • Alternative Actions, Paths and Decision Frames
  • Record and Edit Topics
  • Define Roles and Keywords
  • Manipulating Text and using Frame Properties
  • Reuse Documents with Paste and Paste Special
  • Manage the Library
  • Publish Content for Player and Printed Output
  • Related Documents and Document Properties
  • Export and Import Content
  • Create and Link Attachments
  • Check In and Check Out of the Server
  • Glossaries
  • Working in a Multi User Environment
  • String Input Options
  • Customize Templates
  • Developer in Multi User Environment
  • Author and Content Administration
  • Sound Recorder and Editor
  • Localize Content (Translation)
  • Create and Manage Login Profiles
  • In Application Support
  • Using Tracking

Knowledge Pathways
  • Work with New Titles
  • Add Content
  • Key Words, Metadata and Spellcheck
  • Import Content
  • HTML Editor
  • Create, Edit, Preview and Delete Questions
  • Assessments and Knowledge Checks
  • Managing Titles
  • Knowledge Path types and use of the same
  • Remediation, Personal Courses, Root Activity Options
  • Managing Workgroups, User Groups and Users
  • Expert Advice Options
  • Using the Title Manager
  • User Reports including customisation


back to top

Programming in Python (SS-177)

  • Date: Monday 1st November - Wednesday 3rd November 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Transaction Network Services, EastPoint Business Park, Dublin

OVERVIEW

Python is powerful, portable, object- oriented open source programming language for writing stand alone programs, quick scripts, and prototypes for large applications.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course starts at the fundamentals of Python - statements, variables, comments, conditionals and loops then goes on to study Python's collections - Lists, Tuples and Dictionaries. Functions, modules and packages are then covered, as is the use of and creation of data types (objects) in Python.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Object oriented principles and capabilities are built in to the Python language, and the course discusses how these can be exploited most effectively.
After coverage of the fundamentals of the language as described above, the course can be extended to cover specific more advanced libraries, such as Twisted for network programming, SQLAlchemy for database access and Stackless for concurrent programming.

PREREQUISITES

Prior programming experience in another language such as Perl, Java, Basic or C.

COURSE CONTENT

•    Basic language principles;
•    Execution models, the Python interpreter and IDE support;
•    Basic types and control flow;
•    Defining and using functions;
•    Operating on files – input and output;
•    Analysing text with regular expressions;
•    Data structures – lists, tuples and dictionaries;
•    Defining and using modules;
•    Classes and objects.

back to top

Advanced Use Case Modelling & Design (SS-195)

  • Date: Monday 20th - Tuesday 21st December 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.00pm
  • Venue: Dublin - Exact location to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

This programme presents the concepts and techniques necessary to effectively use system requirements, captured using use cases, to drive the development of a robust design model.

In this intensive, hands-on workshop, participants learn to apply the Unified Modeling Language (UML) and fundamental object-oriented analysis and design concepts using the core UML diagrams
•    Use Case
•    Activity
•    Sequence
•    Collaboration
•    Class
•    State

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This workshop is intended for practitioners who desire an understanding of object-oriented analysis and design concepts using UML, as well as hands-on practical experience applying the techniques. This includes analysts, designers, and software developers.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of the workshop, participants will be able to:
•    Apply a use case-driven, architecture-centric process to the development of a robust design model.
•    Use the UML to represent the design model.
•    Apply the concepts of abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism.
•    Understand the different views of a software architecture, the key mechanisms that are defined in support of that architecture, and the effect of the architecture  and mechanisms on the produced design.
•    Describe some basic design considerations, including the use of patterns

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Materials Provided:
Upon attending the UCDD/UML workshop, each student will receive the following:
•    Student Manual
•    Sample Requirements documentation, if required

Structure & Layout:
Lecture & Exercises.
The workshop is paper based and delivered independently of any CASE tool.
Sample Project:
The workshop comes with a set of sample Requirements, in Use-Case format, which can be used as the basis for the hands-on exercises.

Note:
If a customer has their own project that they wish to use for the exercises, this can be agreed beforehand.

back to top

PMP Project Managment Professional Certification (SS-151b)

  • Date: Monday 6th - Thursday 9th December 2010
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN

OVERVIEW

Professionally Certified Project Managers are a benchmark for excellence in terms of performance and productivity in their profession and also bring a repeatable, consistent quality to the projects they manage. Certification gives project managers a competitive edge in job opportunities, promotions and they also retain higher salaries than those without certification.

This course is geared towards achieving PMP certification and includes access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.  This takes participants from the course right up to the certification exam.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The syllabus is designed based on the experience level of the participants. Given that this is a highly-focused course aimed towards final exam preparation; participants must already have experience of managing projects and intend to sit the PMP exam.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course; the participant will

  • Be prepared to sit the PMP® exam.
  • Apply approved Project Management principles to their work.
  • Identify the areas of Project Management they need work experience in.

COURSE CONTENT

• PMI® requirements of candidates
• The application process
• Modules covering all Project Management Knowledge Areas:

Scope

Time

Cost

Quality

HR

Risk

Communications

Procurement

Integration

Ethics

 Focus on hot topics.
• Exam makeup & Format.
• Access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.

This takes participants from the course right up to certification exam.  Participants must register and pay for exams themselves.  The exam fee is not included in the course fee quoted above.

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS194)

  • Date: Thursday 4th & Friday 5th November 2010
  • Venue: Letterkenny
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Subversion Workshop (SS-165)

  • Date: Tuesday 9th November 2010
  • Durtion: 9.30am – 5.00pm
  • Venue: Houghton Miflin Harcourt, Tara Street, Dublin 2
  • Cost to Non-members:  €330
  • Cost to Software Skillnet members after grant aid subsidy: €230

OVERVIEW

The Subversion workshop is part of the Neueda Workshop Series and provides an overview of the concepts of Subversion and an understanding of how to use Subversion to provide version control for day-to-day software development activities, it takes an  in-depth look at some of the more advanced aspects of the working copy, also looking at branching and merging tools and strategies in Subversion.

This is a hands-on practical workshop with at least 50% of the time spent on exercises.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The course is aimed at software development, quality assurance and technical writing teams that need to manage their source code.

COURSE CONTENT

User Topics  [main content]
1. Introduction
2. Architecture   - revisions, working copy, repo layout
3. Working Cycle (single person)   - checkout, add, move, edit/compare, commit
4. Working Cycle (teamwork)   - update, conflicts
5. Locking   - explicit locking, needs-lock
6. SVN Properties  - eg ignore, keywords, externals
7. Managing Versions   - tagging, branching, switching branches
8. Branching Strategies   - why needed; developer, feature, platform, vendor; reintegrate, cherry picking, ignore ancestry, tree conflicts
9. Merging - merge, reintegrate, svn log
10. Configuration - auto-properties, global-ignore, commit-times

Admin Topics 
1. Introduction
2. Installation  - svnserve, authentication, apache
3. Handling  - creating a repo, logging, lock
4. Advanced Handling - svndumpfilter, commit hooks, lock/unlock hooks, svnsync
5. Maintenance - hotcopy, check integrity, dump, create

back to top

Product Management/Successful Software Commercialisation (SS-197)

  • Location: Clontarf Castle, Dublin
  • Dates: Wednesday 1st and Thursday 2nd December 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Those in the Technology Sector who are new product managers, practicing product managers, seeking a refresher course or programme/ project management, engineering and marketing managers or staff that share duties or collaborate with product management


COURSE CONTENT

Product Manager Role and Function
An introduction to the Key Process Areas of Product Management, the role and responsibilities of the Product Manager, where this role fits in the organisation and how it interacts with other company departments. Implement product management functions and processes to maximise your product success.

Market Analysis 
Market Research process, information sources, customers and competition. Understand the importance of market intelligence for strategic decision-making. Validate product concepts with the market before costly implementation.

Product Strategy 
Articulate your product goals and define a winning strategy approach based on opportunities/ business cases derived from market analysis.

Strategic Pricing 
Avoid common pricing mistakes. Understand the relationship between costs, customers and competition and maximise your profits by learning how to implement a value-based pricing strategy.

Requirements Management 
Ensure product specification contains only features/ functionality that customers are willing to pay for. Include all relevant stakeholders in requirements elicitation process ensuring that you avoid costly development mistakes.

Positioning 
Understand where your product fits in relation to the competition. Understand where the opportunities are to provide unique benefit to your target customer, and articulate this message clearly to them.

Product Planning 
Identify clearly your target audience, and efficiently manage your resources, processes and deliverables to ensure product success.

Go-To-Market - Planning
Create implementation plans, including Product Launch and Social Media Marketing plans that allow you to realise your product strategy.

back to top

ISTQB Foundation course in software Testing (SS-201)

  • Date: Tuesday 14th - Thursday 16th December 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Dublin - D4 Berkeley Court Hotel, Lansdowne Road

OVERVIEW

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries.

The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) has been set up to bring together testers from around the world to work on one set of terminology and syllabuses with a view to allow certification in Software Testing to be internationally recognised and coordinated.
It is the ISTQB's role to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals.
The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB.

The ISTQB Foundation course in Software Testing - 3-day training course. 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators. 
No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be ‘software knowledgeable’ with some minimal test of software experience.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Those attending the course will learn:
•      The fundamental principles of Software Testing
•      How testing fits into the development lifecycle
•      The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools
•      Essential functional and non-functional test methods
•      Basic test design and measurement techniques
•      Fundamental test management principles
•      How to select and implement tools effectively

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction   
   
Fundamentals of Testing
Why is testing necessary?
What is testing?
General testing principles
Fundamental test process
The psychology of testing

Part Two: Testing through the lifecycle

Software development models
Test levels
Test types – the targets of testing
Maintenance testing

Part Three: Static Reviews

Reviews and the test process
Review process
Static analysis by tools
                
Part Four: Test design techniques

Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
Categories of test design techniques
Specification-based or black-box techniques
Structure-based or white-box techniques
Experience-based techniques e.g. exploratory testing

Part Five: Test Management

Test Organisation
Test planning and estimation
Test process monitoring and control
Configuration Management
Risk and Testing
Incident Management

Part Six: Tool Support for Testing

Types of test tool
Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
Introduction of a tool into an organisation

EXAMINATION COACHING

ISTQB  examination - Externally invigilated by ISTB

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS194)

  • Date: Thursday 4th & Firday 5th November 2010
  • Venue: Letterkenny
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

ITIL Service Managment Essentials V3 (SS200)

  • Date: Wednesday 15th - Friday 17th December 2010
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Global Knowledge Premises, Jervis House, Dublin 1

OVERVIEW

ITIL teaches people to understand how an integrated IT Service Management framework, based on ITIL best practice guidelines, can be adopted and adapted within organisations.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course provides those seeking IT & service management roles with a practical understanding of the key concepts, principles, processes and functions that enables successful IT Service Management provision while also preparing delegates for the ITIL Foundation Certificate Examination. The course is beneficial to those involved in the strategy, design, and implementation and on-going delivery of business-used IT services and who require an insight into Service Management best practice.

PRE-REQUISITES

The Foundation Certificate in IT Service Management is a pre-requisite for the all other ITIL-based Certificates in IT Service Management. The course finishes with the ITIL v3 Foundation exam (1-hour multiple choice) and results will be provided on exam completion.

COURSE CONTENT

The course will include Introduction to Service Management, The Service Lifecycle, Key Principles and models of ITSM and Processes and Functions of IT Service management

At the end of the course participants will be able to: Understand how an integrated IT Service Management can be adopted and adapted within their own organisations. It will provide proven practical guidance on how to successfully introduce an integrated IT Service Management framework based on the ITIL best practice service lifecycle approach.

back to top

Demystifying Software Technologies (SS202)

  • Date: Thursday 9th December 2010
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Gibson Hotel, Point Village, Eastwall Road, Dublin 1


OVERVIEW

If you don’t come from a technology discipline, if you are in HR, Finance, Training, Marketing or other disciples and interact with the software or ICT sectors, or you are a job-seeker interested in joining the sector this seminar is for you!


We will explain the basic premise of Software/IT development in a clear and jargon free manner that will remove the mystery that can surround Software and IT for those without a computer science degree. The workshop is based around the needs of the audience and we encourage everybody to submit questions in advance. 


The day will provide you with an understanding of the terms, the trends and the technologies so that you can communicate effectively with ICT and software technologists. This workshop aims to answer many of the questions that you have wanted to ask but never have such as ....

What is Cloud computing?
What are the main technologies used today?
What’s Unix/Linux/Java/Java beans
How does Google Earth work?
What are distributed applications?
What are web services?
Client side v. server side?
What are SPRING and HIBERNATE?
What’s the difference between Java and JEE?
What is an application server? And how does it fit in?
What is Agile/Scrum?
Webservices, what are they all about?
How do all the different technologies talk to each other?
Thin and thick clients, what’s all the fuss?

back to top

UPK Professional 6.1 Accelerated Workshop (SS166)

  • Date: Monday 22nd - Friday 26 November 2010
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK

OVERVIEW

This course is designed for course authors, editors, and other individuals in need of recording and editing content in the
User Productivity Kit Developer. Through hands-on exercises, participants will learn how to build an outline, prepare for and record content in the target application, and use the Topic Editor to customize recorded content. Upon completion, participants will preview their content in the available playback modes before publishing. They will also explore the various deployment options for publishing, including the options for printed documents, and learn how to customize templates for player and print output.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

End Users
Functional Implementer
Project Manager.

PRE-REQUISITES

Participants should have a basic knowledge of Windows
Basic knowledge for working with publishing documents
Advanced knowledge for customizing document templates

COURSE CONTENT

Create Explanation and Decision frames and Alternative actions and paths
Create and manage library folders and create custom Library views
Customize the logo and templates for print and Player deployments
Import and export content
Incorporate sound
Create localized content for foreign language deployment
Create and maintain knowledge paths
Use Admin features to manage the Library through workflow status and content permissions
Build content outlines using modules, sections, and topics
Record and edit content
Link existing content to an outline
Preview topics in See It!, Try It!, Know It?, and Do It! modes and in document format
Publish a course
Create questions, knowledge checks, and assessments
Re-use existing material in other courses
Create, assign, and publish by roles.

back to top

Practical Business Analysis (SS-131)

  • Date: 22nd - 26th November 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Letterkenny

OVERVIEW

Business analysis is a critical process that drives the project life cycle. The business analyst, acting as an intermediary between the business and technical communities, analyses competing business needs and develops plans to implement the projects that support stakeholder objectives.
In this course, you gain foundational knowledge of the role and function of the business analyst.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for Business Analysts, Project Managers, Team Leads, Senior Developers, Test/QA Professionals

 LEARNING OBJECTIVES
  • Understand the BA's role and responsibilities
  • Understand the importance of scope
  • Work with business users to gather and document high-level and detailed requirements
  • Work with business users and delivery teams to develop optimal solutions to agreed requirements 
  • Plan and manage analysis activity including quality and sign-off reviews 
  • Assess and manage change requests
  • Confidently present findings to their peer group and project team
COURSE CONTENT

Introduction to the Business Analyst Role
• The role of the Business Analyst and how it has evolved over the past three decades.
• We look at where the Business Analyst fits within an organisation and how the role and responsibilities may differ.
• What professional accreditation & certification is available.

Types of Project and the Project Lifecycle
• An overview of the project lifecycle, different types of project and the responsibilities of the Business Analyst in each project phase.
• The importance of scope.
• Deliverables from project phases.

Interviewing and Fact Finding
• The different user perceptions of IT and projects.

• Requirements analysis techniques
- Interviews
- Workshops
- Observation
- Prototyping
- Scenarios
- Document Analysis
- Questionnaires

Requirements Definition
• What are requirements, why they need to be defined and the techniques available.
• Defining requirements at high and low level.
• The difference between requirements and solutions.
• Why end-to-end thinking must be applied.
• Deploying Use-Cases.

Process Modelling
• Why and when to use process models.
• How to draw business process diagrams, and the different techniques available.

Data Modelling
• Why and when we do data modelling.
• Drawing entity diagrams and defining attributes.
• The relationship between data and process models.

Automation Tools
• What tools are available to the business analyst :
- Requirements Capture
- Process Modelling
- Design.
- When to use them and when to avoid them.

Defining a corporate standard
• How to ensure a common business analysis approach across the organisation
- Document templates
- Agreed standard
- Common inputs & outputs.

back to top

Subversion Workshop (SS-165)

  • Date: 9th November 2010
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Dublin - Houghton Miflin Harcourt, Tara Street, Dublin 2

OVERVIEW

The Subversion workshop is part of the Neueda Workshop Series and provides an overview of the concepts of Subversion and an understanding of how to use Subversion to provide version control for day-to-day software development activities, it takes an  in-depth look at some of the more advanced aspects of the working copy, also looking at branching and merging tools and strategies in Subversion.

This is a hands-on practical workshop with at least 50% of the time spent on exercises.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The course is aimed at software development, quality assurance and technical writing teams that need to manage their source code.

  COURSE CONTENT

User Topics  [main content]
1. Introduction
2. Architecture   - revisions, working copy, repo layout
3. Working Cycle (single person)   - checkout, add, move, edit/compare, commit
4. Working Cycle (teamwork)   - update, conflicts
5. Locking   - explicit locking, needs-lock
6. SVN Properties  - eg ignore, keywords, externals
7. Managing Versions   - tagging, branching, switching branches
8. Branching Strategies   - why needed; developer, feature, platform, vendor; reintegrate, cherry picking, ignore ancestry, tree conflicts
9. Merging - merge, reintegrate, svn log
10. Configuration - auto-properties, global-ignore, commit-times

Admin Topics 
1. Introduction
2. Installation  - svnserve, authentication, apache
3. Handling  - creating a repo, logging, lock
4. Advanced Handling - svndumpfilter, commit hooks, lock/unlock hooks, svnsync
5. Maintenance - hotcopy, check integrity, dump, create

back to top

Model Based Testing (SS-205)

  • Date: Thursday 27th January 2011
  • Duration: 6.30pm - 8.00pm
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, 84-86 Lr Baggot Street, DUBLIN
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just email susan@isa-skillnet.com

OVERVIEW

Presentation of Model Based Testing
- When should MBT be used and when it should not be used
-  Is MBT agile?
-  Modelling – Drawing your tests
-  Implementing the code behind the model
-  Tools (GraphWalker, yEd, Selenium, Eclipse etc.)
  * Hands on session - Building a test with MBT-We will build a simple test with MBT and Selenium (with Java)

You are welcome to bring your own laptop for this session - please arrive at least 10 minutes earlier so you have time to set up your laptop & connect to the Wi-Fi before the session starts.  You will need to download and install following:

    * GraphWalker (MBT Tool) - http://graphwalker.org/:
8080/job/graphwalker/lastStableBuild/org.graphwalker$graphwalker//
    * yEd (Modelling tool) - http://www.yworks/.
com/en/products_yed_download.html
    * FireFox 3.5 or later - http://www.mozilla-europe.org/en/firefox/
    * Selenium IDE (Plugin for FireFox) - http://release.seleniumhq/.
org/selenium-ide/1.0.10/selenium-ide-1.0.10.xpi
    * Selenium RC - http://selenium.googlecode.com/files/selenium-
remote-control-1.0.3.zip
    * Eclipse IDE for Java Developers - http://www.eclipse/.
org/downloads/
    * Java5 JRE or higher version - http://www.java/.
com/en/download/manual.jsp

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone working in the Software Testing industry.

ABOUT THE SPEAKER

Stefan Ekman is a testing professional with over 15 years experience as a contractor within test and development working with companies as Ericsson, Microsoft, Swedish Government agencies, O2 Ireland, Eircom and few more on the list. Active in user groups and open source test tool projects and as well several hobby development projects in C# and Java. Currently working with the bookmaker Paddy Power as a Snr. Test Automation engineer where Stefan is building up automated regression testing for their online operations with GraphWalker (Open Source ModelBased Test Tool) and Selenium.

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS210)

  • Date: Mon 21st - Tue 22nd March 2011
  • Venue: EMC Company Premises, Cork
  • Times: 9.00am - 5.00pm

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Hibernate with Spring (SS-157)

  • Date: Tuesday 1st - Friday 4th February 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Citrus Consulting, U104 Donnybrook Commercial Park, Douglas, Cork

OVERVIEW

This course takes programmers through the process of building a real-world application from scratch and it describes the concepts of Hibernate and Spring from basic through to advanced. On completion of the course, delegates will be able to use Spring to integrate with the Object/Relational Mapping tool, Hibernate.  The teaching approach contains a mix of lectures, practical and one-to-one work and varies according to the people attending.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is for software programmers.

  REQUIREMENTS

A good working knowledge of Java is assumed; as a minimum you should be confident with the syntax of Java, be able to write classes and have a grasp of Exceptions and Object Orientation.

COURSE MATERIAL

A large part of this course is spent with a set of specially prepared exercises and projects so that those attending gain firm foundations through their own practical experience. Professionally presented course notes are provided and these may be retained for reference afterwards.

COURSE OUTLINE

Part One;
Hibernate
Object Relational Mapping - Why and How?
Using Hibernate - Your First Persistent Class
Configuring the SessionFactory
Mapping Database Schemas
Collection Mapping
Inheritance Hierarchies
The Hibernate Query Language - HQL

Part Two; Spring Framework
Beginning The Spring Framework
Introducing J2EE (JavaEE)
Loosely Coupled Architectures
Mocking Services
Dependency Injection and Lightweight Containers
Spring's Database Framework
Improving JDBC with Templates

Part Three; Spring and Hibernate
Using Spring with Hibernate (Templates or @PersistenceContext)
Aspect Oriented Programming (traditional and AspectJ syntax)
Application Transaction Management
Hibernate Performance; Lazy Initialization

back to top

AJAX (SS-211)

  • Date: Thurs 10th - Fri 11th March 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Cork

OVERVIEW

This course is aimed at client and server-side developers alike. It gives a thorough grounding in implementing AJAX-based functionality, and goes beyond technology essentials, to take in user-interface design, cross-browser considerations, and concurrency issues. As well as the use of XMLHTTP Request, the course covers 'on-demand' JavaScript, dynamic style-sheet loading, and the gamut of encoding formats such as XML and JSON. The teaching approach contains a mix of lectures, practical and one-to-one work and varies according to the people attending.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is for client and server-side developers.

 REQUIREMENTS

A basic knowledge of JavaScript and HTML is assumed.

COURSE MATERIAL

A large part of each course is spent with a set of specially prepared exercises and projects so that those attending gain firm foundations through their own practical experience. Professionally presented course notes are provided and these may be retained for reference afterwards.

COURSE OUTLINE

Essential and Advanced JavaScript
    Classes, methods and polymorphism
    Built-in classes, objects and methods
    Exception handling and exception classes
    X(HT)ML Document Object Models
XMLHTTPRequest Basics
    XHR object instantiation
    Cross-browser coding
    Sending and receiving data
    (A)Synchronous considerations
Encoding Data
    Plain text
    X(HT)ML and SOAP
    JSON (JavaScript Object Notation)
    Using binary formats
XMLHTTPRequest Alternatives
    Dynamic style-sheet loading
    On-demand JavaScriptHyper-Text Transport Protocol
    HTTP headers and methods
    Server responses
    URL and last-modified detection
Application Design and Implementation
    Concurrency and thread safety
    Guarding against race conditions
    Caching considerations
    Managing latency, timeouts and exceptions
Advanced Techniques
    Transparent and 'eager' script loading
    Emulating frames
    Interactive forms
    Logging client-side run-time errors
    Gathering browsing-pattern statistics
    Combining heterogenous feeds

back to top

ISA Public Sector Sales Enablement Programme (SS-154)

  • Date: Tue 19th & Wed 20th April 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Burlington Hotel, Dublin
  • Cost to Software Skillnet members after grant aid subsidy applied € 475.00

OVERVIEW

Software companies with an interest in selling to the Public Sector are often discouraged by red-tape and long lead times. Being patient and learning the rules of engagement are a good start. An even better step forward into this large and evolving market is to enrol on the ISA’s 2011 Government Sales Enablement Program where 3 unique deliverables can maximise scarce resources to increase your Company’s ability to win Government contracts, higher margin Public Sector sales and bring predictability to your Government sales:

1.    Contacts - Access to Buyers – ISA has met the most senior solution architects at the major Irish Government departments, and will provide outline information about their stated technical direction during the training course. Within the following 12 months ISA will provide access to Government solution architects in a series of themed follow on workshops. This will provide companies with valuable insights, helping them to know where to target, and how to differentiate the win. 

2.    Knowledge - Learn from Others (Winners, Losers and Decision Makers) –In the training course there will be a case study on a specific Government tender that was awarded in 2010. There will be presentations from a losing and the winning bidder and the decision maker. This will be followed by a Q&A with the 3 presenters.

3.    Process - Proven Sales Process – An experienced sales professional with long years of Government selling in Europe will deliver the content, www.chessboard.ie  There are 2 days of training – day 1 aimed at helping companies develop their own sales process for those that are not sales aware. Day 2 attunes the process to Government selling. 
 

back to top

PMP Project Management Professional Certification (SS-212)

  • Date: Mon 4th-Tues 5th and Mon 11th-Tues 12th April 2011
  • Duration: over 4 days 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: U22 Westland Square, Pearse Street, Dublin 2
Please note the cost of certification is not included in the course fee.  Participants can apply directly to the PMI for certification. The course will cover all preparatory work required for candidates to take the certification exam directly with the Project Management Institute.

FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE
"Excellent, comprehensive and concise"
"Found course very useful and informative"
"Very good course, weill presented, structured and delivered"
"Very useful course - delivered on my expectations"
"Enjoyed course and will apply a lot to my work"

OVERVIEW

Professionally Certified Project Managers are a benchmark for excellence in terms of performance and productivity in their profession and also bring a repeatable, consistent quality to the projects they manage. Certification gives project managers a competitive edge in job opportunities, promotions and they also retain higher salaries than those without certification.

This course is geared towards achieving PMP certification and includes access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.  This takes participants from the course right up to the certification exam.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The syllabus is designed based on the experience level of the participants. Given that this is a highly-focused course aimed towards final exam preparation; participants must already have experience of managing projects and intend to sit the PMP exam.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course; the participant will

  • Be prepared to sit the PMP® exam.
  • Apply approved Project Management principles to their work.
  • Identify the areas of Project Management they need work experience in.

COURSE CONTENT

• PMI® requirements of candidates
• The application process
• Modules covering all Project Management Knowledge Areas:

Scope

Time

Cost

Quality

HR

Risk

Communications

Procurement

Integration

Ethics

 Focus on hot topics.
• Exam makeup & Format.
• Access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.

This takes participants from the course right up to certification exam.  Participants must register and pay for exams themselves.  The exam fee is not included in the course fee quoted above.

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS216)

  • Date: Thursday 5th & Friday 6th May 2011
  • Venue: Dublin, Clarion IFSC Hotel, Dublin 1
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

ITIL Service Managment Essentials V3 (SS218)

  • Date: Monday 14th - Wednesday 16th March 2011
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Global Knowledge Premises, Jervis House, Dublin 1
FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE
"Excellent very interactive "
"I found the event useful, the amount of information was quite overwhelming on the first day but as the event progressed I was confident I was ready to take the exam."
"Very informative and well presented"

OVERVIEW

ITIL teaches people to understand how an integrated IT Service Management framework, based on ITIL best practice guidelines, can be adopted and adapted within organisations.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course provides those seeking IT & service management roles with a practical understanding of the key concepts, principles, processes and functions that enables successful IT Service Management provision while also preparing delegates for the ITIL Foundation Certificate Examination. The course is beneficial to those involved in the strategy, design, and implementation and on-going delivery of business-used IT services and who require an insight into Service Management best practice.

PRE-REQUISITES

The Foundation Certificate in IT Service Management is a pre-requisite for the all other ITIL-based Certificates in IT Service Management. The course finishes with the ITIL v3 Foundation exam (1-hour multiple choice) and results will be provided on exam completion.

COURSE CONTENT

The course will include Introduction to Service Management, The Service Lifecycle, Key Principles and models of ITSM and Processes and Functions of IT Service management

At the end of the course participants will be able to: Understand how an integrated IT Service Management can be adopted and adapted within their own organisations. It will provide proven practical guidance on how to successfully introduce an integrated IT Service Management framework based on the ITIL best practice service lifecycle approach.

back to top

PMP Project Management Professional Certification (SS-228a and SS228b)

  • Date: Due to popular demand, we are running two PMP programmes (one in October and one in November)

    Thur 13th - Fri 14th and Thur 20th - Fri 21st October 2011
    Thur 10th - Fri 11th and Thur 17th - Fri 18th November 2011

  • Duration: over 4 days 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Houghton Miflin Harcourt Premises, Dublin
Please note the cost of certification is not included in the course fee.  Participants can apply directly to the PMI for certification. The course will cover all preparatory work required for candidates to take the certification exam directly with the Project Management Institute.

FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE
"Excellent, comprehensive and concise"
"Found course very useful and informative"
"Very good course, weill presented, structured and delivered"
"Very useful course - delivered on my expectations"
"Enjoyed course and will apply a lot to my work"

OVERVIEW

Professionally Certified Project Managers are a benchmark for excellence in terms of performance and productivity in their profession and also bring a repeatable, consistent quality to the projects they manage. Certification gives project managers a competitive edge in job opportunities, promotions and they also retain higher salaries than those without certification.

This course is geared towards achieving PMP certification and includes access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.  This takes participants from the course right up to the certification exam.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The syllabus is designed based on the experience level of the participants. Given that this is a highly-focused course aimed towards final exam preparation; participants must already have experience of managing projects and intend to sit the PMP exam.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course; the participant will

  • Be prepared to sit the PMP® exam.
  • Apply approved Project Management principles to their work.
  • Identify the areas of Project Management they need work experience in.

COURSE CONTENT

• PMI® requirements of candidates
• The application process
• Modules covering all Project Management Knowledge Areas:

Scope

Time

Cost

Quality

HR

Risk

Communications

Procurement

Integration

Ethics

 Focus on hot topics.
• Exam makeup & Format.
• Access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.

This takes participants from the course right up to certification exam.  Participants must register and pay for exams themselves.  The exam fee is not included in the course fee quoted above.

back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass  (SS-214)

  • Date: Wednesday 11th & Thursday 12th May 2011
  • Duration: 2 days (9.00am to 5.30pm)
  • Venue: DUBLIN Professional Training Premises, U22 Westland Sq, Pearse Street, D2

FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE

"Very helpful, lots of indepth knowledge presented in a clear and understandable way"
"Excellent knowledge from this instructor"
"Helpful and useful for work.  Dan's approach works very well"
"Really interesting and will help with my daily work"

OVERVIEW

On a welcome return to Dublin, following his two sold-out sessions last year, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. It is also good for those who have limited exposure to SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

COURSE OBJECTIVES/LEARNING OUTCOMES

Participants will have the opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions and a handson opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer.  

They will learn:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

COURSE CONTENT

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

SUMMARY COURSE OUTLINE

SQL Statement Tuning

- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools

- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass  (SS-213)

  • Date: Monday 9th & Tuesday 10th May 2011
  • Duration: 2 days (9.00am to 5.30pm)
  • Venue: CORK Professional Training Premises, Building 4400 Cork Airport Business Park

FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE

"Very helpful, lots of indepth knowledge presented in a clear and understandable way"
"Excellent knowledge from this instructor"
"Helpful and useful for work.  Dan's approach works very well"
"Really interesting and will help with my daily work"

OVERVIEW

On a welcome return to Cork, following his two sold-out sessions last year, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. It is also good for those who have limited exposure to SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

COURSE OBJECTIVES/LEARNING OUTCOMES

Participants will have the opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions and a handson opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer.  

They will learn:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

COURSE CONTENT

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

SUMMARY COURSE OUTLINE

SQL Statement Tuning

- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools

- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

Introduction to Agile and Scrum (SS-230)

  • Date: Wed 6th - Thu 7th April 2011
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Cork, Quinn Healthcare Premises

OVERVIEW

Agile is used as a buzz word by lots of different people often to mean very different things.  In this course we will explore the different agile delivery approaches, how they differ and how they complement each other.  We will explore in more depth Scrum, Extreme Programming and Lean.  

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The course is aimed at everyone who is or will be involved with delivering a product or service.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Understanding of the history of agile and agile manifesto

  • Common Myths
  • An overview of three of the main agile approaches: Scrum, Lean, Extreme Programming
  • Introduction to agile planning and estimation
  • Approaches for introducing agile to your project, programme or company.


COURSE CONTENT

  • What is Agile?
  • Common Myths
  • Why choose an agile approach?
  • Overview of Agile Delivery Approaches
  • Scrum
    • Principles & Values
    • Scrum roles & responsibilities
    • Scrum Process
      • Vision
      • Product Backlog
      • Release Planning
      • Sprint Planning
      • Sprint Backlog
      • Sprint
      • Daily scrum

·        Extreme Programming

o      What is Extreme Programming

o      Values

o      Principles

o      Practices

·        Lean

o      What is Lean

o      7 principles of Lean Software Project Delivery

>        7 Wastes

·        Introduction to agile planning & estimation

·        Introducing agile in your organisation

o      Approaches

o      Common Pitfalls

·        There will be exercises and discussion points throughout the course


back to top

DB2 Training (SS-226)

  • Date: Mon 21st - Wed 23rd March 2011
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.00pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Citywest Business Campus

OVERVIEW

This course is aimed at staff new to DB2 for z/OS and provides a ‘product tour’ of the main concepts and components used within the product.

The course looks at the wider and more advanced issues applicable to efficient DB2 design, including Logical and Physical Database design issues, locking strategies, and the definition of database constraints. The course includes many practical sessions, designing, implementing, and refining a DB2 system.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is aimed at staff new to DB2 for z/OS.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

On completion of this course the student will be able to:

•    understand DB2 design techniques such as Normalisation
•    understand the performance issues involved in constructing a system
•    understand tablespace, table and index design issues
•    understand what is needed to define DB2 objects
•    understand the various locking techniques used by DB2
•    understand referential and table check constraints
•    design and use distinct types
•    design and define triggers
•    use DB2I and SPUFI
•    implement a DB2 security strategy
•    understand the techniques used within the Explain process

COURSE CONTENT

  • The DB2 Design Process
  • Logical Database Design
  • Physical Database Design
  • Data Manipulation Language   
  • DB2 Interactive (Db2I)
  • Physical Database Requirements
  • Locking
  • Distinct Types
  • Triggers
  • Referential Integrity
  • Table Check Constraints
  • Security   
  • Explain Overview
  • Overview Of Utilities

back to top

TechBrew Event - Zen & Art of Pricing (SS-215a)

  • Date: Thursday 31st March 2011
  • Duration: 7pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - Dame Lane, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register

OVERVIEW

Software Skillnet are delighted to sponsor this TechBrew Event.  TechBrew is an informal gathering of software company management and technology leaders, getting together to chat over a bite and a beer.  The focus of TechBrew is on strategic and management issues faced by business managers, technology leaders and product management within the Irish software industry.

This will be the 3rd gathering and the theme for the night is :

ZEN AND THE ART OF PRICING

On the soapbox are:

Bernie Cullinan-CEO of Clarigen
Caelen King-CEO of WhatClinic.com
Vincent Ryan-Global VP Sales & Marketing of Amdocs
 
And, as usual, there will be lots of opportunity to contribute, challenge and debate.

ABOUT TECHBREW
TechBrew is a new networking forum, with the opportunity to discuss and share your views, challenge the conventional wisdom, and meet and learn from your peers. The first part of the TechBrew will follow the evening’s theme, offer a number of people a soapbox for 10 minutes each, no slides just experience, and provide everyone with the opportunity to contribute. Followed by informal networking, where you can chat and chew over a brew.
  • Exchange ideas, network, form alliances and focus on technology and growth.
  • Discuss how your ideas, breakthroughs and challenges are affecting your company's business.
  • Meet with other software start-ups and established companies, get their feedback and input.
Feedback from the first TechBrew:
 “The topic was relevant, the speakers informed and entertaining and the discussions very lively.  I look forward to future events”
“It was great to have such an open and insightful debate on this space"
"Keep up the good work. This country and tech scene needs a lot more of same”


back to top

Product Management/Successful Software Commercialisation (SS-231)

  • Dates: Wed 25th & Thur 26th May 2011
  • Location: Clontarf Castle, Dublin

OVERVIEW

Discover how to implement proven product management processes that will maximise your product’s success in the marketplace.

Product Management is a strategic role which combines the definition of product deliverables that satisfy customer and market requirements, with the execution of marketing programs that drive sales.  The product manager is responsible for the entire lifecycle of a product – from its initial definition through planning its end-of-life. Although job titles may differ, product management is an essential function employed by leading technology companies to maximise market share and increase profitability.

Participants walk away with practical experience, tools and materials that are directly transferable to real-life enterprises.  Participants who achieve a score of 60% or higher in the training assessment of the 2-day Product Management course will receive an Endorsed Award from the Institute of Leadership and Management, London.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Those in the Technology Sector who are new product managers, practicing product managers, seeking a refresher course or programme/ project management, engineering and marketing managers or staff that share duties or collaborate with product management

COURSE CONTENT

Product Manager Role and Function
An introduction to the Key Process Areas of Product Management, the role and responsibilities of the Product Manager, where this role fits in the organisation and how it interacts with other company departments. Implement product management functions and processes to maximise your product success.

Market Analysis 
Market Research process, information sources, customers and competition. Understand the importance of market intelligence for strategic decision-making. Validate product concepts with the market before costly implementation.

Product Strategy 
Articulate your product goals and define a winning strategy approach based on opportunities/ business cases derived from market analysis.

Strategic Pricing 
Avoid common pricing mistakes. Understand the relationship between costs, customers and competition and maximise your profits by learning how to implement a value-based pricing strategy.

Requirements Management 
Ensure product specification contains only features/ functionality that customers are willing to pay for. Include all relevant stakeholders in requirements elicitation process ensuring that you avoid costly development mistakes.

Positioning 
Understand where your product fits in relation to the competition. Understand where the opportunities are to provide unique benefit to your target customer, and articulate this message clearly to them.

Product Planning 
Identify clearly your target audience, and efficiently manage your resources, processes and deliverables to ensure product success.

Go-To-Market - Planning
Create implementation plans, including Product Launch and Social Media Marketing plans that allow you to realise your product strategy.


back to top

FREE EVENT - Agile Test Management (SS-232)

  • Date: Thursday 14th April 2011
  • Duration: 2.00pm - 5.00pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Berkeley Court D4 Hotel, Lansdowne Road, Dublin 4
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just email susan@isa-skillnet.com

OVERVIEW

Presented by Fran O'Hara, Director and Principal Consultant Inspire Quality Services

Using Scrum as the main agile method (but with discussion of participants own approaches/variations), this workshop will take you through presentation, exercises and discussion covering topics such as:

* Transitioning the test manager role to agile, both from the project test manager and line manager perspective
* Test strategy in agile in differing contexts
* Test management process - estimation and planning in agile
* Test management issues and their place in agile - metrics, process improvement, tooling, etc.

Participants, particularly those already working with agile, will be encouraged to share their challenges and experiences.

ABOUT THE SPEAKER

 

Fran O'Hara is Director and Principal Consultant of Inspire Quality Services (formerly Insight Consulting). He previously worked with Sogeti who acquired Insight Test Services which Fran co-founded in 2003 to provide test consulting, training and managed test services.  He specialises in pragmatic approaches to process improvement, agile and associated  practices.  Fran is a regular speaker at process improvement and testing conferences. He is an ISEB/ISTQB tutor at advanced level, a trained SEI CMM lead assessor, a certified ScrumMaster and TickIT auditor, a fellow of the Irish Computer Society, a director of the TMMi Foundation, and co-founder of the Irish SIG in
Software Testing - SoftTest.

back to top

Mobile Technologies with Dr John Lewis (SS-249)

  • Date: Mon 9th May 2011
  • Duration: 6.00pm - 7.30pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, IBEC Offices, 84-86 Lower Baggot Street, Dublin 2
  • FREE EVENT, just email susan@isa-skillnet.com to regiser.

OVERVIEW

Mobile is moving, and fast! How will you know when it is ready for you?

The days when the world of information technology revolved around the sharing of word processing documents and getting your network working are long gone. Sophisticated communications applications and multimedia distribution have spread from personal computers onto mobile devices and to cloud computing. They have been joined by internet-wide social communication behaviour - including social networking, social media; and, perhaps, social commerce will be next.  The impact of these changes and the resulting expectations are already being felt by many organisations.  The characteristics of the mobile products and technologies which each organisation adopts will depend on the needs in their business sector and the value on offer. Also the timing and process by which they adopt them will vary significantly.  Recent developments in the mobile industry have led to some increases in clarity. The Android platform, from Google, is emerging as a candidate that is likely to have a significant impact on many businesses. If adopted correctly, it could offer considerable opportunities as a widely available platform for the deployment of applications to staff, customers and suppliers using a range of device formats.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

In conjunction with the Software Skillnet and c2, Dr. John W Lewis will deliver a presentation on mobile technologies. This presentation will take place in Dublin and is aimed at senior management within organisations. While the focus of this presentation will be Android and the development of Android applications, it will also touch on other technologies e.g. iPhone and Windows Phone 7. It is intended to be an informal gathering where the audience can air their views and give feedback as to where they feel the growth areas are.

ABOUT DR JOHN LEWIS

Dr John W Lewis is an innovation specialist and technology communicator. Based on a background in physics and engineering, in both academic and commercial sectors, he has two decades of experience of delivering commercial training to software professionals working for medium to large enterprises. His interests cover a variety of areas of innovation adoption, communication and management. He has presented on innovation strategy in the field of innovation management and has been an invited panellist on topics related to digital and mobile technologies for marketing.


back to top

Application Development with Google Android (SS-227)

  • Date: Mon 12th  - Wed 14th December 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Clarion Hotel IFSC

OVERVIEW

Android is an open source platform for mobile computing. Applications are developed using familiar Java and Eclipse tools. Many vendors and carriers offer Android based devices (phones). Android is enjoying a healthy growth, in terms of hand set sells, applications available and new project starts. This course teaches students the architecture, API and techniques to create robust, high performance and appealing applications for the Android devices. While many classes focus on the mobile device, this course also deals with the server side architecture. This makes the class ideal for enterprise class businesses.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Developers and architects who will be developing applications for Android devices.

PRE-REQUISITES

Basic knowledge of Java. Familiarity with Eclipse is a plus but not necessary.

 COURSE CONTENT

Chapter 1. Introduction to Android
What is Android?
A Short History
Advantages of Android
Disadvantages of Android
Android Carriers
References
Summary
  
Chapter 2. The Architecture of Android
Key Components Stack
The Kernel
Libraries
The Dalvik JVM
Application Framework
Applications
Summary

Chapter 3. The Development Environment
What Do We Need?
Setting Up the SDK
Install Eclipse Plugin
Create a Virtual Device
Creating a Project
Running Your Application
Buttons of the Emulator
Run Configuration
Debugging an Application
Using Third Party JAR
Creating Reusable Library
Dalvik Debug Monitor Server (DDMS)
DDMS Tools in Eclipse
The Console Views
Developing for Multiple Android Versions
Summary

Chapter 4. Application Fundamentals
Recapping The Basics
Packaging an Application
Application Reusability Architecture
The Manifest File
Activity
Creating an Activity Class
Activity Lifecycle
Launching an Activity
Pausing and Stopping an Activity
Destroying an Activity
Saving State
The onCreate() Method
Registering an Activity
The Default Activity
Process Lifecycle
The Application Class
The Application Context
Summary

Chapter 5. Basic GUI Programming
The Fundamentals
View Hierarchy
Creating Views Programmatically
Creating View in XML Layout
More on XML Layout
Common Programming Tasks with Views
TextView and EditText
Button
CheckBox
RadioButton and RadioGroup
ToggleButton
ImageView
RatingBar
Summary

Chapter 6. Layout Management
Background
LinearLayout
LinearLayout Orientation
fill_parent Example
Layout Gravity
Weight
TableLayout
Managing the Width
RelativeLayout
RelativeLayout Example
ScrollView
HorizontalScrollView
Summary

Chapter 7. Resource Management and Localization
Introduction
Main Types of Resources
Defining Value Resources
Defining String Arrays
Creating Image Resource
Alternate Resource Folders
Alternate Folder Name Rules
How Android Finds Resources
Dealing with Screen Orientation
Orientation Change and Activity Lifecycle
Developing for Tablets
Basics of Localization
Testing for Localization
Loading Localized String from Code
Summary

Chapter 8. Intents and Intent Filters
What is an Intent?
The android.content.Intent Class
Explicitly Specifying Component Name
Example
Implicit Target Component Specification
Intent Filters
Action Name
Category Name
Data Type Filter
Hint Matching Logic
Default Component of an Application
Starting an Activity
Getting Output from Activity
Example of Launcher: ActivityA
Example of Launched: ActivityB
Pending Intent

Chapter 9. Application Menu
Introduction
Defining Menu Items
Menu XML File
Option Menu
Populating Menu Items from Resource
Manipulating Menu Items
Handling Menu Item Click Event
Context Menu
Showing a Context Menu
Handling Context Menu Item Click
Summary

Chapter 10. Showing Notification Messages
Introduction
Toast
Popping a Toast
Advanced Toast
Status Bar Notification
Advantages of Status Bar Notification
Steps to Create a Status Bar Notification
Posting the Notification
Using an Utility Method
Additional Notes
Using Dialogs
AlertDialog
Handling Button Click Events
ProgressDialog
Setting Progress Amount
Summary

Chapter 11. Advanced GUI Development
Spinner View
Creating a Spinner
Handling Item Selection Event
The ListView
Creating a ListView
Handling ListView Events
The Adapter Model
Adapter Class
Example Adapter ; Using an Adapter
The ArrayAdapter Class
ViewFlipper
Tabbed UI Layout
Creating Tabbed UI
Defining the Tabbed Layout
Creating the Tabs with View Content
Add a Tab with Activity Content
WebView ; WebView Methods
Summary

Chapter 12. Data Storage
Data Storage Options
Data Privacy
Shared Preferences
Modifying Shared Preferences
Shared Preferences Example
Default Preferences
Editing Preferences
Example: Editing Preferences
Internal Storage
Example: Write to Internal Storage
Example: Read from Internal Storage
Private Directory ; Cache Directory
Example: Writing to Cache File
External Storage
Checking State of External Storage
Working with Files in External Storage
Example: Writing to External Storage
Shipping Files with the Application
Working with Raw Resource Files

Chapter 13. SQL Database Storage
Introduction
Opening a Database Connection
Transaction Management
A Pattern for Connection and Transaction Handling
Creating Schema
Compiled SQL Statement
Inserting Data
Updating Data
Deleting Data
Fetching Data
Example Queries
Iterating Over a Cursor
Reading Column Values from Cursor
A Complete Example
Cursor Management
Binding Cursor to ListView
Custom Data Binding
Handling Item Click Event
Refreshing the ListView
Schema Creation Issues
Example Helper Class
Using the Helper Class
Summary

Chapter 14. Network Programming
Introduction
Communication Using HTTP Protocol
Creating a HttpClient Object
Making a GET Request
Making a POST Request
Setting Timeout
Using Basic Authentication
Using Custom Authentication
XML Parsing Options
Setting Up XML Pull Parser
The Main Loop
Example XML Document
Example Parsing Code
Checking Network Status
Summary
  
Chapter 15. Background Task Processing
Introduction
The Handler Framework
The Basic Approach
Creating a Handler
Posting a Message
Doing Background Work
AsyncTask
Doing the Work
Starting Work
Getting Result from the Task
Updating GUI From the Task
Ending the Task
What is Service
Why Use a Service?
Service for Background Work
Creating a Service
Example Service Class
Starting and Stopping a Service
Starting Long Running Work
Sending Control Messages to a Service
Usability Guidelines
Summary

Chapter 16. Multimedia Programming
Introduction
Recording Audio
Start Recording Audio
Stop Recording
Playing Audio
Playing from Raw Resource
Playing from a File or Network Stream
Stopping and Cleanup
Video Playback
Playing Video
Summary
  
Chapter 17. Testing Applications
Introduction
New Sources of Defects
Special Testing Considerations
Android Testing Framework
The Architecture
Creating a Test Project
Test Case Class for an Activity
Test Initialization
Writing a Test Case Method
Service Test Case Class
Running Test Cases
Useful Methods of an Activity Test Case Class
Additional Assertion Function
The TouchUtils Class
Developing and Testing on a Device
Stress Test Monkey
Third Party Testing Tools
Summary

Chapter 18. Packaging and Distributing Applications
Introduction
Pricing Options
Getting the Application Ready
About Signing the Application
Exporting and Signing the Application
Going to Android Market
Doing Maintenance
Summary


back to top

Linux System Administration (SS-250)

  • Date: Mon 18th - Wed 20th April 2011
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, EMC Premises

OVERVIEW

Linux is a Unix-like operating system that was designed to provide personal computer users a free or very low-cost operating system comparable to traditional and usually more expensive Unix systems.  Linux has a reputation as a very efficient and fast-performing system. Linux's kernel was developed by Linus Torvalds at the University of Helsinki in Finland.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Users that have a good knowledge of Linux from an end user perspective that need to learn about the administration of Linux systems. 

PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates should have attended a Unix/Linux Fundamentals course followed by 3 – 6 months solid hands on use of Unix/Linux.  Alternatively delegates should have 2 or more years of Unix/Linux hands on experience..

 COURSE CONTENT

 Installing Linux
Basic installs and what to expect.  Working your way around the screens, command line
Software Planning
Planning system configuration for partitioning your Linux system.  Installing/Removing packages and reading the log files.
Start up & Shutdown
Looking at the process that the system goes through and how to debug a problem.  Modifying services.  GRUB configuration and LILO.
Users & Passwords
The basics of users, groups and passwords using the flat file method of configuration to start with.
File Systems
Basic partitioning and formatting; working with the Linux LVM. 
Basic Networking + Routing
Using your Linux systems as routers, and configuring routes.
Networked File Systems
NFS for UNIX file shares and interfacing with Windows systems with SAMBA.
Firewalls & Security
Internal and external security issues and some of the tools available to you as standard with a Linux system to help make your environment more secure.
Kernel Services
kernel Modules. Using initrd. kernel confirguration using sysctl.
Useful Services
Setting up and maintaining Apache and Sendmail, from a basic approach. 
DNS
Setting up a DNS server and maintaining it.
NIS
Setting up NIS, what and why you should use it, what it can do.  Set up of primary and secondary clients and everything that is needed to make your system robust.

back to top

Linux System Administration (SS-251)

  • Date: Tuesday 8th - Thursday 10th November 2011
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, EMC Premises

OVERVIEW

Linux is a Unix-like operating system that was designed to provide personal computer users a free or very low-cost operating system comparable to traditional and usually more expensive Unix systems.  Linux has a reputation as a very efficient and fast-performing system. Linux's kernel was developed by Linus Torvalds at the University of Helsinki in Finland.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Users that have a good knowledge of Linux from an end user perspective that need to learn about the administration of Linux systems. 

PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates should have attended a Unix/Linux Fundamentals course followed by 3 – 6 months solid hands on use of Unix/Linux.  Alternatively delegates should have 2 or more years of Unix/Linux hands on experience..

 COURSE CONTENT

 Installing Linux
Basic installs and what to expect.  Working your way around the screens, command line
Software Planning
Planning system configuration for partitioning your Linux system.  Installing/Removing packages and reading the log files.
Start up & Shutdown
Looking at the process that the system goes through and how to debug a problem.  Modifying services.  GRUB configuration and LILO.
Users & Passwords
The basics of users, groups and passwords using the flat file method of configuration to start with.
File Systems
Basic partitioning and formatting; working with the Linux LVM. 
Basic Networking + Routing
Using your Linux systems as routers, and configuring routes.
Networked File Systems
NFS for UNIX file shares and interfacing with Windows systems with SAMBA.
Firewalls & Security
Internal and external security issues and some of the tools available to you as standard with a Linux system to help make your environment more secure.
Kernel Services
kernel Modules. Using initrd. kernel confirguration using sysctl.
Useful Services
Setting up and maintaining Apache and Sendmail, from a basic approach. 
DNS
Setting up a DNS server and maintaining it.
NIS
Setting up NIS, what and why you should use it, what it can do.  Set up of primary and secondary clients and everything that is needed to make your system robust.

back to top

FREE EVENT - Selenium 2 with David Burns from Mozilla (SS-255)

  • Date: Wednesday 18th May 2011
  • Details@  6.30pm in IBEC, Baggot Street, Dublin followed by a networking drink
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just email susan@isa-skillnet.com

OVERVIEW

Selenium 2 is the merger of code bases between Selenium and WebDriver.  Both of these frameworks were born from the idea we need to test web applications and both unfortunately have their pro's and con's.  Fortunately where one has a con the other has a pro and David will discuss this and show some examples. David will show how Selenium 2 is
100% backwards compatible with Selenium 1 so you never have to port your tests straight away!


ABOUT THE SPEAKER 

David is a Senior Software Engineer in Test at Mozilla working as the Automation Lead in WebQA. He is also a Selenium Core Committer and lead maintainer on the Python bindings for Selenium 2.  David is an active blogger at http://www.theautomatedtester.co.uk and is an author of Selenium 1.0 Testing Tools: Beginner’s Guide

back to top

Prototyping with Axure (SS-225)

  • Date: Wed 13th April 2011
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Fidelity Investments,CityWest Business Park

OVERVIEW

This is a  highly interactive programme during which delegates will:
•    Design wireframes for a website using Axure RP Pro
•    Annotate wireframes and produce documentation
•    Create interactive website prototypes for usability testing
•    Standardise common elements on your wireframes e.g. headers & footers (using Axure Masters & Widgets)
•    Create dynamic interactions such as page overlays, tabs & 'accordion' elements (using Axure Dynamic Panels)
•    Simulate complex form flows (using Axure Conditional Logic)
•    Set up shared projects to allow a team to collaborate on a set of wireframes
•    Use ready-made widget libraries for standard website elements

Delegates will also receive a free 80-page prototype with Axure training manual that contains all tutorials, and access to the example Axure files used during the course.

PRE-REQUISITES

No previous knowledge of Axure is required, but you should be familiar with Microsoft Word or PowerPoint as Axure uses similar drawing & layout tools.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Our training is fully based around the principle of learning-by-doing. During the training you’ll complete a series of exercises designed for you to discover the answers by yourself and then put into practice what you've learnt.

By the end of the day, you’ll have:
•    A deeper understanding of your new knowledge
•    Ownership of what you've learnt
•    The ability to apply what you've learnt again and again in the future

back to top

Application Development with Google Android (SS-257)

  • Date: Mon 11th  - Wed 13th July 2011
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Hotel Venue to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

Android is an open source platform for mobile computing. Applications are developed using familiar Java and Eclipse tools. Many vendors and carriers offer Android based devices (phones). Android is enjoying a healthy growth, in terms of hand set sells, applications available and new project starts. This course teaches students the architecture, API and techniques to create robust, high performance and appealing applications for the Android devices. While many classes focus on the mobile device, this course also deals with the server side architecture. This makes the class ideal for enterprise class businesses.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Developers and architects who will be developing applications for Android devices.

PRE-REQUISITES

Basic knowledge of Java. Familiarity with Eclipse is a plus but not necessary.

 COURSE CONTENT

Chapter 1. Introduction to Android
What is Android?
A Short History
Advantages of Android
Disadvantages of Android
Android Carriers
References
Summary
  
Chapter 2. The Architecture of Android
Key Components Stack
The Kernel
Libraries
The Dalvik JVM
Application Framework
Applications
Summary

Chapter 3. The Development Environment
What Do We Need?
Setting Up the SDK
Install Eclipse Plugin
Create a Virtual Device
Creating a Project
Running Your Application
Buttons of the Emulator
Run Configuration
Debugging an Application
Using Third Party JAR
Creating Reusable Library
Dalvik Debug Monitor Server (DDMS)
DDMS Tools in Eclipse
The Console Views
Developing for Multiple Android Versions
Summary

Chapter 4. Application Fundamentals
Recapping The Basics
Packaging an Application
Application Reusability Architecture
The Manifest File
Activity
Creating an Activity Class
Activity Lifecycle
Launching an Activity
Pausing and Stopping an Activity
Destroying an Activity
Saving State
The onCreate() Method
Registering an Activity
The Default Activity
Process Lifecycle
The Application Class
The Application Context
Summary

Chapter 5. Basic GUI Programming
The Fundamentals
View Hierarchy
Creating Views Programmatically
Creating View in XML Layout
More on XML Layout
Common Programming Tasks with Views
TextView and EditText
Button
CheckBox
RadioButton and RadioGroup
ToggleButton
ImageView
RatingBar
Summary

Chapter 6. Layout Management
Background
LinearLayout
LinearLayout Orientation
fill_parent Example
Layout Gravity
Weight
TableLayout
Managing the Width
RelativeLayout
RelativeLayout Example
ScrollView
HorizontalScrollView
Summary

Chapter 7. Resource Management and Localization
Introduction
Main Types of Resources
Defining Value Resources
Defining String Arrays
Creating Image Resource
Alternate Resource Folders
Alternate Folder Name Rules
How Android Finds Resources
Dealing with Screen Orientation
Orientation Change and Activity Lifecycle
Developing for Tablets
Basics of Localization
Testing for Localization
Loading Localized String from Code
Summary

Chapter 8. Intents and Intent Filters
What is an Intent?
The android.content.Intent Class
Explicitly Specifying Component Name
Example
Implicit Target Component Specification
Intent Filters
Action Name
Category Name
Data Type Filter
Hint Matching Logic
Default Component of an Application
Starting an Activity
Getting Output from Activity
Example of Launcher: ActivityA
Example of Launched: ActivityB
Pending Intent

Chapter 9. Application Menu
Introduction
Defining Menu Items
Menu XML File
Option Menu
Populating Menu Items from Resource
Manipulating Menu Items
Handling Menu Item Click Event
Context Menu
Showing a Context Menu
Handling Context Menu Item Click
Summary

Chapter 10. Showing Notification Messages
Introduction
Toast
Popping a Toast
Advanced Toast
Status Bar Notification
Advantages of Status Bar Notification
Steps to Create a Status Bar Notification
Posting the Notification
Using an Utility Method
Additional Notes
Using Dialogs
AlertDialog
Handling Button Click Events
ProgressDialog
Setting Progress Amount
Summary

Chapter 11. Advanced GUI Development
Spinner View
Creating a Spinner
Handling Item Selection Event
The ListView
Creating a ListView
Handling ListView Events
The Adapter Model
Adapter Class
Example Adapter ; Using an Adapter
The ArrayAdapter Class
ViewFlipper
Tabbed UI Layout
Creating Tabbed UI
Defining the Tabbed Layout
Creating the Tabs with View Content
Add a Tab with Activity Content
WebView ; WebView Methods
Summary

Chapter 12. Data Storage
Data Storage Options
Data Privacy
Shared Preferences
Modifying Shared Preferences
Shared Preferences Example
Default Preferences
Editing Preferences
Example: Editing Preferences
Internal Storage
Example: Write to Internal Storage
Example: Read from Internal Storage
Private Directory ; Cache Directory
Example: Writing to Cache File
External Storage
Checking State of External Storage
Working with Files in External Storage
Example: Writing to External Storage
Shipping Files with the Application
Working with Raw Resource Files

Chapter 13. SQL Database Storage
Introduction
Opening a Database Connection
Transaction Management
A Pattern for Connection and Transaction Handling
Creating Schema
Compiled SQL Statement
Inserting Data
Updating Data
Deleting Data
Fetching Data
Example Queries
Iterating Over a Cursor
Reading Column Values from Cursor
A Complete Example
Cursor Management
Binding Cursor to ListView
Custom Data Binding
Handling Item Click Event
Refreshing the ListView
Schema Creation Issues
Example Helper Class
Using the Helper Class
Summary

Chapter 14. Network Programming
Introduction
Communication Using HTTP Protocol
Creating a HttpClient Object
Making a GET Request
Making a POST Request
Setting Timeout
Using Basic Authentication
Using Custom Authentication
XML Parsing Options
Setting Up XML Pull Parser
The Main Loop
Example XML Document
Example Parsing Code
Checking Network Status
Summary
  
Chapter 15. Background Task Processing
Introduction
The Handler Framework
The Basic Approach
Creating a Handler
Posting a Message
Doing Background Work
AsyncTask
Doing the Work
Starting Work
Getting Result from the Task
Updating GUI From the Task
Ending the Task
What is Service
Why Use a Service?
Service for Background Work
Creating a Service
Example Service Class
Starting and Stopping a Service
Starting Long Running Work
Sending Control Messages to a Service
Usability Guidelines
Summary

Chapter 16. Multimedia Programming
Introduction
Recording Audio
Start Recording Audio
Stop Recording
Playing Audio
Playing from Raw Resource
Playing from a File or Network Stream
Stopping and Cleanup
Video Playback
Playing Video
Summary
  
Chapter 17. Testing Applications
Introduction
New Sources of Defects
Special Testing Considerations
Android Testing Framework
The Architecture
Creating a Test Project
Test Case Class for an Activity
Test Initialization
Writing a Test Case Method
Service Test Case Class
Running Test Cases
Useful Methods of an Activity Test Case Class
Additional Assertion Function
The TouchUtils Class
Developing and Testing on a Device
Stress Test Monkey
Third Party Testing Tools
Summary

Chapter 18. Packaging and Distributing Applications
Introduction
Pricing Options
Getting the Application Ready
About Signing the Application
Exporting and Signing the Application
Going to Android Market
Doing Maintenance
Summary


back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS258)

  • Date: Thursday 6th & Friday 7th October 2011
  • Venue: Dublin, Clarion Hotel IFSC
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Linux Fundamentals (SS-256)

  • Date: Tue 7th - Fri 10th June 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Farranferris College, Redemption Road, Cork

OVERVIEW

Linux is a Unix-like operating system that was designed to provide personal computer users a free or very low-cost operating system comparable to traditional and usually more expensive Unix systems.  Linux has a reputation as a very efficient and fast-performing system. Linux's kernel  was developed by Linus Torvalds at the University of Helsinki in Finland.  This 4 day course combines the necessary fundamentals of the Linux operating system with hands-on practical exercises.  Various discussions and solutions to the exercises are encouraged using this approach.  It is intended to give delegates an excellent grasp of the Linux environment from the basics, to interrogating files and using the network.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The course is aimed at the beginner or new comer to the Linux environment, although it will also suit those users who have had some prior exposure, but want to enhance their learning in a more formal, structured manner.

PRE-REQUISITES

There are no prerequisites for this course but previous exposure to another operating or command line system would help.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course delegates will be able to:

•    Describe the function of the Linux environment and variants
•    Use the user interface (command line and graphical)
•    Work with and understand the Linux File system through file manipulation
•    Understand what a Shell is and what it does
•    Multi-task the system and work with multiple processes
•    Use a text editor (VI or dtpad)
•    Understand Linux security
•    Schedule Jobs
•    Use the network utilities
•    Print and work with removable media

COURSE CONTENT

What is Linux?
An introductory look at where Linux started, what it is used for and the types and flavours that exist.

Getting Started
Logging in and out of the system; User types; User interfaces; the Windows environment; Some windows utilities; Command line structure; Some simple commands; Getting help.

The File System
A guided tour of the system, file and directory manipulation, viewing files, home directories, help.

The Shell Environment
A look how the command line interface works. Wild card expressions, command line history and editing. Variables and the user environment files.

Redirection
Working with the shell’s file descriptors >, <, >>. How log files are created. Using pipe lines to enhance your commands.

Processes
Define program, process and daemons. Listing and signaling processes. Multi-task your environment.

Introduction to VI
What is VI, how to get into it, editing a file, inserting, deleting and moving through text.

File Security
Users; groups; displaying permissions; how permissions work and how to change them.

Job Scheduling
Ad-hoc schedulers (batch, at). Regular scheduler (cron). Enable overnight or specific time of day jobs.

Basic Network Utilities
Understand the basics behind networking. Use generic utilities like telnet, ping, ftp. Linux utilities like rlogin, rsh, rcp.

Printing
How to print files in the command line and windows environment.

Power Tools
Working with sed, awk, find, diff and many other tools to help you interrogate the Linux system and files.

Working With Removable Media
Making simple backups to disk or tape using tar, cpio, and dos utilities.

More Vi
Configure your VI environment, advanced techniques for searching and other tricks.

Introduction To Shell Scripting
Learn how to write simple scripts to perform mundane tasks. How to make your script generic to other users, simple loops and conditional testing.

back to top

Ui Design for iOS(SS-224)

  • Date: Fri 25th March 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Fidelity Investments,CityWest Business Park

OVERVIEW

This programme will provide a solid foundation and advanced knowledge of iPhone and iPad user Interface Design to be used in everyday jobs or for designing their own applications for these devices.

TRAINEE GROUP

This programme is suitable for anyone who has to work with iOS User Interface Design or is expected to produce designs.  

PRE-REQUISITES

Candidates should be familiar with Photoshop and ideally have a flair for design.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Understand the foundation knowledge of designing for iPhone iPad
Be able to write Application Definition Statements and prepare fully comprehensive wireframes for a team to work from
Understand interaction design and how we design with this in mind
Understand how to build a full UI of an app
Understand how to design the perfect icon for use on iOS Devices (+ practical)
Know how to prepare artwork for Retina Display
Be able to provide comprehensive documentation for onward developers

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction to iOS Design
ADS Writing and Preparation
Wireframing, covering interaction design and planning
Design Session
Designing the perfect icon
Preparing for Retina Display (iPhone 4)
Preparation of final documents for onward developers

 



back to top

Developing AJAX Web Applications (SS-243)

  • Date: Wed 11th & Thu 12th May
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Member Premises Apple

OVERVIEW

Traditional Web applications are not the most responsive applications when compared to rich interfaces developed for desk top applications. Every time you submit a form, or click a link, the responsiveness of your Web application is totally at the mercy of the available bandwidth.  However, imagine a Web application that responds immediately to your requests. A Web application where data is available to you without you having to wait for it to come down to your browser. This is just one of the benefits of the AJAX approach to Web development.  This one day seminar introduces you to the technologies behind AJAX, and explains how these technologies can be used together to build highly responsive Web applications.

TRAINEE GROUP

This seminar is aimed at those involved in all aspects of Web application development. Web designers, server side developers, project managers, and Web application architects. 

LEARNING OUTCOMES

 

• Understand the concepts of AJAX
• Understand the architecture of an AJAX application
• Identify the role of JavaScript within an AJAX application
• Identify the role of XML within an AJAX application
• Understand how AJAX differs from traditional Web applications
• Identify where the AJAX model could be applied within your organization

COURSE CONTENT

• What are Rich Internet Applications?
• What is Ajax?
• Ajax, JavaScript, and DHTML
• How Ajax Works
• Overview of Ajax Technologies

Basics of JavaScript for Browsers
• JavaScript and DHTML Overview
• Using JavaScript in an HTML Page
• Basic JavaScript Programming
Neueda Software Skillnet Mini-tender B 2011 21.04.2011 Page 39 of 48


• Functions in JavaScript
• Debugging JavaScript
• Accessing HTML Elements and Modifying with innerHTML

XMLHttpRequest
• The XMLHttpRequest Object
• Using XMLHttpRequest
• Working with Browser Differences
• Your First Ajax Application
• Using Ajax Data to Modify the Page

Using Servlets and JSP with Ajax
• Servlet/JSP Overview
• Handling Ajax Requests
• Returning Data to Ajax Requests
• Using JSP pages to generate Ajax data

More JavaScript for Ajax
• Browser Events
• Using Ajax with Browser Events
• Using Built-in Objects
• Objects and Arrays in JavaScript
• Objects as Function Arguments
• Defining Classes in JavaScript
• Defining Modules and Namespaces in JavaScript

Client-Side Ajax Frameworks
• Overview - Prototype, Dojo, script.aculo.us and others
• Prototype Overview
• Using Prototype ($(), Ajax.Request)
• script.aculo.us Overview
• Using script.aculo.us Ajax autocompleter
• Servlet/JSP (server-side) Generation of Data
• Dojo Toolkit Overview
• YUI (Yahoo User Interface Toolkit) Overview
• Google Maps and Google Ajax Search API Overview

Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)
• CSS Overview
• Defining and Using Styles and Style Sheets
• Using CSS to Customize Ajax Data Display

JavaScript Object Notation (JSON)
• JSON Overview
• JSON Data Structure
• Objects and Arrays in JSON
• Creating/Working with JSON on the Server using Java
• Working with JSON in the browser
• Other JSON Tools Overview

XML and Ajax
• XML Overview
• XML - The x in Ajax
• Working with XML on the browser
• Generating XML data on the server with Java
• Using HTML vs Using XML vs Using JSON

Direct Web Remoting (DWR)
• Overview - Invoking Java via Ajax
• DWR Architecture
• Invoking Java Functions From the Browser
• Registering Callbacks
• Additional Capabilities
• Overview of other technologies (JSON-RPC, Google Web Toolkit - GWT)

Ajax and JavaServer Faces (JSF)
• JSF Overview
• Ajax4sjf Overview
• Using Ajax with Ajax4jsf
• Ajax4jsf components
• Overview of the RichFaces Component Library



 



back to top

Diameter Protocol (SS-219)

  • Date: Wed 22nd & Thu 23rd June
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: Dublin, Beckett Way, Park West Business Park, D12

OVERVIEW

Diameter is an authentication, authorization and accounting (AAA) protocol for computer networks, and has been designed as a successor to the RADIUS protocol, which has issues with reliability, scalability, security and flexibility.  This workshop introduces the concepts of the Diameter protocol. The theory provides the delegate with the principles of the Diameter, how messages are constructed and managed, and how AAA is achieved using the Diameter protocol.

TRAINEE GROUP

This workshop is for delegates new to the principles and design of the Diameter protocol, and who will be designing, implementing and/or managing systems using the Diameter protocol. 

LEARNING OUTCOMES 

After the course attendees will be able to:
•    Identify application areas for Diameter
•    Compare & contrast with other protocols
•    Understand the protocol architecture and functions
•    Model transaction flows for basic AAA services

COURSE CONTENT

AAA Concepts
AAA concepts, the origins of RADIUS and the Diameter protocols, applications of AAA architectures.

Diameter Protocol Overview
Service Concepts, transport, SCTP guidelines, application identifiers, connections vs. sessions.

Diameter Agents
Relay agents, proxy agents, redirect agents, translation agents.

Diameter Messages
Command codes, Diameter command naming conventions, Diameter AVPs (Attribute-Value Pairs) - AVP header, optional header elements, basic AVP data formats.

Diameter Connections
Diameter request routing overview, peer state machine, peer table and node discovery, end-to-end security, transport security using TLS and IPSec.

Diameter Message Processing
Originating a request, sending a request, receiving requests, processing local requests, Diameter answer processing.

Error Handling
Result-code AVP, protocol errors, transient failures, permanent failures, the error bit and error-message AVP, failover mechanism and duplicate messages.

Future Developments
Diameter and the Diameter Maintenance and Extensions working group




 



back to top

TechBrew Event  (SS-215b) - Agile Scrums & Awkward Tackles!

  • Date: Thursday 26th May 2011
  • Duration: 7pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - Dame Lane, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register

OVERVIEW

Software Skillnet are delighted to sponsor this TechBrew Event.  TechBrew is an informal gathering of software company management and technology leaders, getting together to chat over a bite and a beer.  The focus of TechBrew is on strategic and management issues faced by business managers, technology leaders and product management within the Irish software industry.

The theme for the night is :

AGILE SCRUMS & AWKWARD TACKLES!
IS AGILE DEVELOPMENT TRIUMPH OR TROUBLE


On the soapbox are:

Robert McGarry, General Manager, Ignition Team
Conor O'Kane, Director of Engineering, The Now Factory
 
And, as usual, there will be lots of opportunity to contribute, challenge and debate.

ABOUT TECHBREW
TechBrew is a new networking forum, with the opportunity to discuss and share your views, challenge the conventional wisdom, and meet and learn from your peers. The first part of the TechBrew will follow the evening’s theme, offer a number of people a soapbox for 10 minutes each, no slides just experience, and provide everyone with the opportunity to contribute. Followed by informal networking, where you can chat and chew over a brew.
  • Exchange ideas, network, form alliances and focus on technology and growth.
  • Discuss how your ideas, breakthroughs and challenges are affecting your company's business.
  • Meet with other software start-ups and established companies, get their feedback and input.
Feedback from the first TechBrew:
 “The topic was relevant, the speakers informed and entertaining and the discussions very lively.  I look forward to future events”
“It was great to have such an open and insightful debate on this space"
"Keep up the good work. This country and tech scene needs a lot more of same”


back to top

Test Driven Development with Refactoring (SS-240)

  • Date: Monday 19th - Wednesday 21st December 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Member Premises, FINEOS Corporation, Dublin 2

OVERVIEW

The course presents a number of modern practices for developing code based on an iterative and incremental development lifecycle. Agility and predictability are two qualities often missing from software development. A test-driven approach, in which design is grown and code delivered incrementally according to functionality or risk, forms the basis of the construction phase of an iterative and incremental development. The use of unit testing provides confidence in existing code and supports the ability to refactor code as development unfolds.

The course is intended as a practical course: the best way to appreciate how test-driven development works and what it feels like is to do it in practice, making sense of the principles it embodies. In this form the course is based on lecture material, demonstration, discussion and hands-on labs.

TRAINEE GROUP

The course is suitable for software developers experienced in Java or C# and familiar with object oriented principles and practices. Any previous exposure to JUnit, NUnit or agile development concepts is beneficial but not essential.

LEARNING OUTCOMES 

    Appreciate the benefits of a continuous and iterative approach to design and delivery
    Recognise the purpose and practice of refactoring in keeping a system supple and adaptable
    Know how to build up a set of unit tests in using the xUnit range of tools
    Understand the consequences of dependency management on testing and code quality

COURSE CONTENT

Agile Development Microprocess
• Traditional versus agile development processes
• Iterative and incremental development
• Informal and continuous design
• The role of refactoring
• Refactoring versus other code changes
• Extreme Programming
• Test-Driven Development

Testing in Principle
• Traditional view and reality of testing
• Driving development through testing
• Testing early, often and automatically
• Testing versus debugging
• White-box versus black-box testing
• Functional versus operational testing

Basic Unit Testing in Practice
• Test plans versus test code
• Use of assert
• Testing at the interface
• Testing the simplest things first
• Testing incrementally
• Testing correctness of failure

Overview of JUnit
• JUnit and the xUnit family
• Test cases, test suites and test runners
• Essential structure of the framework
• Assertion methods
• Testing correctness of exceptions
• Defining common fixture code
• JUnit pattern usage
• Extensions to JUnit

Test-Writing Techniques
• Red, green, refactor
• None to one to many
• Faking it
• Telling the truth
• Isolated and short tests
• Refactor common fixture code
• Declare, prepare, assert
• Test by method, state or scenario
• Custom assertions
• Compile-time constraints
• Running all tests

Common Refactorings
• Renaming variables, methods, classes and packages
• Restructuring class hierarchies by extracting interfaces, superclasses and subclasses
• Partitioning classes by extracting classes and methods
• Changing private representation

Decoupling Techniques
• Unmanaged dependencies
• Test-driven decoupling
• Layering
• Reorganising packages
• Eliminating cyclic dependencies
• Mock objects
• Eliminating Singletons, statics and other globals
• Testing I/O





 



back to top

Enterprise Integration using Spring 3 (SS-234)

  • Date: 8-10 June 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm

OVERVIEW

This course provides a comprehensive introduction to the Spring 3 framework. Delegates start with Springs role as a Lightweight Container, progress to its support for Aspect Oriented Programming and finish with its benefits as an Integration Platform. A wide range integration modules can be covered as required, including database access, remoting and web services.

TRAINEE GROUP

Delegates should have a minimum of two years Java programming experience. Additionally for each type of integration to be covered delegates must have experience in the relevant underlying frameworks. For examplein the area of integrating ORM frameworks delegates must have used Hibernate and/or the JPA..

 COURSE CONTENTIntroduction to Spring
• Problems with normal JEE development
• JEE patterns and anti-patterns
• Spring as a lightweight container
• Spring as an integration platform
• Spring as a Web Framework
Introduction to Dependency Injection
• Why conventional classes cant be unit tested
• Injecting dependencies via constructor arguments
• Injecting dependencies via JavaBean properties
• Externalizing dependencies in a configuration file
Spring as a Lightweight (IoC) Container
• Reading bean definitions from an XML file
• Configuring beans via constructor arguments
• Configuring beans via JavaBean properties
• Support in Spring for injecting collections
• Creating beans via factory methods and objects
• Nesting bean definitions and using auto-wiring
• Using inheritance to simplify bean definitions
• Choosing between singleton and prototype scope
Advanced Dependency Injection in Spring
• Overview of the Expression Language introduced in V3
• Using Spring EL to simplify and extend config files
• Overriding inherited settings in bean definitions
• Replacing method definitions in beans
• Loading entries from properties files
• Listening for Spring specific events
• Creating property editors to support user defined types
• Writing post-processors for beans and bean factories

Annotation Based Dependency Injection
• Configuring a Spring project to use annotation based injection
• Using @Autowired for autowiring by type
• Using @Autowired and @Qualifier for autowiring by name
• Using @Resource for autowiring by name
• Declaring beans using @Component, @Service and @Controller
• Creating bean providers with @Configuration in Spring 3
• Populating fields via Spring EL using @Value
Extending the Spring Configuration Format (Optional)
• Understanding the core concepts behind schema extensions
• Using the built in extensions for utility beans
• Writing your own schema extensions
Aspect Oriented Development in Spring
• The notion of cross-cutting concerns
• Understanding Aspects, Advice and Pointcuts
• Different possible approaches to weaving
• How Spring implements AOP using proxies
• Integration of AspectJ in Spring V2
• The AspectJ pointcut expression syntax
Springs Role as an Integration Platform
• How Spring implements services via AOP
• Benefits of allowing Spring to control transactions and security
• An overview of frameworks that can be integrated via Spring
Database Integration in Spring
• Using SimpleJdbcTemplate to simplify running SQL queries
• Support for creating and managing distributed transactions
• Configuring and using Hibernate via bean definitions and templates
• Configuring and using the Java Persistence API (JPA)
Web Application Development with Spring MVC
• Overview of the Spring MVC architecture
• Marking classes as Controllers
• Mapping URL's to methods
• Validating input and error handling
• Redirecting the request to a view
• Using the JSP tag libraries

back to top

Leadership Training (SS-237a)

  • Date: 17-18 August 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: IFDS Percana Premises, Park West, Dublin

 COURSE CONTENT

Day One
Leadership
  • Traits of effective leaders
  • Styles of leadership
  • Your style
  • Influencing skills
Communications Skills
  • Influencing others
  • Barriers– and Skills to Effective Communication
  • Key interpersonal skills
  • Body language, listening, questioning
  • Styles of Communication
  • Get your message across
Teams
  • High performing teams
  • Characteristics of Effective Teams
  • Coaching vs. training, GROW model
  • Mentoring vs. coaching

Day Two
Performance Management
  • Objectives
  • Preparation
  • The Appraisal Interview
  • Key Skills: Setting Objectives, Question Technique
  • Stages in the process   
Delegation
  • High leverage tasks
  • What–and what not to delegate
  • How to delegate effectively   
Giving Feedback
  • Ground Rules
  • Constructive Vs Destructive
  • Techniques
  • Role play with feedback
 
Motivation
  • Key Motivators & De-motivators   
  • Theories of Motivation
  • Recognising your staff members’ needs
  • What Motivates You
Assertiveness
  • Styles of behaviour
  • Your personal style
  • Assertive Techniques
  • Handling Difficult Situations
Personal Action Planning

back to top

Implementing Citrix Xen Desktop 3 (SS-260)

  • Date: Postponed until September
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: Global Knowledge Training Premises, DUBLIN

OVERVIEW

This course provides the foundation necessary for administrators to effectively centralize and manage desktops in the datacenter and deliver them as a service to users anywhere. Students will learn how to select a desktop delivery model for each user group based on their needs, build proof-of-concept and production XenDesktop environments, assign virtual desktops to users and customize the user experience through policies. This course also provides instruction on how to build a Provisioning services farm to enable single-image desktop management, and how to host virtual machines on the client device using Citrix XenClient.

TRAINEE GROUP

This course is designed for IT professionals, such as server, network and system administrators, system engineers, analysts, consultants, architects Citrix Partner Network members

 COURSE CONTENT
Module 1: Introductions and Course Overview
Module 2: Introducing XenDesktop v5
Module 3: Configuring the Hypervisor for Desktop Delivery
Module 4: Installing and Configuring XenDesktop
Module 5: Managing Desktop Catalogs and Groups
Module 6: Customizing the User Experience
Module 7: Monitoring XenDesktop Sites
Module 8: Streaming Desktops to Virtual and Physical Machines
Module 9: Creating a Shared vDisk
Module 10: Administering Provisioning Services Components
Module 11: Delivering Local VM Desktops

back to top

FREE EVENT - Introduction to Apache JMeter (SS-271)

  • Date: Thursday 30th June 2011
  • Duration: 6.30pm - 8.30pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, IBEC Offices, Baggot Street, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just email susan@isa-skillnet.com

OVERVIEW

JMeter is a 100% open source test tool which allows to carry out both functional and performance tests effortlessly. During the event we will cover some of the functionality of Jmeter which will help you to test an API, web applications and also ensure their performance!

ABOUT THE SPEAKER

Phil is an avid tester and technology enthusiast who codes mainly in Java, C# and Python. For the past three and a half years he has been a Senior Software Tester at Newbay Software. He has been specialising in system and performance testing using JMeter. In the past he extensively tested web applications using SeleniumRC and Web Driver.

Before coming to Newbay Phil worked as a Java, C# and VB.Net developer for a small software e-learning company and for Microsoft Ireland as a Test Developer on Mobile Device Drivers.

EVENT AGENDA

- Introduction into Jmeter
- How to write some basic web tests
- Demo
- Jmeter and Performance testing
- Demo
- How to define your traffic model
- How to create your performance tests
- How to get / interpret your results

 

back to top

Developing Rich Internet Applications with Google Web Tools (SS241)

  • Date: Wed 28th - Fri 30th September 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Clarion Hotel, IFSC

OVERVIEW

The GWT (Google Web Toolkit) is a recent Ajax toolkit that uses a totally different approach than other JavaScript toolkits such as jQuery, Prototype, Scriptaculous, or Dojo: With GWT you do not need to deal with browser inconsistencies regarding JavaScript, you take advantage of using Java with great IDE and plugins such as Eclipse.
This approach makes GWT difficult to use efficiently for old-school Ajax developers. Moreover, GWT 2.0 introduced many changes and new features, so even programmers who used previous GWT releases need a fast-moving primer to get them up to speed with GWT 2.0. This course provides a practical, hands-on introduction to building Ajax-enabled applications with GWT 2.0.
In each section, we take students through the most important topics and stress best practices, giving plenty of working examples.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Web developers who are familiar with Java programing and want to get into rich web app development.

 COURSE CONTENT
Ajax and GWT
• What is Ajax?
• Ajax Challenges
• Motivations behind GWT
• What is GWT?

Getting Started with GWT
• Setup GWT Environment
• Eclipse, Netbeans and command line
• Creating A Project
• A GWT Project Structure
• Hosted versus Web Mode

GWT User Interfaces
• GWT User Interfaces
• GWT Module Entry Point
• Creating and Configuring Widgets
• Laying out your Widgets
• Basic Styling

Core GWT Widgets
• GWT Widgets
• Button Widget
• GWT Hyperlinks
• Text Widgets
• Selection Widgets
• Listing Widgets
• Widget Behavior
• Configuring Widgets

Designing User Interfaces in GWT
• GWT Layouts
• Organize Widgets into Panels
• The GWT Layouts
• Using FlexTable
• Using Grid
• Using PopupPanel
• Dialog Boxes
• The Disclosure Panel

Event Handling in GWT
• GWT Event Model
• Using Event Listeners
• Listener Adapters
• Types of Events
• Keyboard Events
• Mouse Events
• Tab Events
• Table Cell Events
• Browser Differences

Using Images in GWT
• Using Images in GWT
• GWT Image Widget
• Prefetching Images
• Using Image Bundles

Executing Hosted vs. Web Mode in GWT
• Hosted versus Web Mode in GWT
• Page Loading Steps in Hosted Mode
• Running in Web Mode
• GWT Generated Files
• Obfuscation in GWT Generated Files
• GWT Deployment

History and Bookmarks in GWT
• History and Bookmarks in GWT Ajax
• Creating Bookmarked Pages
• The History Token
• The History Listener
• Reacting to Back and Forward buttons

GWT Utility Classes
• GWT Utility Classes
• GWT Cookies
• GWT Random Class
• Animation in GWT
• Uploading Files in GWT
• The GWT class
• The GWT Window class
• The GWT Location class
• The GWT Timer class

RPC Protocol in GWT
• GWT RPC
• Why a New Protocol?
• Placing Code Components
• RemoteService Interface
• RemoteServiceServlet Interface
• The AsyncCallback Interface
• RPC Events

Using Modules in GWT
• GWT Modules
• Module Structure
• Module Paths and Resources
• Use External Modules
• Modularization within GWT
• Modularizing An Application
• Setting paths and resources in GWT Modules

Styling with CSS in GWT
• Styling with CSS in GWT
• Providing Styles to Widgets
• Dependent Styles in Widgets

Creating Composite GWT Widgets
• Composite GWT Widgets
• Develop Composite Widgets
• Using Composite Widgets
 
GWT Java Emulation
• Java Emulation in GWT
• Java Language Subset in GWT
• Java Library Support in GWT
• Available Java Classes and Features in GWT
• Restrictions on Java in GWT

More Server Integration Options in GWT
• More Server Integration Options in GWT
• Manipulate XML DOM
• Use and Parse JSON
• JSON Types in GWT
• Using JSONP
• Making HTTP Requests

Testing and Debugging GWT modules in GWT
• Testing and Debugging GWT modules
• JUnit Testing Concepts
• GWT Unit Testing with GWTTestCase
• Benchmarking with GWT
• Benchmarking own Data Services
• GWT System Testing
• Testing Practices for GWT

GWT Best Practices
• Security Issues
• Performance Concerns
• The GWT IncrementalCommand class
• Caching in GWT
• GWT Design Considerations
• GWT Pitfalls and Issues


back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Analyst (SS245)

  • Date: 5 day programme to be confirmed
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Exact location to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

A five day course. ISTQB (International Software Testing Qualifications Board) is the new standard for international qualifications in software testing at an advanced level. This course, with its large number of practical exercises and practice examination questions, fully prepares attendees for the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Analysis examination. Whilst this course is focused on the syllabus, giving attendees the maximum chance of passing the examination, it also contains many real world practical examples.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone involved in creating test conditions, test cases or test procedures (test scripts), and anyone intending to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Analyst examination.  In contrast to the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Technical Test Analysis course, this course is focused more on system testing and user acceptance testing level and is recommended for all testers involved in this and any other type of specification based testing.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course, attendees will have a advanced understanding of test design techniques and will be fully prepared to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Analyst examination.

PRE-REQUISITES

Attendees intending to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Analyst examination must hold the ISTQB or ISEB Foundation Certificate in Software Testing.

 COURSE CONTENT

This course follows the ISTQB Advanced Level Test Analyst syllabus and covers the following:

Basic aspects of software testing •
Review of the ISTQB Certified Tester Foundation Level syllabus •
Specific systems (application domains) •
Testing and the software development life cycle •
Stakeholders •
Ethics Test process •
Test planning and control •
Test analysis and design •
Test implementation and execution •
Evaluation exit criteria and reporting •
Test closure activities •
Test process improvement models Test management •
Test management documentation •
Typical test strategies • Standards •
Test estimation, monitoring, reporting and control •
Risk management •
Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA)Test techniques •
Specification based techniques •
Defect and experienced based techniques Test of software characteristics •
Quality attributes for domain testing •
Quality attributes for technical testing Reviews •
Principles of reviews •
Types of review Incident management •
Incident reports •

When can an incident be identified •
The incident management process or defect life cycle •
Defect fields •
Metrics and incident management •
Communicating incidents Tools •
Test tool concepts •
Test tools categories People skills •
Individual skills •
Test team dynamics •
Fitting testing within an organisation •
Motivation
Communication

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Technical Test Analyst (SS246)

  • Date: 5 day programme to be confirmed
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Exact location to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

A five day course. ISTQB (International Software Testing Qualifications Board) is the new standard for international qualifications in software testing at an advanced level. This course, with its large number of practical exercises and practice examination questions, fully prepares attendees for the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Technical Test Analysis examination which is typically run on the afternoon of day 5 of the course. Whilst the course is focused on the syllabus, giving attendees the best possible preparation for the examination, it also contains many real world practical examples.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone involved in creating test conditions, test cases or test procedures (test scripts), and anyone intending to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Technical Test Analyst examination. In contrast to the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Analysis course, this course is focused more on testing at the component and integration level and is recommended for all testers involved in this and any other type of technical testing.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course, attendees will have an advanced understanding of test design techniques and will be fully prepared to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Technical Test Analyst examination.

PRE-REQUISITES

Attendees intending to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Technical Test Analyst examination must hold the ISTQB or ISEB Foundation Certificate in Software Testing. .

 COURSE CONTENT

This course follows the ISTQB Advanced Level Technical Test Analyst syllabus and covers
the following:
Basic aspects of software testing •
Review of the ISTQB Certified Tester Foundation Level syllabus •
Specific systems (application domains) •
Testing and the software development life cycle •
Stakeholders •
Ethics Test process •
Test planning and control •
Test analysis and design •
Test implementation and execution •
Evaluation exit criteria and reporting •
Test closure activities •
Test process improvement models Test management •
Test management documentation •
Typical test strategies • Standards •
Test estimation, monitoring, reporting and control •
Risk management •
Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) Test techniques •
Specification based techniques •
Structure based techniques •
Defect and experienced based techniques •
Static analysis •
Dynamic analysis Test of software characteristics •
Quality attributes for domain testing •
Quality attributes for technical testing Reviews •
Principles of reviews •
Types of review Incident management •
Incident reports •
When can an incident be identified •
The incident management process or defect life cycle •
Defect fields •
Metrics and incident management •
Communicating incidents Tools •
Test tool concepts •
Test tools categories
People skills •
Individual skills •
Test team dynamics •
Fitting testing within an organisation •
Motivation •
Communication

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Manager (SS252)

  • Date: 5 day programme to be confirmed
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Exact location to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

ISTQB (International Software Testing Qualifications Board) is the new standard for international qualifications in software testing at an advanced level. This course, with its large number of practical exercises and practice examination questions, fully prepares attendees for the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Manager examination. Whilst this course is focused on the syllabus, giving attendees the maximum chance of passing the examination, it also contains many real world practical examples.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone involved in test team leadership or creating test plans and test strategies, and anyone intending to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Manager examination.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course attendees will have an advanced understanding of test management and will be fully prepared to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Manager examination.

PRE-REQUISITES

Attendees intending to take the ISTQB Certified Tester Advanced Level Test Manager examination must hold the ISTQB or ISEB Foundation Certificate in Software Testing.

 COURSE CONTENT

This course follows the ISTQB Advanced Level Technical Test Manager syllabus and covers
the following:
Basic aspects of software testing
Review of the Certified Tester Foundation Level syllabus
Specific systems (application domains)
Testing and the software development life cycle
Test process
Stakeholders
Ethics Risk
Risk management
Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) Test management
Test policy
Typical test strategies
The test strategy document
Master test plan
Level test plan
Test estimation
Scheduling test planning
Test monitoring, reporting and control Test management issues
Business Value of Testing
Distributed, Outsourced and Insourced Testing
Test management issues for exploratory testing
Test management issues for systems of systems
Test management issues for safety critical systems
Other test management issues Tools
Test tool concepts
Test tools categories
Reviews
Principles and types of reviews
Introducing Reviews Incident management
Incident reports
When can an incident be identified
The incident management process or defect life cycle
Defect fields
Metrics and incident management
Communicating incidents Standards
ISOStandards
IEEE Standards
BSI Standards
Industry specific and other standards Test process improvement
The purpose of test process improvement
Testing Maturity Model (TMM)
Test Process Improvement (TPI)
CTP (Critical TestingProcess)
STEP (Systematic Test and Evaluation Process)
Improving the TestProcess
Capability Maturity Model Integration, CMMI People skills
Individual skills
Test team dynamics
Fitting testing within an organisation
Motivation
Communication

back to top

C# Version 2010 .Net Framework 4.0  (SS272)

  • Date: See below for dates scheduled for each of the 3 day training programmes
SS272a - 19th July, 20th July, 21st July
SS272b - 30th August, 6th September, 27th September
SS272c - 31st August, 7th September, 28th September
SS272d - 1st September, 8th September, 29th September
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, IFDS Percana, ParkWest Business Park, Dublin 12

OVERVIEW

The 3 day course would consist of a section on the C# language.  The emphasis would be good object-oriented practice and the specifics of  C# rather than programming basics which are assumed to be familiar.

PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates must be familiar with programming basics of C#

COURSE CONTENT

Introducing C# and .Net
Layout and white space. Blocks, braces and semicolons. Classes, methods and the use of '.'. The Main method. Basic input and output. Compiling and running programs.

Using Variables
Variable types and sizes. Integer versus floating point. Local variables and scope. Declaring and initializing variables. Operators. Pre and post increment operators. Strings and characters. Special characters and escape sequences. Verbatim literal strings.

Control Flow
if and else. The for loop. while and do while. The switch statement. Conditional expressions. Writing and calling methods. Passing arguments. Returning values. Method overloading.

Object Oriented Programming
Data types and nullable types. Value and reference types. Implicit types. Classes, objects and the use of 'new'. Encapsulation. The heap and the stack. Strings and StringBuilders. Collections, generics and concurrency. Arrays, jagged arrays and Indexers. Namespaces, 'using' and assemblies. Attributes.

Inheritance
Inheritance and the use of 'virtual' and 'override'. Benefits of inheritance. Hiding and the other use of 'new'. Abstract classes. Constructors and initialization. Casting, 'as' and 'is'.

Interfaces
The benefits of interfaces. Interfaces vs classes. Defining and implementing an interface. Common interfaces. Sorting and finding.

Exception Handling
How exception handling works. try…catch and throw. Handling multiple exception types. try…finally. Deriving exception classes.

Advanced Language Features
Optional and named parameters. Delegates. Anonymous methods and lambda expressions.  Extension methods.

The Dynamic Language Runtime
Supporting dynamic languages. The dynamic keyword. Comparing dynamic and object. ExpandoObject. DynamicObject. Office support.

back to top

ASP.NET 4.0 & Visual C# Using Visual Studio 2010 (SS244)

  • Date: Tuesday 8th - Friday 11th November 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Professional Training, U22 Westland Square, Pearse Street, D2

OVERVIEW

This course provides a comprehensive and practical hands-on introduction to developing Web applications using ASP.NET 4.0 and C#. It includes an introduction to ASP.NET MVC, a new Web programming framework that incorporates use of the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. It also includes coverage of using ASP.NET AJAX to build rich client applications. The fundamentals of Web applications are reviewed, and a testbed is established for ASP.NET and Internet Information Services. The architecture of ASP.NET is outlined, including the role of compilation, the Page class and code-behind. Web Forms are introduced, including server controls, view state, life cycle, and the event model. Request/response HTTP programming using ASP.NET is covered as are ASP.NET Web applications, caching in ASP.NET, and the fundamentals of configuration and security. Data access is covered in some detail, including an introduction to ADO.NET, Language Integrated Query (LINQ), and the powerful data access controls provided by ASP.NET 4.0. The final section of the course introduces rich client-side development with ASP.NET AJAX and use of the ASP.NET MVC framework.


PRE-REQUISITES

A working knowledge of C# and .NET Framework would be beneficial, but not vital. Participants should have experience programming - some knowledge of XHTML and experience in a language such as Visual Basic, Java, C++, VBScript or JavaScript. Knowledge of JavaScript is recommended.

 COURSE CONTENT

Introduction to ASP.NET:
Web Application Fundamentals Creating a Virtual Directory Benefits of ASP.NET An Echo Program ASP.NET Features Compiled Code Server Controls Browser Independence Separation of Code and Content State Management
Web Forms Architecture:
Web Forms Architecture HelloCodebehind.aspx HelloCodebehind.aspx.cs Page Class Code-Behind Page Life Cycle Web Forms Page Life Cycle View State Enabling View State for Controls Web Forms Event Model
Page Processing Page Events Page Properties Page Directive Tracing

ASP.NET and HTTP:
Active Server Pages Object Model Request and Response Objects Request/Response in ASP.NET HttpRequest Class Properties of HttpRequest Using HttpRequest Class HTTP Collections HttpResponse Class Redirect HttpUtility Echo.aspx EchoBack.aspx GET and POST Compared QueryString and Forms Collections

Web Applications Using Visual Studio:
Using Visual Studio Visual Web Developer Starter Web Site ASP.NET Empty Web Site Adding a Web Form Using Components in ASP.NET Compilation Error Shadow Copying Temporary Copy of the Component ASP.NET Applications Global.asax Web Application Life Cycle Code in Global.asax Log Class Adding Global.asax File ListBox Data Binding Items Collection XHTML XHTML in Visual Studio Absolute Positioning
State Management and Web Applications:
Session and Application State Session Object Page_Load Session Variable Issues Session State and Cookies Session State Timeout Session State Store Application State Implementing Application State Global.asax Users.aspx.cs Multithreading Issues Bouncing the Web Server Cookies Cookies and ASP.NET HttpCookie Properties Acme Travel Agency Case Study State Management Techniques

Server Controls:
Server Controls in ASP.NET HTML Server Controls Using HTML Server Controls HTML vs. Web Forms Server Control Code for Login HTML Controls in Visual Studio Using HTML Controls Web Controls Validation Controls Required Field Validation Regular Expression Validation Rich Controls Copying a Web Site User Controls Using a User Control Copyright.ascx Copyright.ascx.cs

Caching in ASP.NET:
What Is Caching? Need for Caching (Why Cache?) Data to be Cached – Time Frame ASP vs. ASP.NET Response Model Three Types of Caching in ASP.NET Output Caching @ OutputCache Directive @ OutputCache – Attributes in Detail VaryByParam in Detail HttpCachePolicy Class Page Fragment Caching; Common Mistakes in Using Fragment Caching Data Caching or Application Caching Add an Item to the Cache Object Insert and Add Methods Expiration Problems in Caching

ASP.NET Configuration and Security:
One-minute Introduction to XML! ASP.NET Configuration - Overview Multi-level Configuration Configuration Hierarchy Web.Config File Structure Web.Config Sections Application Settings ASP.NET Security – Overview Role-Based Security and CAS Types and Steps Steps in Enabling Role-Based Security Three Ways to Authenticate Forms Authentication – Default.aspx Forms Authentication – Web.Config Features of Forms Authentication Forms Authentication Classes Customizing Forms Authentication Authentication Source Forms Authentication – Analysis Windows Authentication Windows Authentication – Analysis Passport Authentication Passport Authentication – Analysis Authorization

Debugging, Diagnostics and Error Handling:
ASP.NET Diagnostics Debugging Using Visual Studio Debugging Calculator Application-Level Tracing Tracing Calculator Using the Page Cache Preparing to Debug Trace Messages Tracing the Calculator Page Conditional Tracing Trace Category Trace Warning Exceptions in Trace Errors in ASP.NET Uncaught Exception Custom Error Pages
More Server Controls:
ASP.NET Control Improvements Newer Controls in ASP.NET Master Pages Creating Content Pages TreeView Control Master Page Application

ADO.NET and LINQ:
ADO.NET ADO.NET Architecture .NET Data Providers .NET Namespaces Connected Data Access AcmePub Database Creating a Connection Using Server Explorer Performing Queries ADO.NET with ASP.NET Web Client Isolation Web Client Database Code Using Commands Creating a Command Object Using a Data Reader Use of Session State Generic Collections Executing Commands Parameterized Queries DataSet DataSet Architecture Why DataSet? DataSet Components DataAdapter Data Access Class Retrieving the Data Filling a DataSet Accessing a DataSet Using a Standalone DataTable Adding a New Row Searching and Updating a Row Deleting a Row Row Versions Row State Iterating Through DataRows Command Builders Updating a Database Language Integrated Query (LINQ) Bridging Objects and Data Object Relational Designer IntelliSense Basic LINQ Query Operators Obtaining a Data Source Filtering Ordering Aggregation Obtaining Lists and Arrays Deferred Execution Modifying a Data Source Performing Inserts via LINQ to SQL Performing Deletes via LINQ to SQL Performing Updates via LINQ to SQL

Data Access in ASP.NET 4.0:
Data Access in ASP.NET SQL Generation Options Enable Edit and Delete Editing Records GridView Control DetailsView Control
Personalization and Security:
Configuration Overview Themes Skins Security in ASP.NET 4.0 Membership and Roles Login Controls User Profiles

ASP.NET AJAX:
Rich Client Applications AJAX ScriptManager UpdatePanel AJAX Client Library Remote Method Calls AJAX Control Toolkit

ASP.NET MVC:
Model-View-Controller Pattern What is ASP.NET MVC? ASP.NET MVC versus Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Projects in Visual Studio Controllers Action Methods and Routing Views Strongly-Typed Views Model Binding Validation

back to top

Introduction to Agile and Scrum (SS-281)

  • Date: Wed 24th - Thu 25th August 2011
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Cork, Quinn Healthcare Premises

OVERVIEW

Agile is used as a buzz word by lots of different people often to mean very different things.  In this course we will explore the different agile delivery approaches, how they differ and how they complement each other.  We will explore in more depth Scrum, Extreme Programming and Lean.  

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The course is aimed at everyone who is or will be involved with delivering a product or service.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Understanding of the history of agile and agile manifesto

  • Common Myths
  • An overview of three of the main agile approaches: Scrum, Lean, Extreme Programming
  • Introduction to agile planning and estimation
  • Approaches for introducing agile to your project, programme or company.


COURSE CONTENT

  • What is Agile?
  • Common Myths
  • Why choose an agile approach?
  • Overview of Agile Delivery Approaches
  • Scrum
    • Principles & Values
    • Scrum roles & responsibilities
    • Scrum Process
      • Vision
      • Product Backlog
      • Release Planning
      • Sprint Planning
      • Sprint Backlog
      • Sprint
      • Daily scrum

·        Extreme Programming

o      What is Extreme Programming

o      Values

o      Principles

o      Practices

·        Lean

o      What is Lean

o      7 principles of Lean Software Project Delivery

>        7 Wastes

·        Introduction to agile planning & estimation

·        Introducing agile in your organisation

o      Approaches

o      Common Pitfalls

·        There will be exercises and discussion points throughout the course


back to top

ITIL Service Managment Essentials V3 (SS284)

  • Date: Monday 26th - Wednesday 28th September 2011
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Houghton Miflin Harcourt, Dublin 2
FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE
"Excellent very interactive "
"I found the event useful, the amount of information was quite overwhelming on the first day but as the event progressed I was confident I was ready to take the exam."
"Very informative and well presented"

OVERVIEW

ITIL teaches people to understand how an integrated IT Service Management framework, based on ITIL best practice guidelines, can be adopted and adapted within organisations.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course provides those seeking IT & service management roles with a practical understanding of the key concepts, principles, processes and functions that enables successful IT Service Management provision while also preparing delegates for the ITIL Foundation Certificate Examination. The course is beneficial to those involved in the strategy, design, and implementation and on-going delivery of business-used IT services and who require an insight into Service Management best practice.

PRE-REQUISITES

The Foundation Certificate in IT Service Management is a pre-requisite for the all other ITIL-based Certificates in IT Service Management. The course finishes with the ITIL v3 Foundation exam (1-hour multiple choice) and results will be provided on exam completion.

COURSE CONTENT

The course will include Introduction to Service Management, The Service Lifecycle, Key Principles and models of ITSM and Processes and Functions of IT Service management

At the end of the course participants will be able to: Understand how an integrated IT Service Management can be adopted and adapted within their own organisations. It will provide proven practical guidance on how to successfully introduce an integrated IT Service Management framework based on the ITIL best practice service lifecycle approach.

back to top

ISTQB Foundation course in software Testing (SS-282)

  • Date: Wednesday 14th - Friday 16th September 2011
  • Duration: 9.30am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: CORK - Quinn Healthcare

OVERVIEW

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries.

The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) has been set up to bring together testers from around the world to work on one set of terminology and syllabuses with a view to allow certification in Software Testing to be internationally recognised and coordinated.
It is the ISTQB's role to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals.
The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB.

The ISTQB Foundation course in Software Testing - 3-day training course. 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators. 
No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be ‘software knowledgeable’ with some minimal test of software experience.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Those attending the course will learn:
•      The fundamental principles of Software Testing
•      How testing fits into the development lifecycle
•      The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools
•      Essential functional and non-functional test methods
•      Basic test design and measurement techniques
•      Fundamental test management principles
•      How to select and implement tools effectively

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction   
   
Fundamentals of Testing
Why is testing necessary?
What is testing?
General testing principles
Fundamental test process
The psychology of testing

Part Two: Testing through the lifecycle

Software development models
Test levels
Test types – the targets of testing
Maintenance testing

Part Three: Static Reviews

Reviews and the test process
Review process
Static analysis by tools
                
Part Four: Test design techniques

Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
Categories of test design techniques
Specification-based or black-box techniques
Structure-based or white-box techniques
Experience-based techniques e.g. exploratory testing

Part Five: Test Management

Test Organisation
Test planning and estimation
Test process monitoring and control
Configuration Management
Risk and Testing
Incident Management

Part Six: Tool Support for Testing

Types of test tool
Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
Introduction of a tool into an organisation

EXAMINATION COACHING

ISTQB  examination - Externally invigilated by ISTB

back to top

Agility & Risk:  Challenges for your Agile Strategy with David Evans (SS-274)

  • Date: Thursday 11th August 2011
  • Duration: 6.30pm - 8.00pm
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, 84-86 Lr Baggot Street, DUBLIN
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just email susan@isa-skillnet.com

OVERVIEW

A recent report from Forrester states that agile methods have now become mainstream in the market, with over a third of all companies describing their development as Agile.

But for those who have switched to Agile methods and for those still in the early stages of adoption there are still some important questions:

  • What is the relationship between risk mitigation, quality and agility?
  • How can we assure the quality of our agile projects?
  • Will our traditional testing department cope with teh transition?
  • What are the most important principles of quality management in an agile context?
David Evans will explore these and other questions in this tour through the key challenges for creating an agile quality strategy.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone working in the Software Testing industry.

ABOUT THE SPEAKER

David Evans is an agile coach and consultant with over 20 years’ experience in software development and testing. He has had several papers on software testing published in international journals and is a regular presenter at software & quality conferences. David is a thought leader and evangelist on Agile testing, and has consulted on this topic for organisations in the UK, USA, Europe, India and South Africa. For ten years he has been the Agile Services Director for SQS, Europe’s largest software quality consultancy. He spends most of his time coaching, training and consulting on agile testing for clients.

back to top

Leadership Training (SS-237b)

  • Date: Tuesday 15th - Wednesday 16th November 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: IFDS Percana Premises, Park West, Dublin
 COURSE CONTENT

Day One
Leadership
  • Traits of effective leaders
  • Styles of leadership
  • Your style
  • Influencing skills
Communications Skills
  • Influencing others
  • Barriers– and Skills to Effective Communication
  • Key interpersonal skills
  • Body language, listening, questioning
  • Styles of Communication
  • Get your message across
Teams
  • High performing teams
  • Characteristics of Effective Teams
  • Coaching vs. training, GROW model
  • Mentoring vs. coaching

Day Two
Performance Management
  • Objectives
  • Preparation
  • The Appraisal Interview
  • Key Skills: Setting Objectives, Question Technique
  • Stages in the process   
Delegation
  • High leverage tasks
  • What–and what not to delegate
  • How to delegate effectively   
Giving Feedback
  • Ground Rules
  • Constructive Vs Destructive
  • Techniques
  • Role play with feedback
 
Motivation
  • Key Motivators & De-motivators   
  • Theories of Motivation
  • Recognising your staff members’ needs
  • What Motivates You
Assertiveness
  • Styles of behaviour
  • Your personal style
  • Assertive Techniques
  • Handling Difficult Situations
Personal Action Planning

back to top

JMeter Training (Online Training) (SS-277)

  • Date: Mondays and Tuesdays as set out below:
Monday 10th October 17.30-19.30
Tuesday 11th October 17.30-19.30
Monday 17th October 17.30-19.30
Tuesday 18th October 17.30-19.30
Monday 24th October 17.30-19.30
Tuesday 25th October Not Running
OCTOBER BANK HOL

Monday 7th November 17.30-19.30
Tuesday 8th November 17.30-19.30
Monday 14th November 17.30-19.30

  • Duration: 17.30pm - 19.30pm for each night of training
  • Venue: Remotely logging on

OVERVIEW

After completing this course, delegates should be able to:
•    Identify what information needs to be gathered for load testing.
•    Identify the components of JMeter.
•    Apply the workflow recommended for creating a basic JMeter scenario.
•    Assign scripts, run-time settings, load generators and Vusers to a JMeter scenario based on your load testing goals.
•    Load test an application by running a scenario.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The programme is intended for beginners or intermediate testers, leads who need to develop or improve automation techniques using JMeter.

PRE-REQUISITES

You should have the following:
•    Knowledge of various software applications
•    Regression testing concepts
•    Knowledge of different OS environments
•    Knowledge of different web browsers

GENERAL OUTLINE

Introduction
•    History
•    The Future

Requirements
•    Java Version
•    Operating System

Running JMeter
•    JMeter's Classpath
•    Using a Proxy Server
•    Non-GUI Mode
•    Distributed Mode
•    Overriding Properties via the Command Line
•    Logging and Error Messages

Building a Test Plan
•    Adding and Removing Elements
•    Loading and Saving Elements
•    Configuring Tree Elements
•    Running a Test Plan
•    Scoping Rules
•    Element of Test Plan
•    Thread Group
•    Controllers
•    Samplers
•    Logic Controllers
•    Listeners
•    Timers
•    Assertions
•    Configuration Elements
•    Pre-Processor Elements
•    Post-Processor Elements                                                                                                       
•    Building a Web Test Plan
•    Adding Users
•    Adding Default HTTP Request Properties
•    Adding Cookie Support
•    Adding HTTP Requests
•    Adding Post-Processor for Correlation
•    Adding a Listener to View/Store the Test Results
•    Saving the Test Plan
•    Running the Test Plan
•    Building an Advance Web Test Plan
•    Handling User Sessions with URL Rewriting
•    Using a Header Manager
•    Building a Database Test Plan
•    Adding Users
•    Adding JDBC Requests
•    Adding a Listener to View/Store the Test Results
•    Saving the Test Plan
•    Running the Test Plan

Building a Web Service Test Plan
•    Adding Users
•    Adding Web Service Requests
•    Adding a Listener to View/Store the Test Results
•    Saving the Test Plan
•    Running the Test Plan
•    Building a Monitor Test Plan
•    Adding Server
•    Adding HTTP Auth Manager (Works only for Tomcat5 Build)
•    Adding HTTP Requests
•    Adding Constant Timer
•    Adding a Listener to View/Store the Test Results
•    Adding Monitor Results
•    Saving the Test Plan
•    Running the Test Plan
•    Listeners
•    Assertion Results
•    BeanShell Listener
•    Distribution Graph
•    Graph Full Results
•    Graph Results
•    Monitor Results
•    Simple Data Writer
•    Spline Visualizer
•    Aggregate Graph
•    Aggregate Report
•    Summary Report
•    View Results in Table
•    View Results Tree

Best Practice
•    Limit the Number of Threads
•    Where to Put the Cookie Manager
•    Where to Put the Authorization Manager
•    Using the Proxy Server to record test scripts
•    User variables
•    Reducing resource requirements
•    BeanShell server

back to top

SeleniumTraining Server 2  (SS-285)

  • Date: Monday 19th and Tuesday 20th December 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.00pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Member Premises, The Hartford,. Swords, Co. Dublin

OVERVIEW

This course is designed to familiarize testing professionals with testing web applications using Selenium.  Testers can build, enhance, and maintain scripts in the Eclipse IDE Editor. Hands-on instruction is provided for those who want to explore the power of using Selenium. The Selenium IDE plug-in builds effective and resilient test scripts using a wide variety of current programming languages. The focus is on the practical application of Selenium to resolve common web automated testing challenges. This course focuses on getting started with Selenium.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The target audience are software testers who are seeking to automate the testing of web applications using Selenium. This basic course is designed primarily for testing professionals who will be using the automation tools. These testers are new to test automation and may be new to testing. The audience might also include quality assurance practitioners, managers, or team leaders who are responsible for interacting with testers or who need to ensure that the tools are being implemented fully and appropriately.

PRE-REQUISITES

To benefit from this course, delegates should have:
    General understanding of web-based applications (desired).
    Knowledge of Java programming is not a prerequisite for this course, but such knowledge is beneficial.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

At the end of the course, delegates will be able to:
    Describe the function and purpose of Selenium.
    Record automated scripts.
    Play back automated scripts.
    View and analyze results.
    Modify scripts to extend the capability to test the application.
    Configure Selenium Remote Control with Eclipse.
    Configure Custom Log Files Prerequisites.

GENERAL OUTLINE

Module 1
    Delegates will be taken through the basics of the Selenium
    IDE test tool.
    Its record and playback features
    How to debug the test scripts.
    How to create verification points and insert comments (Verify
    commands).
    Using alternative Selenium locations strategies
    Building test suites and using test runner.
    Use of complementary tools such as Web developer and
    Firebug.

Module 2
    XPATH and different technique –
    Extending the IDE’s functionality and making use of user extensions.
    The constraints on the IDE and how to fully extend Selenium.
    Creating test suits in IDE

Module 3
    Running TC is selenium RC server command line.
    Running selenium server on different ports
    Understanding different command options for RC server
    How to export the test script into Selenium RC

Module 4
    The install and execution of Selenium RC using the Java client driver
    The next steps: extending Selenium.
    Installation and running of Selenium RC using the Java driver within the Eclipse IDE
    Making use of Selenium IDE java format exports
    Use of complementary tools such as Web developer and Firebug
    Why move to Selenium RC
    How Selenium RC works

Module 5
    Exporting from the Selenium IDE into a Java JUNIT test framework
    Adding new function to Junit
    Witting loops and if condition eg while statements
    Selenium IDE and Selenium RC compatibility
    Selenium RC constraints and known issues

Module 6
    Saving Junit Results
    Work around for Parameterization
    The next steps: the Selenium RC roadmap
    Running test on different browses

Module 7
    Using RC as grid
    Setting up selenium Grid
    Grid as collection of RC Servers

Module 8
    Framework(JUnit Details )
    Case Study

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Analyst (SS-245)

  • Date: Monday 12th - Friday 16th December 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.00pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

Following on from the ISTQB Foundation Certificate, the Advanced Test Analyst Certificate provides the next level of knowledge and practical expertise in the ISTQB Advanced Certification scheme. It is one of three certified courses at Advanced level (the other two being Advanced Test Manager and Advanced Technical Test Analyst).
The 5 day tutor led course has been designed to enable participants understand, apply and analyse key testing principles and processes.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is aimed at testing practitioners already working in the area of test design, analysis, specification and implementation. This includes quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators.
Successful completion of the ISTQB Foundation Certificate is a pre-requisite to taking the ISTQB Advanced Certificate examination.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

•    Structure the tasks defined in the test strategy in terms of business domain requirements
•    Analyze the system in sufficient detail to meet the user quality expectations
•    Evaluate the system requirements to determine domain validity
•    Prepare and execute the adequate testing activities, and report on their progress
•    Provide the necessary evidence to support evaluations
•    Implement the necessary tools and techniques to achieve the defined goals

COURSE CONTENT

  • Introduction to Test Analyst Syllabus
  • Basic Aspects of Software Testing
  • Testing Processes
  • Test Analysis & Evaluation
  • Test Implementation & Execution
  • Evaluation of Exit Criteria and Reporting
  • Test Management
  • Risk Based Testing
  • Test Techniques
  • Specification based
  • Defect & Experience based
  • Test of Software Characteristics
  • Quality Attributes for Domain Testing
  • Quality Attributes for Technical Testing
  • Reviews
  • Incident Management
  • Test Tools & Automation
  • Test Tool Concepts
  • Test Tool Categories
  • People Skill Team Composition
  • Communication

back to top

ISTQB Advanced Technical Test Analyst (SS-246)

  • Date: Monday 31st October - Friday 4th November
  • Duration: 9.00am to 5.00pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - Exact Location to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

This 5day course follows on from the ISTQB Advanced Level Core Module and leads to the ISTQB Advanced Technical Test Analyst Certification. The course focuses specifically on technical test analyst issues such as producing test documentation in relation to technical testing, choosing and applying appropriate specification-based, structure-based, defect-based and experienced-based test design techniques, and specifying test cases to evaluate software characteristics. Candidates will be given exercises, practice exams and learning aids for the ISTQB Advanced Technical Test Analyst qualification.

This can be taken stand-alone if the ISTQB Advanced Level Technical Test Analyst qualification is not required. The Core module must be completed by anyone wanting to attain the ISTQB Advanced Level Technical Test Analyst Certificate.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

To provide an understanding of technical testing issues that goes beyond the ISTQB Foundation level. It will provide the necessary skill set required for the tester to conduct technical testing activities and analyze the internal structure of the system in sufficient detail to meet the expected quality level. Explanation of the various functional-based, structural-based, defect-based and experienced-based test design techniques that
are applicable for this qualification.

Emphasis will be made on technical testers and spreadsheets, templates and utilities will be provided helping students to devise tests that are both effective and efficient, giving best value for the testing being done in the time given.

AUDIENCE

Testers, developers, specialist testers, quality assurance and anyone wishing to gain the ISTQB Advanced Level Technical Test Analyst Qualification.

PRE REQUISITES

Delegates wishing to take the ISTQB Advanced Technical Test Analyst Certificate must hold the ISTQB/ISEB Foundation certificate and have completed the ISTQB Advanced Level Core Module. If you wish to sit the course without taking the exam, there are no prerequisites.

There is also an experience requirement of 3 years verifiable full-time experience in software or systems testing, development, quality assurance, engineering or a related field

COURSE CONTENT

Test Techniques

Specification-Based

This section will explain and demonstrate how to use and apply the following test design techniques:
• Equivalence Partitioning
• Boundary Value Analysis
• Decision Tables
• State Transition Testing

Structural-Based

This section will explain and demonstrate how to use and apply the following test design techniques:
• Statement Testing
• Decision Testing
• Condition Determination Testing
• Multiple Condition Testing

Defect and Experienced-Based

This section describes the principles and reasons for defect-based techniques and differentiates its use from specification-based and structure-based techniques. This section also explains using examples the importance of defect taxonomies and their uses.

The following defect and experienced-based techniques will be described and used to generate tests:
• Error Guessing
• Checklist-based
• Exploratory Testing
• Attacks

Delegates will analyze various systems in order to determine which specification-based and defect-based techniques best fit the application being tested.

Static Analysis

Delegates will be able to understand and differentiate between control flow and data flow defects and how static analysis tools can assist the tester in this task.

Dynamic Analysis

This explains what dynamic analysis is and the importance of this in determining various memory related defects.

Test of Software Characteristics

Testing the system’s functionality is an important aspect for every tester, focusing on what the system does. Another vital area for every tester is to test the software’s characteristics – how well it behaves. Analysis of suitable techniques is provided to ascertain what characteristics are tested by technical testers. Quality characteristics for technical testers include:
• Technical Security
• Reliability
• Efficiency
• Performance, load, stress and scalability testing
• Maintainability
• Portability

Test Automation

Specific tools will be described that will assist the technical tester. This section provides valuable insight into the production of keyword-driven scripting for use in test execution tools and how performance tools work providing the tester with information about efficiency characteristics of the application.

The Exam

This course will provide the delegate with the necessary knowledge and skills to sit the ISTQB Advanced Technical Test Analyst Certificate multiple choice exam. Delegates will be given the opportunity to sit the examination at the end of the course.


back to top

ISTQB Advanced Test Manager (SS-252)

  • Date: Monday 21st - Friday 25th November 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.00pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - Exact Location to be confirmed

OVERVIEW

Following on from the ISTQB Foundation Certificate, the Advanced Test Manager Certificate provides the next level of knowledge and practical expertise in the ISTQB Advanced Certification scheme. It is one of three certified courses at Advanced level (the other two being Advanced Test Analyst and Advanced Technical Test Analyst).
The 5 day tutor led course has been designed to enable participants understand, apply and analyse key testing principles and processes.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is aimed at testing practitioners, responsible for organising and improving the testing process, i.e. project managers, project leaders, test managers, test team leaders, senior test personnel and test analysts.
Successful completion of the ISTQB Foundation Certificate is a pre-requisite to taking the ISTQB Advanced Certificate examination.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

Upon completion of this course you will be able to:

•    Define the overall testing goals and strategy for the systems being tested.
•    Plan, schedule and track the tasks
•    Describe and organize the necessary activities
•    Select, acquire and assign the adequate resources to the tasks.
•    Select, organize and lead testing teams
•    Organise the communication between the members of the testing teams, and between the testing teams and all other stakeholders.
•    Justify the decisions and provide adequate reporting information where applicable.

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction

Basic aspects of software testing
         Testing in the software lifecycle
         Specific systems (systems of systems, safety critical etc.)
         Metrics & measurement

Testing Processes
        Test planning & Control
        Test Implementation & Execution
        Evaluating exit criteria & execution
        Test Closure Activities

Test Management
        Test Management Documentation
        Test Plan Documentation
        Test Estimation
        Scheduling Test Planning
        Test Process Monitoring & Control
        Business value of Testing
        Distributed, outsourced and in sourced Testing
        Risk-based testing
            Introduction
            Risk Management
            Risk Management in the lifecycle
        Failure modes and effects analysis
        Test Management Issues

Reviews
        Principles of Reviews
        Introducing Reviews
        Success factors for Reviews

Incident Management

Standards & Test Improvement Process
        Improving the Test Process

Test Tool Automation
        Test tool Concepts
        Test Tool Categories
People Skills   
        Individual Skills
        Test Team Dynamics
        Fitting Testing within an organization
        Motivation
        Communication

back to top

Agile Estimation and Planning with Martine Devos (SS-283)

  • Date: Wednesday 5th October 2011
  • Duration: 7pm - 9pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - Dame Lane Pub
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just email susan@isa-skillnet.com

OVERVIEW

Is Agile capable of planning? Can we have fixed milestones? Can we make longer term plans? This lecture will cover how to effectively manage release planning, risk management, road mapping, dependencies, without having to fall back on crystal balls....

Planning with flow, the kanban way is that a valid alternative?

We'll explore concepts from:
•    Agile Estimation and Planning ? Cohn
•    Agile & Iterative Development ? Larman
•    Agile Project Management ? Anderson
•    Extreme Programming ? Beck
•    Lean Software Development ? Poppendieck
•    Retrospectives ? Kerth
•    ScrumBan ? Corey Ladas
•    Scrum ? Schwaber & Beedle
•    Adaptive Software Development

ABOUT THE SPEAKER

Leveraging years of research and experience, Martine trains and coaches teams in Agile principles and practices, including Agile Project Management, Scrum, Kanban and Lean Software Engineering.   Martine is a persuasive and highly passionate communicator, public speaker and published author focused on Agile methods.  With extensive managerial experience in both traditional and agile environments, Martine has mastered successive waves of technology innovation to conceptualize, design and deploy mission critical business-focused ICT solutions in Fortune 500 companies and in the public sector.

back to top

TechBrew Event  (SS-215c) - Selling your software abroad - How When Where!

  • Date: Thursday 29th September 2011
  • Duration: 7pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - 4 Dame Lane, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register

OVERVIEW

Software Skillnet are delighted to sponsor this TechBrew Event.  TechBrew is an informal gathering of software company management and technology leaders, getting together to chat over a bite and a beer.  The focus of TechBrew is on strategic and management issues faced by business managers, technology leaders and product management within the Irish software industry.

The theme for the night is :

SELLING YOUR SOFTWARE ABROAD - HOW WHEN WHERE!


On the soapbox are:

Maurice Lynch, CEO, Natheon
Martin Maltanvanos, Managing Director, RSM Ltd
 
And, as usual, there will be lots of opportunity to contribute, challenge and debate.

ABOUT TECHBREW
TechBrew is a new networking forum, with the opportunity to discuss and share your views, challenge the conventional wisdom, and meet and learn from your peers. The first part of the TechBrew will follow the evening’s theme, offer a number of people a soapbox for 10 minutes each, no slides just experience, and provide everyone with the opportunity to contribute. Followed by informal networking, where you can chat and chew over a brew.
  • Exchange ideas, network, form alliances and focus on technology and growth.
  • Discuss how your ideas, breakthroughs and challenges are affecting your company's business.
  • Meet with other software start-ups and established companies, get their feedback and input.
Feedback from the first TechBrew:
 “The topic was relevant, the speakers informed and entertaining and the discussions very lively.  I look forward to future events”
“It was great to have such an open and insightful debate on this space"
"Keep up the good work. This country and tech scene needs a lot more of same”


back to top

JAVA Conference (SS-254)

  • Date: Thursday 20th October 2011
  • Duration: 11.30am   - 7.00pm
  • Venue: CORK, Cork International Airport Hotel
  •  Please contact Marie Fitzpatrick by telephone: 021 230 7011 or alternatively by email: marie@itcork.ie to register for this event.


OVERVIEW

Software Skillnet are delighted to be sponsoring this years it@cork JAVA Conference once more.  it@cork members are delivering mission critical applications and servicing enterprise needs using Java platform. Hear how it@cork member Digisoft are successfully using Java to drive the interactive TV revolution. See best practice architecture and development approaches in relation to SOA, ESB and AWS as demonstrated by Digisoft and Fusesource. Benchmark your technical roadmap against Oracle’s view on the future development and direction of Java. A great opportunity to compare notes and network with other members.


SCHEDULE

11:30AM -
Registration & Sponsor Demos.

12:30PM
Introduction: Java in Cork & Agenda for the day - David Murphy, it@cork

12:45PM
Java on Consumer Devices - Java, The Web and Interactive TV
Speakers:     Derek Coetzee, CTO, Digisoft.tv

13:30PM
Evolution of Java
Speakers:     Steve Elliott, Java Technology Lead, Oracle

14:15PM
Integrations with Apache Camel and ESB
Speakers:     Charles Moulliard, Senior Solution Architect, Fuse Source

14:45PM
Coffee Break & Afternoon kick off - David Murphy, it@cork

15:00PM
A Java-based ESB for multi-vendor integration using Fuse, Camel and CXF
Speakers:     Eoin Shanaghy, Head of Research and Development, Digisoft.tv

15:30PM
Fuse Fabric strategy for java-based cloud architectures
Speakers:     Charles Moulliard, Senior Solution Architect, Fuse Source
16:00PM
   
Java in the Cloud using AWS
Speakers:     Derek O'Keeffe, Senior Software Engineer, Digisoft.tv
John Casey, Senior Software Engineer, Digisoft.tv

16:30PM
Burning Questions - Cian Kennedy, QUINN-Healthcare

16:50PM
Conference Close - David Murphy, it@cork

17:00PM
Drinks & Networking

back to top

Application Development with Google Android (SS-286)

  • Date: Wednesday 7th - Friday 9th December 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Member Premises - Houghton Miflin Harcourt, Pearse Street, Dublin 2

OVERVIEW

Android is an open source platform for mobile computing. Applications are developed using familiar Java and Eclipse tools. Many vendors and carriers offer Android based devices (phones). Android is enjoying a healthy growth, in terms of hand set sells, applications available and new project starts. This course teaches students the architecture, API and techniques to create robust, high performance and appealing applications for the Android devices. While many classes focus on the mobile device, this course also deals with the server side architecture. This makes the class ideal for enterprise class businesses.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Developers and architects who will be developing applications for Android devices.

PRE-REQUISITES

Basic knowledge of Java. Familiarity with Eclipse is a plus but not necessary.

 COURSE CONTENT

Chapter 1. Introduction to Android
What is Android?
A Short History
Advantages of Android
Disadvantages of Android
Android Carriers
References
Summary
  
Chapter 2. The Architecture of Android
Key Components Stack
The Kernel
Libraries
The Dalvik JVM
Application Framework
Applications
Summary

Chapter 3. The Development Environment
What Do We Need?
Setting Up the SDK
Install Eclipse Plugin
Create a Virtual Device
Creating a Project
Running Your Application
Buttons of the Emulator
Run Configuration
Debugging an Application
Using Third Party JAR
Creating Reusable Library
Dalvik Debug Monitor Server (DDMS)
DDMS Tools in Eclipse
The Console Views
Developing for Multiple Android Versions
Summary

Chapter 4. Application Fundamentals
Recapping The Basics
Packaging an Application
Application Reusability Architecture
The Manifest File
Activity
Creating an Activity Class
Activity Lifecycle
Launching an Activity
Pausing and Stopping an Activity
Destroying an Activity
Saving State
The onCreate() Method
Registering an Activity
The Default Activity
Process Lifecycle
The Application Class
The Application Context
Summary

Chapter 5. Basic GUI Programming
The Fundamentals
View Hierarchy
Creating Views Programmatically
Creating View in XML Layout
More on XML Layout
Common Programming Tasks with Views
TextView and EditText
Button
CheckBox
RadioButton and RadioGroup
ToggleButton
ImageView
RatingBar
Summary

Chapter 6. Layout Management
Background
LinearLayout
LinearLayout Orientation
fill_parent Example
Layout Gravity
Weight
TableLayout
Managing the Width
RelativeLayout
RelativeLayout Example
ScrollView
HorizontalScrollView
Summary

Chapter 7. Resource Management and Localization
Introduction
Main Types of Resources
Defining Value Resources
Defining String Arrays
Creating Image Resource
Alternate Resource Folders
Alternate Folder Name Rules
How Android Finds Resources
Dealing with Screen Orientation
Orientation Change and Activity Lifecycle
Developing for Tablets
Basics of Localization
Testing for Localization
Loading Localized String from Code
Summary

Chapter 8. Intents and Intent Filters
What is an Intent?
The android.content.Intent Class
Explicitly Specifying Component Name
Example
Implicit Target Component Specification
Intent Filters
Action Name
Category Name
Data Type Filter
Hint Matching Logic
Default Component of an Application
Starting an Activity
Getting Output from Activity
Example of Launcher: ActivityA
Example of Launched: ActivityB
Pending Intent

Chapter 9. Application Menu
Introduction
Defining Menu Items
Menu XML File
Option Menu
Populating Menu Items from Resource
Manipulating Menu Items
Handling Menu Item Click Event
Context Menu
Showing a Context Menu
Handling Context Menu Item Click
Summary

Chapter 10. Showing Notification Messages
Introduction
Toast
Popping a Toast
Advanced Toast
Status Bar Notification
Advantages of Status Bar Notification
Steps to Create a Status Bar Notification
Posting the Notification
Using an Utility Method
Additional Notes
Using Dialogs
AlertDialog
Handling Button Click Events
ProgressDialog
Setting Progress Amount
Summary

Chapter 11. Advanced GUI Development
Spinner View
Creating a Spinner
Handling Item Selection Event
The ListView
Creating a ListView
Handling ListView Events
The Adapter Model
Adapter Class
Example Adapter ; Using an Adapter
The ArrayAdapter Class
ViewFlipper
Tabbed UI Layout
Creating Tabbed UI
Defining the Tabbed Layout
Creating the Tabs with View Content
Add a Tab with Activity Content
WebView ; WebView Methods
Summary

Chapter 12. Data Storage
Data Storage Options
Data Privacy
Shared Preferences
Modifying Shared Preferences
Shared Preferences Example
Default Preferences
Editing Preferences
Example: Editing Preferences
Internal Storage
Example: Write to Internal Storage
Example: Read from Internal Storage
Private Directory ; Cache Directory
Example: Writing to Cache File
External Storage
Checking State of External Storage
Working with Files in External Storage
Example: Writing to External Storage
Shipping Files with the Application
Working with Raw Resource Files

Chapter 13. SQL Database Storage
Introduction
Opening a Database Connection
Transaction Management
A Pattern for Connection and Transaction Handling
Creating Schema
Compiled SQL Statement
Inserting Data
Updating Data
Deleting Data
Fetching Data
Example Queries
Iterating Over a Cursor
Reading Column Values from Cursor
A Complete Example
Cursor Management
Binding Cursor to ListView
Custom Data Binding
Handling Item Click Event
Refreshing the ListView
Schema Creation Issues
Example Helper Class
Using the Helper Class
Summary

Chapter 14. Network Programming
Introduction
Communication Using HTTP Protocol
Creating a HttpClient Object
Making a GET Request
Making a POST Request
Setting Timeout
Using Basic Authentication
Using Custom Authentication
XML Parsing Options
Setting Up XML Pull Parser
The Main Loop
Example XML Document
Example Parsing Code
Checking Network Status
Summary
  
Chapter 15. Background Task Processing
Introduction
The Handler Framework
The Basic Approach
Creating a Handler
Posting a Message
Doing Background Work
AsyncTask
Doing the Work
Starting Work
Getting Result from the Task
Updating GUI From the Task
Ending the Task
What is Service
Why Use a Service?
Service for Background Work
Creating a Service
Example Service Class
Starting and Stopping a Service
Starting Long Running Work
Sending Control Messages to a Service
Usability Guidelines
Summary

Chapter 16. Multimedia Programming
Introduction
Recording Audio
Start Recording Audio
Stop Recording
Playing Audio
Playing from Raw Resource
Playing from a File or Network Stream
Stopping and Cleanup
Video Playback
Playing Video
Summary
  
Chapter 17. Testing Applications
Introduction
New Sources of Defects
Special Testing Considerations
Android Testing Framework
The Architecture
Creating a Test Project
Test Case Class for an Activity
Test Initialization
Writing a Test Case Method
Service Test Case Class
Running Test Cases
Useful Methods of an Activity Test Case Class
Additional Assertion Function
The TouchUtils Class
Developing and Testing on a Device
Stress Test Monkey
Third Party Testing Tools
Summary

Chapter 18. Packaging and Distributing Applications
Introduction
Pricing Options
Getting the Application Ready
About Signing the Application
Exporting and Signing the Application
Going to Android Market
Doing Maintenance
Summary


back to top

FREE EVENT with Geoff Thompson & Graham Thomas (SS-290)

  • Date: Thursday 1st December 2011
  • Duration: 6.00pm - 8.00pm
  • Venue: Central Hotel , 1-5 Exchequer Street, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register 

OVERVIEW

"Testing, so many problems but we have the solutions don’t we?"  with Geoff Thompson

Sir Humphrey Davy said “The most important of my discoveries have been suggested by my failures.”
This is as true today as it was when Sir Humphrey said it. I have been working in the test process improvement field for many years and see the same issues coming up time after time. For example, I see testers blaming everyone else for the issues they have with requirements but not doing anything to get the issues resolved. I see many test teams arriving on a project and they seem  to start from a blank sheet of paper each time, repeating every error and taking all the same risks as they have always done, it’s as if they never learn or want to learn.

As a profession we need to look at ourselves and the common failures and understand why they happened and how we stop them happening again, and who knows maybe we will find the testing silver bullet?

This presentation will provide an overview of the common problems testers face today (problem patterns) from various perspectives:
•             Outside the test project looking in
•             Test Organisation
•             Test Management
•             Test Environment
•             Test Design and execution
•             Test Automation
alongside some suggestions for how to avoid them in the future.

ABOUT THE SPEAKER
Geoff Thompson is the Consultancy Director for Experimentus Ltd, a leading Software Quality Management consultancy based in the UK.
Over the last 20 years he has an excellent track record in Test Management and Process Improvement. He is particularly passionate about Test Process Improvement.  In 1997 he started working with ISEB developing the original Software Testing Foundation syllabus and exams; he then managed the development of the original Software Testing Practitioner syllabus and exam in 2002.  Geoff initiated the ISTQB (International Software Testing Qualification Board) and is the UK representative to the board. He Chairs the UK Testing Board.  He is a founder member and Chairman of the TMMi Foundation Management Executive (see www.tmmifoundation.org.uk), He is also the Vice Chairman and Treasurer of the BCS SIGiST (Specialist Group in Software Testing).  Geoff is a popular international speaker on all things testing, having delivered keynote presentations in the UK, Australia, Malaysia and India and being a regular speaker at the EuroSTAR conferences. This year (2011) he is particularly proud to have been selected to Chair EuroSTAR in Manchester.  He is also co-author of the biggest selling testing book on www.amazon.co.uk – ISTQB/ISEB – A Software Testing Foundation.  In 2008 he was awarded the European Testing Excellence award for his work in the field of testing.


The second presentation will be as follows:

"Test Process Improvement – Answering the BIG questions!" with Graham Thomas

A lot of people talk about improving the testing process, but very few people actually answer the BIG questions, such as:
•            Why?  Is it just to save money, or do it quicker?
•            How?  Do we follow an accepted method – TPI, TMMI? What change methodologies are there that we can use?
•            What? Is it just automating test execution? What about planning, preparation, measurement and metrics, etc.?
•            Where and When? So where in our organisations, large and small, do we do this, and when is the best time?
•            And Who? Is this just a testing team initiative? Do we need help? Who else is involved?
It is easy to ask the BIG questions but what we really want to know are the BIG answers! This session will work through these questions to draw useful conclusions from the group’s collective experience.
A lot of people talk about improving the testing process, but very few people actually answer the BIG questions:
•           Why?  Is it just to save money, or do it quicker?
•           How?  Do we follow an accepted method – TPI, TMMi? What change methods are there that we can use?
•           What? Is it just automating test execution? What about planning, preparation, measurement and metrics, etc.?
•           Where and When? So where in our organisations, large and small, do we do this, and when is the best time?
•           And Who? Is this just a testing team initiative? Do we need help? Who else is involved? 
Let’s work together on the answers.
As the Greco/Roman Scholar Plutarch said,  “To find fault is easy, to do better is harder”.
Well what did they know 2000 years ago that we don’t know now?
 
This presentation will take a journey through the 6 big questions of test process improvement.  These are:
 
Why?
Asking why we are doing test process improvement.  Is it just to save money? Is it to do it quicker?  Exploring these questions to find out the real reasons behind why we actually carry out test process improvement.
 
How?
Looking at key types of change methodology.  And asking which kind of change is right for your organisation, your team, and you?  Understanding how to change is as important as the change itself.
 
What?
So what do you change? And what is the rationale behind that decision. Looking at continuous improvement versus set levels. And understanding the social and people aspects to change.
 
Where?
Where do you do this change? In a centralised team? Top Down?  Or team by team, individual by individual.  Asking about the topography of change.
 
When?
And when do we change? As soon as we can? The next big project?  Does timing even matter?
 
Who?
And who do we change?  Mahatma Ghandi said “You must be the change you wish to see in the world”.  So how do we go about being agents of change?
 
These big questions will be illustrated in a highly interactive session which will use analogies and examples to trigger ideas, though, discussion and debate.
 
Let’s dare to be different and actually Answer The Big Questions!
 
ABOUT THE SPEAKER - Graham Thomas
 
I wrote my first computer program at college in 1978.  Started working in IT in the early 1980s as a programmer, and discovered software testing in the early 1990s.  I have formal qualifications in programming, analysis and design, project management and software testing.
I have worked for a large consultancy, several smaller management consultancies, and also a systems house, as well as various end users.
I have wide-ranging experience of IT, development and software testing, covering the public sector, retail, finance, banking, insurance and treasury.
Currently I work as either a program test manager or implementing testing change. Prior to this I worked as a test manager.
I am frequent and popular speaker at testing seminars and conferences around the world. I won the 2006 BCS SGST Best Presentation award, and have give time to conference programme committees, presentation review panels, and testing award deliberations.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone working in the Software Testing industry.


back to top

Software Sector Career Planning for the Unemployed(SS-288)

  • Date: Monday 12th and Tuesday 13th December 2011
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, D4 Berkeley Hotel
  • Free to those who are unemployed however please note this course is only for those who have NOT already been on a training programme with us in 2011.

OVERVIEW

Look at these questions below and answer them honestly:

Could you improve your CV?
Are you portraying your best self well at interviews?
Do you know where your strengths lie?
Can you show your full potential to prospective employers?
Would you like to know what employers in the ICT and software sectors look for?

Software Skillnet would like to give you an opportuning to address all of these in a free two day workshop.  Read the course content below to see what will be covered.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone who is unemployed and looking for a career in the IT or Software Sector.

 COURSE CONTENT

There are 3 elements to this programme
1. A one day training programme
2. Optional one to one coaching sessions the next day
3. Thomas International Personal Profile Analysis for each person

1. TRAINING PROGRAMME
OBJECTIVES
By the end of this workshop participants will be able to :
  •  Identify careers that match their personal attributes and skills
  •  Prepare an effective CV
  •  Write appropriate cover letters
  •  Put your best foot forward in your application and interview
  •  Demonstrate the skills to be an effective interviewee
  •  Understand your personal behaviour style and its impact on others

CONTENT

Career V’s Job
  •  Career Management in a Recession
  •  Schein’s Career Anchors
  •  Professional Networking
  •  Holland Code

Your Job Search
  •  Developing your CV
  •  Cover Letters

The Work Experience Interview

  •  Putting your best foot forward
  •  Planning your interview
  •  Interview structure & techniques
  •  Role Plays

Software Recruiter Presentation and Q&A
  • Presentation by recruitment consultant in the sector
  • Current job prospects
  • What companies are looking for
  • Presenting yourself – tips and things to avoid
  • Q&A addressing participants concerns and areas of interest

Understanding Behaviour and Its Effects

  •  Self awareness
  •  Your Personal Profile Analysis – Thomas International PPAs
  •  Understanding & working with other styles
  •  Developing your style
  •  Your style & your career – the link
  •  Promoting your strengths at interviews
  • Personal Action Plan & Outcomes Focus

2. ONE TO ONE COACHING

OBJECTVES
The objective of the one to one coaching sessions is to give the coachee a unique opportunity to be coaching around thier own specific job search.

Coaching Outline:
The session will focus on the individual’s specific job search and how they present themselves on paper and in person at an interview.

During the coaching the coach will:

• Review persons CV and cover letters
• Conduct a mock interview and give feedback
• Answer and advise on any specific questions relating to the interview process

Coachee Preparation

In order to get the best from the session the coachee will be expected to prepare the following in advance:
• 4 questions they would like answers to or advice on relating to their job search – the
coach will deal with any questions the individual has, for example: ‘how do I present
a 2 year gap on my CV and at interview’, ‘I have much higher level experience than
the job requires – how do I deal with this at interview’, ‘ I have been to 2 interviews
and still have not been accepted for work experience – why might this be’ etc.

• Prepare CV and sample cover letter in line with what was covered on the training
programme and bring them along to the coaching session

3. THOMAS INTERNATIONAL PERSONAL PROFILE REPORT
Thomas PPA provides an accurate insight into how people behave at work answering questions such as: what are their strengths and limitations? Are they self starters? How do they communicate? What motivates them? PPA enables your people to become more aware of their work style. Only by improving their self awareness will they have the means to consolidate their working strengths and compensate for their behavioural limitations. Insights gained from PPA will lead to a greater understanding of why you behave the way you do and can be used to hone your job search, interview and work skills Thomas carries out over one million assessments each year for people around the
world and PPA is available in over 56 different languages.  PPA is a series of 24 forced choice questions, taking no longer than 7 – 8 minutes to
complete. It doesn’t show ‘good’ or ‘bad’ qualities, it provides an understanding of how a person prefers to behave at work and the characteristics they will demonstrate. There are no right or wrong answers.

back to top

FREE EVENT with David Cass on Testing Centres of Excellence (SS-308)

  • Date: Thursday 26th January 2012
  • Duration: 6.00pm - 8.00pm
  • Venue: Central Hotel , 1-5 Exchequer Street, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register 

OVERVIEW

Testing in medium to large organisations is becoming increasingly complex and challenging. Shorter development lifecycles and new development methodologies coupled with rapidly multiplying platforms and a demand for constant updates and renewal is putting a real strain on legacy testing teams. In many organisations testing groups have evolved to cope with demand rather than being designed to deliver quality results. Too often companies are relying on hard work, experience and luck rather than planning and executing tests in an appropriate and focused way. With increasing demands these systems grow to be more inefficient, unreliable, costly and can ultimately become a serious risk to the business.

So how are organisations meeting this challenge head on? The answer is by developing and growing Test Centres of Excellence (CoE). A Test CoE is a professional service organisation that delivers testing services to the IT group and the business. It comprises a dedicated and independently managed team of people with a core competency in testing, operational processes to support testing for the enterprise and supporting tools and technologies.

This Seminar aims to give a tour through the what, why and how of centres of excellence:

     What is a centre of excellence?

What does a CoE look like?

What problems do they aim to solve?

What are the key stages in a Test CoE Program?

     Why are organisations interested?

What are the drivers of change?

What are the benefits and challenges?

     How do we go about implementing them? 

How and what processes are redesigned?

How is the CoE Supported by the business?

How does the test function need to change internally?

How does the organisation need to change to support a test CoE?

How do we measure success?

ABOUT THE SPEAKER
David is a Senior Manager in Strategy and Operations Consulting for Deloitte Ireland with over 9 years experience in software testing, test programme management, test strategy development and organisational change. David specialises in developing organisational test strategies, end to end quality assurance and test organisation planning & optimisation for large organisations. This includes the development and roll-out of test centres of excellence, testing shared services and outsourcing strategies, test tool specification and selection and developing strategies for managed test services. David has recently completed a 12 month program to design and develop a test centre of excellence for a large Irish retail bank.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone working in the Software Testing industry.


back to top

Application Development with Google Android (SS-307)

  • Date: Mon 16th  - Wed 18th January 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Member Premises, Houghton Miflin Harcourt
  • Fee before Grant Aid €900 per person
  • FEE TO SOFTWARE SKILLNET MEMBERS AFTER GRANT AID: €650 per person

OVERVIEW

Android is an open source platform for mobile computing. Applications are developed using familiar Java and Eclipse tools. Many vendors and carriers offer Android based devices (phones). Android is enjoying a healthy growth, in terms of hand set sells, applications available and new project starts. This course teaches students the architecture, API and techniques to create robust, high performance and appealing applications for the Android devices. While many classes focus on the mobile device, this course also deals with the server side architecture. This makes the class ideal for enterprise class businesses.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Developers and architects who will be developing applications for Android devices.

PRE-REQUISITES

Basic knowledge of Java. Familiarity with Eclipse is a plus but not necessary.

 COURSE CONTENT

Chapter 1. Introduction to Android
What is Android?
A Short History
Advantages of Android
Disadvantages of Android
Android Carriers
References
Summary
  
Chapter 2. The Architecture of Android
Key Components Stack
The Kernel
Libraries
The Dalvik JVM
Application Framework
Applications
Summary

Chapter 3. The Development Environment
What Do We Need?
Setting Up the SDK
Install Eclipse Plugin
Create a Virtual Device
Creating a Project
Running Your Application
Buttons of the Emulator
Run Configuration
Debugging an Application
Using Third Party JAR
Creating Reusable Library
Dalvik Debug Monitor Server (DDMS)
DDMS Tools in Eclipse
The Console Views
Developing for Multiple Android Versions
Summary

Chapter 4. Application Fundamentals
Recapping The Basics
Packaging an Application
Application Reusability Architecture
The Manifest File
Activity
Creating an Activity Class
Activity Lifecycle
Launching an Activity
Pausing and Stopping an Activity
Destroying an Activity
Saving State
The onCreate() Method
Registering an Activity
The Default Activity
Process Lifecycle
The Application Class
The Application Context
Summary

Chapter 5. Basic GUI Programming
The Fundamentals
View Hierarchy
Creating Views Programmatically
Creating View in XML Layout
More on XML Layout
Common Programming Tasks with Views
TextView and EditText
Button
CheckBox
RadioButton and RadioGroup
ToggleButton
ImageView
RatingBar
Summary

Chapter 6. Layout Management
Background
LinearLayout
LinearLayout Orientation
fill_parent Example
Layout Gravity
Weight
TableLayout
Managing the Width
RelativeLayout
RelativeLayout Example
ScrollView
HorizontalScrollView
Summary

Chapter 7. Resource Management and Localization
Introduction
Main Types of Resources
Defining Value Resources
Defining String Arrays
Creating Image Resource
Alternate Resource Folders
Alternate Folder Name Rules
How Android Finds Resources
Dealing with Screen Orientation
Orientation Change and Activity Lifecycle
Developing for Tablets
Basics of Localization
Testing for Localization
Loading Localized String from Code
Summary

Chapter 8. Intents and Intent Filters
What is an Intent?
The android.content.Intent Class
Explicitly Specifying Component Name
Example
Implicit Target Component Specification
Intent Filters
Action Name
Category Name
Data Type Filter
Hint Matching Logic
Default Component of an Application
Starting an Activity
Getting Output from Activity
Example of Launcher: ActivityA
Example of Launched: ActivityB
Pending Intent

Chapter 9. Application Menu
Introduction
Defining Menu Items
Menu XML File
Option Menu
Populating Menu Items from Resource
Manipulating Menu Items
Handling Menu Item Click Event
Context Menu
Showing a Context Menu
Handling Context Menu Item Click
Summary

Chapter 10. Showing Notification Messages
Introduction
Toast
Popping a Toast
Advanced Toast
Status Bar Notification
Advantages of Status Bar Notification
Steps to Create a Status Bar Notification
Posting the Notification
Using an Utility Method
Additional Notes
Using Dialogs
AlertDialog
Handling Button Click Events
ProgressDialog
Setting Progress Amount
Summary

Chapter 11. Advanced GUI Development
Spinner View
Creating a Spinner
Handling Item Selection Event
The ListView
Creating a ListView
Handling ListView Events
The Adapter Model
Adapter Class
Example Adapter ; Using an Adapter
The ArrayAdapter Class
ViewFlipper
Tabbed UI Layout
Creating Tabbed UI
Defining the Tabbed Layout
Creating the Tabs with View Content
Add a Tab with Activity Content
WebView ; WebView Methods
Summary

Chapter 12. Data Storage
Data Storage Options
Data Privacy
Shared Preferences
Modifying Shared Preferences
Shared Preferences Example
Default Preferences
Editing Preferences
Example: Editing Preferences
Internal Storage
Example: Write to Internal Storage
Example: Read from Internal Storage
Private Directory ; Cache Directory
Example: Writing to Cache File
External Storage
Checking State of External Storage
Working with Files in External Storage
Example: Writing to External Storage
Shipping Files with the Application
Working with Raw Resource Files

Chapter 13. SQL Database Storage
Introduction
Opening a Database Connection
Transaction Management
A Pattern for Connection and Transaction Handling
Creating Schema
Compiled SQL Statement
Inserting Data
Updating Data
Deleting Data
Fetching Data
Example Queries
Iterating Over a Cursor
Reading Column Values from Cursor
A Complete Example
Cursor Management
Binding Cursor to ListView
Custom Data Binding
Handling Item Click Event
Refreshing the ListView
Schema Creation Issues
Example Helper Class
Using the Helper Class
Summary

Chapter 14. Network Programming
Introduction
Communication Using HTTP Protocol
Creating a HttpClient Object
Making a GET Request
Making a POST Request
Setting Timeout
Using Basic Authentication
Using Custom Authentication
XML Parsing Options
Setting Up XML Pull Parser
The Main Loop
Example XML Document
Example Parsing Code
Checking Network Status
Summary
  
Chapter 15. Background Task Processing
Introduction
The Handler Framework
The Basic Approach
Creating a Handler
Posting a Message
Doing Background Work
AsyncTask
Doing the Work
Starting Work
Getting Result from the Task
Updating GUI From the Task
Ending the Task
What is Service
Why Use a Service?
Service for Background Work
Creating a Service
Example Service Class
Starting and Stopping a Service
Starting Long Running Work
Sending Control Messages to a Service
Usability Guidelines
Summary

Chapter 16. Multimedia Programming
Introduction
Recording Audio
Start Recording Audio
Stop Recording
Playing Audio
Playing from Raw Resource
Playing from a File or Network Stream
Stopping and Cleanup
Video Playback
Playing Video
Summary
  
Chapter 17. Testing Applications
Introduction
New Sources of Defects
Special Testing Considerations
Android Testing Framework
The Architecture
Creating a Test Project
Test Case Class for an Activity
Test Initialization
Writing a Test Case Method
Service Test Case Class
Running Test Cases
Useful Methods of an Activity Test Case Class
Additional Assertion Function
The TouchUtils Class
Developing and Testing on a Device
Stress Test Monkey
Third Party Testing Tools
Summary

Chapter 18. Packaging and Distributing Applications
Introduction
Pricing Options
Getting the Application Ready
About Signing the Application
Exporting and Signing the Application
Going to Android Market
Doing Maintenance
Summary


back to top

Product Management FREE EVENT with US Guru Rich Mironov (SS-306)

  • Date: Wednesay 18th January 2012
  • Duration: 5.30pm - 7.30pm
  • Venue: Hilton Dublin Hotel, Charlemont Place, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just email susan@isa-skillnet.com

OVERVIEW

FREE SEMINAR BY US PRODUCT MANAGEMENT GURU - RICH MIRONOV ON AGILE PRODUCT MANAGEMENT

As recognition grows that market risk typically outweighs technical risk, the role of the product manager is one of increasing significance for Irish-based software companies. Software Skillnet in conjunction with DIT’s Postgraduate diploma in Product Management is privileged to invite you to this seminar addressing compelling questions around agile product management and how that aligns with product ownership.

Rich will host an open forum on agile product management and product ownership for those getting to grips with the challenge of working in an agile environment.

o    What implications are there for day to day management?
o    Do management roles need to change?
o    Where now for product strategy?
o    How do we derive market requirements?

The talk will be followed by what promises to be a very active Q&A session

ABOUT THE SPEAKER

Veteran Technology Strategist Rich Mironov is the author of “The Art of Product Management” and since 2002 he has been writing "Product Bytes," a blog on product strategy, technology and product management read by C-level product champions around the world.  He writes and consults in the areas of agile product management, product ownership, and how to build commercially successful products with agile development teams.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Anyone working in Product Management.


back to top

Application Development with Google Android (SS-314)

  • Date: Mon 5th - Wed 7th March 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Member Premises, Houghton Miflin Harcourt
  • Fee before Grant Aid €900 per person
  • FEE TO SOFTWARE SKILLNET MEMBERS AFTER GRANT AID: €650 per person

OVERVIEW

Android is an open source platform for mobile computing. Applications are developed using familiar Java and Eclipse tools. Many vendors and carriers offer Android based devices (phones). Android is enjoying a healthy growth, in terms of hand set sells, applications available and new project starts. This course teaches students the architecture, API and techniques to create robust, high performance and appealing applications for the Android devices. While many classes focus on the mobile device, this course also deals with the server side architecture. This makes the class ideal for enterprise class businesses.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Developers and architects who will be developing applications for Android devices.

PRE-REQUISITES

Basic knowledge of Java. Familiarity with Eclipse is a plus but not necessary.

 COURSE CONTENT

Chapter 1. Introduction to Android
What is Android?
A Short History
Advantages of Android
Disadvantages of Android
Android Carriers
References
Summary
  
Chapter 2. The Architecture of Android
Key Components Stack
The Kernel
Libraries
The Dalvik JVM
Application Framework
Applications
Summary

Chapter 3. The Development Environment
What Do We Need?
Setting Up the SDK
Install Eclipse Plugin
Create a Virtual Device
Creating a Project
Running Your Application
Buttons of the Emulator
Run Configuration
Debugging an Application
Using Third Party JAR
Creating Reusable Library
Dalvik Debug Monitor Server (DDMS)
DDMS Tools in Eclipse
The Console Views
Developing for Multiple Android Versions
Summary

Chapter 4. Application Fundamentals
Recapping The Basics
Packaging an Application
Application Reusability Architecture
The Manifest File
Activity
Creating an Activity Class
Activity Lifecycle
Launching an Activity
Pausing and Stopping an Activity
Destroying an Activity
Saving State
The onCreate() Method
Registering an Activity
The Default Activity
Process Lifecycle
The Application Class
The Application Context
Summary

Chapter 5. Basic GUI Programming
The Fundamentals
View Hierarchy
Creating Views Programmatically
Creating View in XML Layout
More on XML Layout
Common Programming Tasks with Views
TextView and EditText
Button
CheckBox
RadioButton and RadioGroup
ToggleButton
ImageView
RatingBar
Summary

Chapter 6. Layout Management
Background
LinearLayout
LinearLayout Orientation
fill_parent Example
Layout Gravity
Weight
TableLayout
Managing the Width
RelativeLayout
RelativeLayout Example
ScrollView
HorizontalScrollView
Summary

Chapter 7. Resource Management and Localization
Introduction
Main Types of Resources
Defining Value Resources
Defining String Arrays
Creating Image Resource
Alternate Resource Folders
Alternate Folder Name Rules
How Android Finds Resources
Dealing with Screen Orientation
Orientation Change and Activity Lifecycle
Developing for Tablets
Basics of Localization
Testing for Localization
Loading Localized String from Code
Summary

Chapter 8. Intents and Intent Filters
What is an Intent?
The android.content.Intent Class
Explicitly Specifying Component Name
Example
Implicit Target Component Specification
Intent Filters
Action Name
Category Name
Data Type Filter
Hint Matching Logic
Default Component of an Application
Starting an Activity
Getting Output from Activity
Example of Launcher: ActivityA
Example of Launched: ActivityB
Pending Intent

Chapter 9. Application Menu
Introduction
Defining Menu Items
Menu XML File
Option Menu
Populating Menu Items from Resource
Manipulating Menu Items
Handling Menu Item Click Event
Context Menu
Showing a Context Menu
Handling Context Menu Item Click
Summary

Chapter 10. Showing Notification Messages
Introduction
Toast
Popping a Toast
Advanced Toast
Status Bar Notification
Advantages of Status Bar Notification
Steps to Create a Status Bar Notification
Posting the Notification
Using an Utility Method
Additional Notes
Using Dialogs
AlertDialog
Handling Button Click Events
ProgressDialog
Setting Progress Amount
Summary

Chapter 11. Advanced GUI Development
Spinner View
Creating a Spinner
Handling Item Selection Event
The ListView
Creating a ListView
Handling ListView Events
The Adapter Model
Adapter Class
Example Adapter ; Using an Adapter
The ArrayAdapter Class
ViewFlipper
Tabbed UI Layout
Creating Tabbed UI
Defining the Tabbed Layout
Creating the Tabs with View Content
Add a Tab with Activity Content
WebView ; WebView Methods
Summary

Chapter 12. Data Storage
Data Storage Options
Data Privacy
Shared Preferences
Modifying Shared Preferences
Shared Preferences Example
Default Preferences
Editing Preferences
Example: Editing Preferences
Internal Storage
Example: Write to Internal Storage
Example: Read from Internal Storage
Private Directory ; Cache Directory
Example: Writing to Cache File
External Storage
Checking State of External Storage
Working with Files in External Storage
Example: Writing to External Storage
Shipping Files with the Application
Working with Raw Resource Files

Chapter 13. SQL Database Storage
Introduction
Opening a Database Connection
Transaction Management
A Pattern for Connection and Transaction Handling
Creating Schema
Compiled SQL Statement
Inserting Data
Updating Data
Deleting Data
Fetching Data
Example Queries
Iterating Over a Cursor
Reading Column Values from Cursor
A Complete Example
Cursor Management
Binding Cursor to ListView
Custom Data Binding
Handling Item Click Event
Refreshing the ListView
Schema Creation Issues
Example Helper Class
Using the Helper Class
Summary

Chapter 14. Network Programming
Introduction
Communication Using HTTP Protocol
Creating a HttpClient Object
Making a GET Request
Making a POST Request
Setting Timeout
Using Basic Authentication
Using Custom Authentication
XML Parsing Options
Setting Up XML Pull Parser
The Main Loop
Example XML Document
Example Parsing Code
Checking Network Status
Summary
  
Chapter 15. Background Task Processing
Introduction
The Handler Framework
The Basic Approach
Creating a Handler
Posting a Message
Doing Background Work
AsyncTask
Doing the Work
Starting Work
Getting Result from the Task
Updating GUI From the Task
Ending the Task
What is Service
Why Use a Service?
Service for Background Work
Creating a Service
Example Service Class
Starting and Stopping a Service
Starting Long Running Work
Sending Control Messages to a Service
Usability Guidelines
Summary

Chapter 16. Multimedia Programming
Introduction
Recording Audio
Start Recording Audio
Stop Recording
Playing Audio
Playing from Raw Resource
Playing from a File or Network Stream
Stopping and Cleanup
Video Playback
Playing Video
Summary
  
Chapter 17. Testing Applications
Introduction
New Sources of Defects
Special Testing Considerations
Android Testing Framework
The Architecture
Creating a Test Project
Test Case Class for an Activity
Test Initialization
Writing a Test Case Method
Service Test Case Class
Running Test Cases
Useful Methods of an Activity Test Case Class
Additional Assertion Function
The TouchUtils Class
Developing and Testing on a Device
Stress Test Monkey
Third Party Testing Tools
Summary

Chapter 18. Packaging and Distributing Applications
Introduction
Pricing Options
Getting the Application Ready
About Signing the Application
Exporting and Signing the Application
Going to Android Market
Doing Maintenance
Summary


back to top

TechBrew Event  (SS-309a) - Partnering - Is it the fastest and cheapest entry to new markets or does it ultimately cost more?”

  • Date: Thursday 9th February 2012
  • Duration: 7pm - 9pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - 4 Dame Lane, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register

OVERVIEW

Software Skillnet are delighted to sponsor this TechBrew Event.  TechBrew is an informal gathering of software company management and technology leaders, getting together to chat over a bite and a beer.  The focus of TechBrew is on strategic and management issues faced by business managers, technology leaders and product management within the Irish software industry.

The theme for the night is :

PARTNERING - Is it the fastest and cheapest entry to new markets or does it ultimately cost more?”


On the soapbox are:

Donagh Kiernan, CEO, Tenego Partnering
Erin McCann, Product Manager, Sage
 
And, as usual, there will be lots of opportunity to contribute, challenge and debate.

ABOUT TECHBREW
TechBrew is a new networking forum, with the opportunity to discuss and share your views, challenge the conventional wisdom, and meet and learn from your peers. The first part of the TechBrew will follow the evening’s theme, offer a number of people a soapbox for 10 minutes each, no slides just experience, and provide everyone with the opportunity to contribute. Followed by informal networking, where you can chat and chew over a brew.
  • Exchange ideas, network, form alliances and focus on technology and growth.
  • Discuss how your ideas, breakthroughs and challenges are affecting your company's business.
  • Meet with other software start-ups and established companies, get their feedback and input.
Feedback from the TechBrew events:
 “The topic was relevant, the speakers informed and entertaining and the discussions very lively.  I look forward to future events”
“It was great to have such an open and insightful debate on this space"
"Keep up the good work. This country and tech scene needs a lot more of same”


back to top

ISA Public Procurement Workshop - Open Data (SS-311)

  • Date: Tue 28th February 2012
  • Duration: 11am - 2pm
  • Venue: IBEC Offices, 84-86 Lower Baggot Street, Dublin 2
  • To book this event contact Patricia Keogh 01-6051582 or patricia.keogh@ibec.ie

OVERVIEW

If you are hearing sound bites about Open Data but you are unsure what it means, or what the opportunity might be, then this is the event for you!
Open Data is the idea that certain data should be freely available to everyone to use and republish as they wish, without restrictions from copyright, patents or other control.  Open Data is being driven by Government initiatives to publish the data that has previously been held in the data ‘siloes’ in various public sector organisations.  Joining this data together, or combining it with commercial software products, should deliver economic value, but what are the risks and what are the potential rewards?  This event will answer these questions and more besides.

The Open Data Workshop event will be attended by technology decision-makers from the Government sector who see the opportunity to solve problems of the future through the Open Data initiative. The major highlights of this seminar will include:

  • Public Sector Success Stories – Hear how DUBlinked’s Innovation Network is     developing  solutions to the problems that face Dublin City.
  • Learn why Nathean Technologies (Ireland) is adapting its product set to Open Data.
  • Learn how Placr (UK) is bringing research-led innovation in location technology to market.
  • Unique Networking Opportunity - ISA member organisations specialising in Open Data will be available to meet with you, to discuss your future requirements and exchange views in relation to the usage of this technology.
  • Open Data Experts in Conversation - Leading Open Data solutions specialists and academics will participate in an interactive panel discussion, and will field any questions that you may have on the day.

 

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS310)

  • Date: Monday 16th & Tuesday 17th April 2012
  • Venue: Dublin, Clarion Hotel IFSC
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm
  • Members Fees: €750 plus €60 certification - TOTAL TO MEMBERS: €810 per person

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

Web Services Development with JAVA (Course Ref SS303)

  • Date: Wednesday 8th - Friday 10th February 2012
  • Venue: Dublin, MEMBER PREMISES, Fidelity Investments 3007 Lake Drive, City West Business Campus, Dublin 24
  • Times: 9.00am - 5.00pm
  • MEMBERS FEE after grant aid: €570

OVERVIEW

Prior to JSE 1.6 and JEE 5 support for Web Services in Java was fragmented and overly complicated. In the newest evolution of the Java platform Web Services are simplified, standardised and fully integrated. This makes it much easier to write code which interoperates with .NET components written in C# and VB .NET.
This course introduces the latest methods for developing Web Services in both JEE and .NET. Delegates create Web Services on both platforms and learn how a client from one platform can access a service developed using the other. The course can be delivered using either NetBeans 6.1 or Eclipse Ganymede.

PRE-REQUSITIES

Delegates must have several years Java and XML experience, preferably gained developing JEE Web Applications. Some prior exposure to C# and ASP .NET is helpful but not essential.


CONTENTS

Introduction to Web Services
• Limitations of conventional Web Applications
• Advantages of automating web based services
• Web Services verses distributed method calls
• Using Web Services to interoperate with legacy systems
• Web Services and Service Oriented Architectures

Core Web Service Technologies
• Strengths and weaknesses of messaging over HTTP
• Using SOAP to deliver XML messages and handle faults
• Choosing between RPC and Document based encoding
• Creating WSDL documents to advertise services
• The WS-I and advantages of WS-I Basic Profile
• Deciding if you want to make use of UDDI

Web Services Description Language (WSDL) in Depth
• Defining complex data types using XML Schema
• Using types to define messages and operations
• Combining operations to create port types
• Binding operations and defining services

Developing Web Services with JAX-WS 2.0
• Writing a Web Service as a plain Java object (POJO)
• Writing a Web Service as an EJB 3.0 JavaBean
• Mapping operations and parameters into Java
• Mapping SOAP faults into Java exceptions
• Generating a Web Service Client

Mapping Complex Types using JAXB 2.0
• Limitations of JAXB version 1.0
• Support for XML Schema in v2.0
• The javax.xml.datatypes package
• Creating bindings via Annotations
• Using Collections within bindings

Developing Web Services with ASP .NET 2.0 (Overview)
• How support for WS is layered onto ASP .NET
• Creating a Web Service Project in VS2005
• Attributes used within Web Services
• Limitations of ASP .NET Web Services
• Generating a Web Service Client

Developing Interoperable Web Services
• Considerations when developing .NET services for Java clients
• Considerations when developing Java services for C# clients
• Exchanging binary data via attachments to SOAP messages
• Authenticating users and establishing levels of trust

Advanced and Emerging Web Service Technologies
• Problems applying existing security strategies to Web Services
• Safeguarding Web Services using XML-Encryption and XML-Signature
• Building a PKI infrastructure for and around Web Services
• Ensuring reliable message delivery and supporting transactions
• Using BPEL to define and direct business processes within a SOA

back to top

UNIX/Korn Shell Scripts (Course Ref SS305)

  • Date: Monday 12th - Wednesday 14th March 2012
  • Venue: Dublin, MEMBER PREMISES, Fidelity Investments 3007 Lake Drive, City West Business Campus, Dublin 24
  • Times: 9.00am - 5.00pm
  • MEMBERS FEE after grant aid: €570

OVERVIEW

This course enables programmers to write UNIX Shell Scripts. Delegates incrementally build scripts of increasing complexity, which perform tasks such as console I/O, text manipulation, arithmetic, process control and signal handling.  By default the Korn shell is used for examples and exercises, although the Bourne and C shells are also discussed. The course can be delivered on any version of UNIX, but typically Red Hat or Ubuntu Linux is used. Tools specific to particular flavours of UNIX (e.g. DTrace on Solaris) are not covered by default, but can usually be included if required.

PRE-REQUSITIES

Delegates should be experienced UNIX/Linux users and have some previous programming experience, preferably in C, Perl, Ruby, C# or Java.


CONTENTS

Review of Core Concepts
• The history and evolution of UNIX
• The filesystem, mounting devices and inodes
• Processes, threads, scheduling and signals
• Using the essential UNIX commands
• Comparing the different UNIX shells
• Picking the right shell for the job

Starting Shell Programming
• Why shell scripts are an essential tool
• Using the shebang line to pick an interpreter
• Declaring and working with shell variables
• Built in operators for testing and arithmetic
• Evaluating expresisons using the expr command
• Testing variables with if and case
• Creating and controlling for, while and until loops
• Debugging your shell scripts

Regular Expressions
• How a Regular Expression Engine operates
• The difference between basic and extended regular expressions
• Options for using regular expressions in shell scripts
• Creating character classes and specifying multiplicities
• Meta-characters for specifying positions in the input
• Using parenthesis for grouping and submatches
• The non greedy versions of *, + and ?
• Using parenthesis that do not capture
• Applying modifiers to only part of the expression
• Using look-around assertions to match without capturing

Creating Useful Scripts
• Creating formatted output with printf
• Working with environment variables
• Testing the exit status of a command
• Looping till a command is successful
• Discarding command output using /dev/null
• Using /dev/zero to create test files
• Testing the attributes of files
• Returning an exit status from your script
• Processing command line arguments
• Reading and parsing input from the keyboard
• Processing files one line at a time
• Creating and working with arrays

Using the Sed Tool in Shell Scripts
• Understanding how Sed transforms text input
• Working with commands and addresses
• Manipulating the contents of the pattern space
• Using the hold buffer to copy and paste text
• Sed commands for selection and iteration

Using the Awk Tool in Shell Scripts
• Understanding how Awk processes text
• Breaking up input into records and fields
• Writing actions to processes records
• Using regular expressions in actions
• Awk commands for selection and iteration
• Adding functions to Awk scripts

Advanced Shell Programming
• Trapping and handling signals
• Running other programs via exec
• Starting, monitoring and deleting processes
• Breaking up scripts into functions
• Security issues with shell scripts

Alternatives to Shell Scripting
• How Perl improves and extends shell scripting
• Object oriented scripting using Ruby and Pythons

back to top

Linux System Administration (SS-327)

  • Date: 23-25 July 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: Dublin
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid €565 per person

OVERVIEW

Linux is a Unix-like operating system that was designed to provide personal computer users a free or very low-cost operating system comparable to traditional and usually more expensive Unix systems.  Linux has a reputation as a very efficient and fast-performing system. Linux's kernel was developed by Linus Torvalds at the University of Helsinki in Finland.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Users that have a good knowledge of Linux from an end user perspective that need to learn about the administration of Linux systems. 

PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates should have attended a Unix/Linux Fundamentals course followed by 3 – 6 months solid hands on use of Unix/Linux.  Alternatively delegates should have 2 or more years of Unix/Linux hands on experience..

 COURSE CONTENT

 Installing Linux
Basic installs and what to expect.  Working your way around the screens, command line
Software Planning
Planning system configuration for partitioning your Linux system.  Installing/Removing packages and reading the log files.
Start up & Shutdown
Looking at the process that the system goes through and how to debug a problem.  Modifying services.  GRUB configuration and LILO.
Users & Passwords
The basics of users, groups and passwords using the flat file method of configuration to start with.
File Systems
Basic partitioning and formatting; working with the Linux LVM. 
Basic Networking + Routing
Using your Linux systems as routers, and configuring routes.
Networked File Systems
NFS for UNIX file shares and interfacing with Windows systems with SAMBA.
Firewalls & Security
Internal and external security issues and some of the tools available to you as standard with a Linux system to help make your environment more secure.
Kernel Services
kernel Modules. Using initrd. kernel confirguration using sysctl.
Useful Services
Setting up and maintaining Apache and Sendmail, from a basic approach. 
DNS
Setting up a DNS server and maintaining it.
NIS
Setting up NIS, what and why you should use it, what it can do.  Set up of primary and secondary clients and everything that is needed to make your system robust.

back to top

PMP Project Management Professional Certification (SS331)

  • Date: Wednesday 5th, Thursday 6th and Wednesday 26th, Thursday 27th September 2012
  • Duration: over 4 days 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Professional Training Premises, Dublin
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €710 per person
Please note the cost of certification is not included in the course fee.  Participants can apply directly to the PMI for certification. The course will cover all preparatory work required for candidates to take the certification exam directly with the Project Management Institute.

FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE
"Excellent, comprehensive and concise"
"Found course very useful and informative"
"Very good course, well presented, structured and delivered"
"Very useful course - delivered on my expectations"
"Enjoyed course and will apply a lot to my work"

OVERVIEW

Professionally Certified Project Managers are a benchmark for excellence in terms of performance and productivity in their profession and also bring a repeatable, consistent quality to the projects they manage. Certification gives project managers a competitive edge in job opportunities, promotions and they also retain higher salaries than those without certification.

This course is geared towards achieving PMP certification and includes access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.  This takes participants from the course right up to the certification exam.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The syllabus is designed based on the experience level of the participants. Given that this is a highly-focused course aimed towards final exam preparation; participants must already have experience of managing projects and intend to sit the PMP exam.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course; the participant will

  • Be prepared to sit the PMP® exam.
  • Apply approved Project Management principles to their work.
  • Identify the areas of Project Management they need work experience in.

COURSE CONTENT

• PMI® requirements of candidates
• The application process
• Modules covering all Project Management Knowledge Areas:

Scope

Time

Cost

Quality

HR

Risk

Communications

Procurement

Integration

Ethics

 Focus on hot topics.
• Exam makeup & Format.
• Access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.

This takes participants from the course right up to certification exam.  Participants must register and pay for exams themselves.  The exam fee is not included in the course fee quoted above.

back to top

ISTQB Foundation course in Software Testing (SS330)

  • Date: 19th - 21st June 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: Kerry, FEXCO, Iveragh Road, Killorglin, Co. Kerry

OVERVIEW

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries.

The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) has been set up to bring together testers from around the world to work on one set of terminology and syllabuses with a view to allow certification in Software Testing to be internationally recognised and coordinated.
It is the ISTQB's role to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals.
The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB.

The ISTQB Foundation course in Software Testing - 3-day training course. 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators. 
No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be ‘software knowledgeable’ with some minimal test of software experience.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Those attending the course will learn:
•      The fundamental principles of Software Testing
•      How testing fits into the development lifecycle
•      The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools
•      Essential functional and non-functional test methods
•      Basic test design and measurement techniques
•      Fundamental test management principles
•      How to select and implement tools effectively

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction   
   
Fundamentals of Testing
Why is testing necessary?
What is testing?
General testing principles
Fundamental test process
The psychology of testing

Part Two: Testing through the lifecycle

Software development models
Test levels
Test types – the targets of testing
Maintenance testing

Part Three: Static Reviews

Reviews and the test process
Review process
Static analysis by tools
                
Part Four: Test design techniques

Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
Categories of test design techniques
Specification-based or black-box techniques
Structure-based or white-box techniques
Experience-based techniques e.g. exploratory testing

Part Five: Test Management

Test Organisation
Test planning and estimation
Test process monitoring and control
Configuration Management
Risk and Testing
Incident Management

Part Six: Tool Support for Testing

Types of test tool
Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
Introduction of a tool into an organisation

EXAMINATION COACHING

ISTQB  examination - Externally invigilated by ISTB

back to top

Linux Fundamentals (SS319)

  • Date: 10th - 13th April
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Member Premises, VMware, Ballincollig, Cork
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €565 per person

OVERVIEW

Linux is a Unix-like operating system that was designed to provide personal computer users a free or very low-cost operating system comparable to traditional and usually more expensive Unix systems.  Linux has a reputation as a very efficient and fast-performing system. Linux's kernel  was developed by Linus Torvalds at the University of Helsinki in Finland.  This 4 day course combines the necessary fundamentals of the Linux operating system with hands-on practical exercises.  Various discussions and solutions to the exercises are encouraged using this approach.  It is intended to give delegates an excellent grasp of the Linux environment from the basics, to interrogating files and using the network.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The course is aimed at the beginner or new comer to the Linux environment, although it will also suit those users who have had some prior exposure, but want to enhance their learning in a more formal, structured manner.

PRE-REQUISITES

There are no prerequisites for this course but previous exposure to another operating or command line system would help.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course delegates will be able to:

•    Describe the function of the Linux environment and variants
•    Use the user interface (command line and graphical)
•    Work with and understand the Linux File system through file manipulation
•    Understand what a Shell is and what it does
•    Multi-task the system and work with multiple processes
•    Use a text editor (VI or dtpad)
•    Understand Linux security
•    Schedule Jobs
•    Use the network utilities
•    Print and work with removable media

COURSE CONTENT

What is Linux?
An introductory look at where Linux started, what it is used for and the types and flavours that exist.

Getting Started
Logging in and out of the system; User types; User interfaces; the Windows environment; Some windows utilities; Command line structure; Some simple commands; Getting help.

The File System
A guided tour of the system, file and directory manipulation, viewing files, home directories, help.

The Shell Environment
A look how the command line interface works. Wild card expressions, command line history and editing. Variables and the user environment files.

Redirection
Working with the shell’s file descriptors >, <, >>. How log files are created. Using pipe lines to enhance your commands.

Processes
Define program, process and daemons. Listing and signaling processes. Multi-task your environment.

Introduction to VI
What is VI, how to get into it, editing a file, inserting, deleting and moving through text.

File Security
Users; groups; displaying permissions; how permissions work and how to change them.

Job Scheduling
Ad-hoc schedulers (batch, at). Regular scheduler (cron). Enable overnight or specific time of day jobs.

Basic Network Utilities
Understand the basics behind networking. Use generic utilities like telnet, ping, ftp. Linux utilities like rlogin, rsh, rcp.

Printing
How to print files in the command line and windows environment.

Power Tools
Working with sed, awk, find, diff and many other tools to help you interrogate the Linux system and files.

Working With Removable Media
Making simple backups to disk or tape using tar, cpio, and dos utilities.

More Vi
Configure your VI environment, advanced techniques for searching and other tricks.

Introduction To Shell Scripting
Learn how to write simple scripts to perform mundane tasks. How to make your script generic to other users, simple loops and conditional testing.

back to top

Perl Fundamentals (SS322)

  • Date: 17th - 20th April 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Member Premises, EMC, Ovens, Co. Cork
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €600 per person

OVERVIEW

Perl is a high level programming languages derived from the ubiquitous C language and at least a dozen other tools and languages. Perl's process, file, and text manipulation facilities make it particularly well-suited for tasks involving quick prototyping, system utilities, software tools, system management tasks, database access, graphical programming, networking, and World Wide Web programming. These strengths make it especially popular with system administrators and CGI script authors.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Those who need to use Perl in their working environment and/or those wishing to gain an understanding and good grounding in the fundamentals of Perl programming.

PRE-REQUISITES

There are no prerequisites for this course. Users who have programmed with a structured language before may have an advantage.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course be able to:

• Understand the Perl environment and syntax
• Create useable scripts
• Understand some of the weird syntax and expressions
• Work with files and other processes
• Use simple data structures
• Make decisions and flow control

COURSE CONTENT

Language Basics
Why use Perl?, History, Environment, Help, simple script and script structure.

Variables
Types, definitions, Arrays and single values, interpolation.

Working with Arrays and Hashes
How to manipulate them together and useful things that can be done with them individually.

Expressions and Operators
Numeric operators, precedence, string operators, conversion and more.

Functions
Built in functions of the Perl interpreter for working with numbers, strings and arrays.

Flow Control
Loops and conditions, variable scope

Input and Output
Working with files, command line arguments, and working with applications.

Basic Regular Expressions
Understand what an expression is, where to use them, and how to construct some simple pattern matching.

Subroutines
Making readable code, better maintenance, reusable code.

Modules
Understand the interface to modules to make best use of them

References
Enhance the use of hashes and subroutines

Report Formats
Creating and using reports

back to top

Perl Intermediate (SS323)

  • Date: 1st - 3rd May
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Member Premises, EMC, Ovens, Co. Cork
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €455 per person

OVERVIEW

Perl is a high level programming languages derived from the ubiquitous C language and at least a dozen other tools and languages. Perl's process, file, and text manipulation facilities make it particularly well-suited for tasks involving quick prototyping, system utilities, software tools, system management tasks, database access, graphical programming, networking, and World Wide Web programming. These strengths make it especially popular with system administrators and CGI script authors.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course is intended for those of you who have had an introduction to Perl, have created some simple scripts on your own in Perl and have an idea of what they do, or are a competent programmer in another structured language such as C, Basic, Unix Shell scripting, etc.

PRE-REQUISITES

An Introduction to Perl course that has covered language basics, variables, expressions, functions, flow control and file I/O. You have created your own scripts and understand what they do and why, and you are a competent programmer in another structured language, e.g. C, Basic, etc.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course be able to:

• Understand better the workings of the Perl language
• Use feature rich commands
• Create modular and maintainable code
• Create modules and work comfortably within a project team
• Work with complex data structures and references
• Handle errors and exceptions
• Program network application with FTP, HTTP and Email
• Connect to Win32::ODBC and DBI databases
• Create simple CGI pages

COURSE CONTENT

Variables and Expressions
Revision section - Types, Arrays and Hashes, and some uses of.

Working with Arrays and Hashes
Array to Hashes and vice versa, Hash and Array functions, Looping through hashes, defined or undefined.

Loops
Refresh of loops, and extras about the FOREACH loop, while loop, variable scope, exiting early, Unless and until and conditional operators

Advanced File I/O and File Handling
Opening and reading file refresh, working with loops and files, command line arguments, filesystem manipulation, globbing

Modules
Subroutine refresh, creating and using modules and how they are used in projects.

Advanced Array Functions
Slicing, Sorting, Mapping, searching, splicing.

Regular Expressions
Character mapping, searching and replacing text.

References
Creating and using, complex data structures.

Handling Errors and Exceptions
Detection, returning errors, eval, %SIG and making your programs more resilient.

Object Oriented Programming
General OO concepts, classes, objects, polymorphism, inheritance.

Miscellaneous Modules
Networking, database access, GUI and CGI

back to top

FREE EVENT Software Quality Lightening Talks (SS-348)

  • Date: Tuesday 15th May 2012
  • Duration: 6.30pm - 8.45pm
  • Venue: AOL Headquarters, (near Hueston Station), Brunel Building, Dublin 8
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register 

ABOUT THE SPEAKERS

David O'Dowd, QA Technology Consultant with Bearing Point Consulting
Topic: "What is SoftTest Ireland?"
e-Mail: davidodowd@gmail.com
linkedin: http://ie.linkedin.com/in/davidodowd

David has been with BearingPoint Consulting (www.bearingpoint.com) for almost 4 years, and has 5 and a half years IT industry experience. David joined the steering comittee of SoftTest Ireland August 2010 rebuilding the website and performing process improvements to increase membership. On the night David will give a qucik introduction to SoftTest Ireland (www.softtest.ie) and the role it plays in the Irish Software Testing industry.
 
Brian Boyle, Director of Quality Assurance and Control at Houghton Mifflin Harcourt
Topic: "Agile transformation - a journey"

Brian has been with HMH for 4 years, and has worked in the QA field for 14 years. The topic he is presenting will describe how HMH have begun to embrace Agile/Scrum and highlight some of the benefits that brings, along with some of the challenges.


Cormac Kelly, Director Integration and Verification at Intune Networks
Topic: “Applying Automation & Agile Test Techniques to complex embedded systems”

Cormac will share with you some of the experiences of Intune Networks. The “Integration Led” development methodology shall be presented, as well as the challenges in adopting an integration led approach to development. This includes identifying key technical risk areas, early integration points to mitigate risks and the development of powerful automation techniques.
 
Ray Tomany, HP Software
Topic: "HP Sprinter"

HP Sprinter, a new manual test accelerator that focuses on experience and understanding of the application under test rather than detailed, pre-defined test cases. It is especially suited to organizations needing to test on multiple platforms, or those using exploratory testing techniques. Ray has been involved in test software in Ireland since 2000.
 
Philip McGovern, QA Engineer at AOL
Topic: "Mobile testing challenges"

Philip has been involved in software testing and system performance analysis since 2004. He will discuss test challenges that were encountered in the Mobile space, while working on the Adtech Mobile AdServer and Adtech Mobile (iOS and Android) SDK projects.
 
Aidan Foley, QA Engineer at AOL
Topic: "UI Testing with Selenium2 and Java"

Aidan has been working as an Automation Engineer in AOL for the past 3 years. He has been primarily working in Frontend and API automation using open-source tools such as Selenium and soapUI.
 
Jakub Jarosz, QA Engineer at ADTECH (AOL)
Topic: "Test Automation with Python and Jython".

Jakub has been with  ADTECH for one year. He holds certification Electronics and Mechatronics Engineering. Active in the IT field for 18 years,the last 6 of which have been mainly in test automation.


back to top

SeleniumTraining Server 2  (SS-313)

  • Date: Thursday 12th and Friday 13th July 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.00pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, SQS Training, 4-5 Dawson Street, Dublin 2

OVERVIEW

This course is designed to familiarize testing professionals with testing web applications using Selenium.  Testers can build, enhance, and maintain scripts in the Eclipse IDE Editor. Hands-on instruction is provided for those who want to explore the power of using Selenium. The Selenium IDE plug-in builds effective and resilient test scripts using a wide variety of current programming languages. The focus is on the practical application of Selenium to resolve common web automated testing challenges. This course focuses on getting started with Selenium.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The target audience are software testers who are seeking to automate the testing of web applications using Selenium. This basic course is designed primarily for testing professionals who will be using the automation tools. These testers are new to test automation and may be new to testing. The audience might also include quality assurance practitioners, managers, or team leaders who are responsible for interacting with testers or who need to ensure that the tools are being implemented fully and appropriately.

PRE-REQUISITES

To benefit from this course, delegates should have:
    General understanding of web-based applications (desired).
    Knowledge of Java programming is not a prerequisite for this course, but such knowledge is beneficial.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

At the end of the course, delegates will be able to:
    Describe the function and purpose of Selenium.
    Record automated scripts.
    Play back automated scripts.
    View and analyze results.
    Modify scripts to extend the capability to test the application.
    Configure Selenium Remote Control with Eclipse.
    Configure Custom Log Files Prerequisites.

GENERAL OUTLINE

Module 1
    Delegates will be taken through the basics of the Selenium
    IDE test tool.
    Its record and playback features
    How to debug the test scripts.
    How to create verification points and insert comments (Verify
    commands).
    Using alternative Selenium locations strategies
    Building test suites and using test runner.
    Use of complementary tools such as Web developer and
    Firebug.

Module 2
    XPATH and different technique –
    Extending the IDE’s functionality and making use of user extensions.
    The constraints on the IDE and how to fully extend Selenium.
    Creating test suits in IDE

Module 3
    Running TC is selenium RC server command line.
    Running selenium server on different ports
    Understanding different command options for RC server
    How to export the test script into Selenium RC

Module 4
    The install and execution of Selenium RC using the Java client driver
    The next steps: extending Selenium.
    Installation and running of Selenium RC using the Java driver within the Eclipse IDE
    Making use of Selenium IDE java format exports
    Use of complementary tools such as Web developer and Firebug
    Why move to Selenium RC
    How Selenium RC works

Module 5
    Exporting from the Selenium IDE into a Java JUNIT test framework
    Adding new function to Junit
    Witting loops and if condition eg while statements
    Selenium IDE and Selenium RC compatibility
    Selenium RC constraints and known issues

Module 6
    Saving Junit Results
    Work around for Parameterization
    The next steps: the Selenium RC roadmap
    Running test on different browses

Module 7
    Using RC as grid
    Setting up selenium Grid
    Grid as collection of RC Servers

Module 8
    Framework(JUnit Details )
    Case Study

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster Training (Course Ref SS333)

  • Date: Monday 18th & Tuesday 19th June 2012
  • Venue: Dublin, Maldron Hotel, Sr John Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2
  • Times: 9.30am - 5.00pm
  • Members Fees: €750 plus €60 certification - TOTAL TO MEMBERS: €810 per person

Overview
Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

Objectives

  • Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  • Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  • Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  • Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  • Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable

Format

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Contents

Introduction

  • Agile Values and Scrum Origins
  • Scrum and Change
  • Empirical Process Control
  • Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

  • Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
  • The Role of the Product Owner
  • The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
  • The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
  • The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

  • Software Overproduction
  • The Product Backlog
  • Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

  • Sustainable Pace
  • Estimating and Planning
  • Tracking

Working with Sprints

  • Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
  • Sprint Planning Preparation
  • Sprint Estimating and Planning
  • Daily Scrum
  • Sprint Review and Retrospective
  • Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

  • Brook’s Law
  • Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
  • Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
  • Team Set-up
  • Multi-team Planning and Coordination
  • Shared Norms and Assets
  • Distributed Scrum Project Tips
  • Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

  • Just Do It
  • The Nature of Change
  • Scrum Adoption Stages
  • Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
  • Deming’s PDCA Cycle
  • The Role of Consultants

back to top

TechBrew Event  (SS-309b) - How Do You Pick The Right Person for the Job!

  • Date: Thursday 5th July 2012
  • Duration: 7pm - 9pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - 4 Dame Lane, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register

OVERVIEW

Software Skillnet are delighted to sponsor this TechBrew Event.  TechBrew is an informal gathering of software company management and technology leaders, getting together to chat over a bite and a beer.  The focus of TechBrew is on strategic and management issues faced by business managers, technology leaders and product management within the Irish software industry.

The theme for the night is :

How do you pick the "right" person for the Job


On the soapbox :

Sean Baker
Chairman of Incaplex and co-founder of Iona Technologies and former chair of the ISA

 
And, as usual, there will be lots of opportunity to contribute, challenge and debate.

ABOUT TECHBREW
TechBrew is a new networking forum, with the opportunity to discuss and share your views, challenge the conventional wisdom, and meet and learn from your peers. The first part of the TechBrew will follow the evening’s theme, offer a number of people a soapbox for 10 minutes each, no slides just experience, and provide everyone with the opportunity to contribute. Followed by informal networking, where you can chat and chew over a brew.
  • Exchange ideas, network, form alliances and focus on technology and growth.
  • Discuss how your ideas, breakthroughs and challenges are affecting your company's business.
  • Meet with other software start-ups and established companies, get their feedback and input.
Feedback from the TechBrew events:
 “The topic was relevant, the speakers informed and entertaining and the discussions very lively.  I look forward to future events”
“It was great to have such an open and insightful debate on this space"
"Keep up the good work. This country and tech scene needs a lot more of same”


back to top

FREE EVENT Agile Environments Management  (SS-352)

  • Date: Thursday 19th July 2012
  • Duration: 6.30pm - 8.00pm
  • Venue: Eircom, 1 Heuston South Quarter ,Dublin 8
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register  

TALK SUMMARY

Agile software development practices combined with an exponential increase in the complexity of applications to be delivered through the release cycles has raised the bar for stable software environments. Software environments provide the platform for ensuring applications are successfully tested and released. Inappropriate management of environments increases the risk of providing test environments that are not a true reflection of the production environment and risk compromising on quality of testing.
 
Environments Management is a process within Release Management which relates to establishing environment management as a defined service that relates to defining and implementing processes to manage environments. In addition, it provides visibility to stakeholders on scheduling, planning and prioritising of the environments used across the projects.

Defining an Environment Management Process improves quality, availability and efficiency of environments in order to meet milestones and ultimately reduce time-to-market and costs.
 
ABOUT THE SPEAKER
Subhendu Mohapatra is a Senior Consultant with BearingPoint, Ireland. Subhendu has been working with BearingPoint providing consultancy and helping a wide variety of clients to efficiently plan Release and Environments Management activities critical to sustaining and delivering IT Services.

With 13 years’ experience in the IT industry, Subhendu is a technology evangelist specialising in Release/Environments Management and is an active member with Release Management groups. Subhendu has recently published a white paper on Environments Management on CM Cross Roads - http://www.cmcrossroads.com/cm-articles/275-articles/14269.

BearingPoint is an independent management and technology consultancy managed and owned by its Partners throughout Europe. Serving commercial, financial and public services clients, BearingPoint focuses on offering its clients the best possible value in terms of tangible, measurable results by leveraging business and technology expertise.


back to top

Better Business Writing - Enhanced Communication Skills  (SS-340)

  • Date: 25th, 26th , 29th June & 5th July
  • Duration: 9.30am - 1.00pm
  • Venue: Cork, Member Premises: TrendMicro
  • FEE to Software Skillnet members after grant aid €295.00   

OVERVIEW

This programme is designed to refresh the skills of technical support team members and present the delivery of excellent technical support as a way of achieving real competitive advantage.

Specifically it will present the techniques to respond to issues and customer difficulties.  It positions the “technical “and the “support” as a complete package. It will help you to get behind and beyond the written or spoken words and create a positive impression of yourself and your company.  The workshop will reinforce the techie friend role of the support staff.
 
TARGET AUDIENCE
Members of a technical support team.

OBJECTIVES
The training will be delivered over a number of half-day sessions. The delivery style will be participative and encourage shared learning and collaboration. The training will include project work and action plans to be completed between sessions.

  • Technical support team members will know how and when to use a variety of questioning and listening techniques to determine the real causes of the problem and develop solutions.
  • You will learn how to understand how your behaviour contributes to the customers perspective of your company.
  • You will find out how the technical skills and the soft skills support each other and will create a plan to apply the new learning in your workplace.


back to top

Precision Questioning & Answering  (SS-357)

  • Date: Thursday 13th September 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 4.30pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Carlton Hotel, Blanchardstown
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €245 per person

OVERVIEW

This workshop develops critical thinking and analytical intelligence.  PQ&A is a discussion format that uses the power of sustained, precise questioning to deepen thinking in ways that are beyond the reach of debate and brainstorming. The outcomes are more efficient conversations and better decisions.

Critical Thinking is essential to be able to respond appropriately to rapid and complex changes in modern society.
 
Precision Questioning and Precision Answering (PQ) is a discussion format that uses the power of sustained, precise questioning to deepen thinking in ways that are beyond the reach of debate and brainstorming. It also improves the efficiency of conversations that can make our meetings more effective and help us make better decisions.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Everyone benefits, at every level.
Executives need PQ & PA if they:

    Are frustrated by the lack of concise answers in boardroom reviews.
    Want to set high standards for critical thinking.
    Are trying to achieve high levels of execution.

Managers need PQ & PA if they want to:

    Ensure that their own thinking and that of their reports is at the highest level.
    Reduce time spent redoing the work of their reports.
    Improve the performance of cross-functional teams.

Frontline Employees need PQ & PA if they want to:

    Attack complex problems more successfully.
    Test their thinking rigorously before sharing it with a manager.
    Build analytic skills that are necessary for promotion to the next level.


COURSE OBJECTIVES

 
PQ & PA are tools for doing two things: improving the efficiency of a business conversation and raising the level of critical thinking. PQ & PA provide a discussion format that sharpens questions, and tightens answers. By using the power of sustained, precise questioning, PQ & PA deepen thinking in ways that are beyond the reach of debate, dialogue, and brainstorming.
PQ & PA help organizations:

    Test thinking before making costly mistakes.
    Improve the effectiveness of meetings.
    Meet deadlines more consistently.
    Streamline executive reviews.

 

back to top

ISTQB Foundation course in Software Testing (SS367)

  • Date: 9th - 11th October 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Clyde Court Hotel, Dublin 4
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €640 (this includes the certification)

OVERVIEW

The ISTQB was officially founded as an International Testing Qualifications Board in Edinburgh in November 2002, by members of the ISEB Software testing Board together with representatives from other countries.

The idea and proposal for the ISTQB, stemmed from the original ISEB view of Software Testing and the need for an international Software Testing Qualification. The International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) has been set up to bring together testers from around the world to work on one set of terminology and syllabuses with a view to allow certification in Software Testing to be internationally recognised and coordinated.
It is the ISTQB's role to support a single, universally accepted, international qualification scheme, aimed at software and system testing professionals.
The ISTQB Foundation certificate is awarded to all those who successfully complete a one-hour, multiple choice examination. The examination is externally set and invigilated by ISEB.

The ISTQB Foundation course in Software Testing - 3-day training course. 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Quality analysts, testers, developers, systems analysts, project leaders, users and data administrators. 
No specific prerequisites are assumed. Attendees are expected to be ‘software knowledgeable’ with some minimal test of software experience.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Those attending the course will learn:
•      The fundamental principles of Software Testing
•      How testing fits into the development lifecycle
•      The importance of test process, objectives, techniques and tools
•      Essential functional and non-functional test methods
•      Basic test design and measurement techniques
•      Fundamental test management principles
•      How to select and implement tools effectively

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction   
   
Fundamentals of Testing
Why is testing necessary?
What is testing?
General testing principles
Fundamental test process
The psychology of testing

Part Two: Testing through the lifecycle

Software development models
Test levels
Test types – the targets of testing
Maintenance testing

Part Three: Static Reviews

Reviews and the test process
Review process
Static analysis by tools
                
Part Four: Test design techniques

Identifying test conditions and designing test cases
Categories of test design techniques
Specification-based or black-box techniques
Structure-based or white-box techniques
Experience-based techniques e.g. exploratory testing

Part Five: Test Management

Test Organisation
Test planning and estimation
Test process monitoring and control
Configuration Management
Risk and Testing
Incident Management

Part Six: Tool Support for Testing

Types of test tool
Effective use of tools: potential benefits and risks
Introduction of a tool into an organisation

EXAMINATION COACHING

ISTQB  examination - Externally invigilated by ISTB

back to top

Developing AJAX Applications (SS349)

  • Date: Thursday 13th and Friday 14th December 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, WeDo Technologies:  Maple House,Temple Road, Blackrock, Co. Dublin
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €440

OVERVIEW

The course enables existing developers to program using all the features of JavaScript, manipulate the DOM tree within an HTML document, validate information entered into HTML forms and send asynchronous requests to the server via XHR. There is a strong emphasis on writing maintainable, cross browser code and avoiding the common pitfalls associated with scripting languages in general and JavaScript in particular.
By default the course uses FireFox (plus FireBug) and Chrome for all the examples and exercises. 

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR  & PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates should have 3 or more years programming experience in at least one of the following languages -Java, C#, C++, Perl, Python and Ruby.

COURSE CONTENT

Overview of jQuery:
The Rise of JavaScript
Enter jQuery
Downloading and Including jQuery
jQuery Fundamentals
The ready() Function
The jQuery() or $() Function
A Basic jQuery Script
 
jQuery Selectors:
Selecting Elements
Selecting Form Elements
Working with Selections
Chaining Selections
Generating New HTML
Managing the Wrapped Element Set
Manipulating Elements with jQuery :
Applying CSS Styles to Elements
Setting and Getting Element Attributes
Element Dimensions
Setting Element Content
Dealing with Form Elements
Moving, Copying, and Removing Elements
 
jQuery Events:
Overview of Events and Event Handling
Linking Events to Elements
Organizing Events with Namespaces
Event Delegation
Event Helpers
Unbinding Event Handlers
 
 
Ajax with jQuery:
Ajax with jQuery
$.ajax() Function
$.get() and $.post() Convenience Methods
The load() Method
Ajax and Forms
Ajax Events
Showing Progress with ajaxStart() and ajaxStop()
 

Developing Custom jQuery Plugins :
What is a jQuery Plugin?
Using External Plugins
Plugin Development Basics
Iterating Selected Elements
Plugin Configuration Options
Managing Plugin State
Writing Custom Utility Functions
Adding New Wrapper Methods
 
jQuery UI Plugins:
Using an Object to Retain State Information
Using a Single Method with an Action Argument
Creating a Plugin Using $.widget()
Using _getData() and _setData()
Adding Callbacks to a Plugin
 
Possible additional extras:
JavaScript Performance Tuning and Profiling :
Testing Ajax Applications : / JsUnit

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster (SS369)

  • Date: 30th - 31st October 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN, Clarion IFSC Hotel
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €810 (this includes the €60 Scrum Alliance Certification)
  • There are free places for jobseekers on this programme - SKN-A

OVERVIEW

Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

OBJECTIVES AND OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available.

  •     Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  •     Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  •     Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  •     Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  •     Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable
COURSE CONTENT

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Introduction

    Agile Values and Scrum Origins
    Scrum and Change
    Empirical Process Control
    Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

    Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
    The Role of the Product Owner
    The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
    The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
    The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

    Software Overproduction
    The Product Backlog
    Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

    Sustainable Pace
    Estimating and Planning
    Tracking

Working with Sprints

    Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
    Sprint Planning Preparation
    Sprint Estimating and Planning
    Daily Scrum
    Sprint Review and Retrospective
    Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

    Brook’s Law
    Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
    Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
    Team Set-up
    Multi-team Planning and Coordination
    Shared Norms and Assets
    Distributed Scrum Project Tips
    Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

    Just Do It
    The Nature of Change
    Scrum Adoption Stages
    Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
    Deming’s PDCA Cycle
    The Role of Consultants

back to top

Hibernate (SS363)

  • Date: 19th - 22nd November 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: CORK, Actual Venue to be confirmed
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €1,000

OVERVIEW

Java developers traditionally use handwritten JDBC code for database access, in the same way that C# developers use ADO or Perl developers DBI. However this low level approach is increasingly unworkable as Enterprise Java applications grow in size and complexity.

Developers on modern JSE and JEE projects almost always use frameworks to simplify the task of moving data from objects to tables and vice versa. These frameworks can be divided into those that simplify the JDBC API for ease of use (e.g. MyBatis) and those that act as full object-relational mapping (ORM) tools.

This course introduces Java developers to Hibernate, the most commonly used ORM framework.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR  & PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates must be experienced Java developers who are familiar with the core JDBC API and SQL

COURSE CONTENT

Core Java Database Concepts
• Running SQL statements using JDBC
• Transaction support built into JDBC
• Distributed transactions, XA and 2 phase commit
• Using the Java Transaction API (JTA)

The Evolution of ORM Frameworks
• Problems caused by the Object Relational Mismatch
• Key benefits of automating data access using tools like Hibernate
• The evolution the Java Persistence API (JPA) from Hibernate and JDO
• Comparing features offered by Hibernate and the JPA V2

Creating Hibernate Based Projects
• Adding Hibernate and its dependencies
• Creating the hibernate.cfg.xml configuration file
• Choosing the driver, dialect and logging settings
• Specifying a DataSource in JEE servers

Specifying Mapping Information
• Creating and organizing XML mapping files for classes
• Specifying mapping information using JPA annotations
• Associating classes with tables and fields with columns
• Choosing an appropriate strategy for generating object ids
• Mapping basic (many-to-one) relations between objects

Development Using the Hibernate API
• Creating SessionFactory and Session objects
• Starting and committing transactions
• Initializing and saving persistent objects
• Retrieving a persistent object via its key
• Navigating associations between persistent objects

Working with Hibernate Query Language (HQL)
• Understanding why a query syntax is essential to an ORM
• Finding objects by a secondary key
• Finding groups of objects via HQL queries
• Writing complex queries and the limits of HQL
• Creating queries at runtime via the Criteria API
• Using native SQL queries instead of HQL

Development Using the JPA EntityManager
• Acquiring an entity manager in JSE and JEE applications
• Entity managers, transactions and persistence contexts
• Persisting, loading, removing, detaching and merging objects
• Finding objects using the Java Persistence Query Language (JPQL)

Designing a Persistence Layer Part 1
• Differentiating between application and database transactions
• How objects are categorized as transient, persistent or detached
• Defining how Hibernate treats associations via the cascade attribute
• Deciding if, when and how to store sessions within a Web Application

Designing a Persistence Layer Part 2
• Producing a fine grained object model using value types and components
• Specifying and working with Sets, Lists and Maps of value types
• Modeling one-to-many and many-to-many associations
• Breaking down many-to-many relationships
• Different ways of modeling inheritance

Tuning Hibernate for Performance
• Deciding whether to load objects eagerly or lazily
• Choosing the correct level of transaction isolation
• Controlling the level 1 cache by evicting objects
• Picking and configuring a level 2 cache implementation
• Special considerations that apply to the query cache

back to top

ITIL v3 Foundation (SS365)

  • Date: Tuesday 30th October - Thursday 1st November 2012
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Global Knowledge Premises, Jervis House, Dublin 1
  • Fee to ISA Software Skillnet members after grant aid €560 per person (this includes the certification fee)
FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE
"Excellent very interactive "
"I found the event useful, the amount of information was quite overwhelming on the first day but as the event progressed I was confident I was ready to take the exam."
"Very informative and well presented"

OVERVIEW

ITIL teaches people to understand how an integrated IT Service Management framework, based on ITIL best practice guidelines, can be adopted and adapted within organisations.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This course provides those seeking IT & service management roles with a practical understanding of the key concepts, principles, processes and functions that enables successful IT Service Management provision while also preparing delegates for the ITIL Foundation Certificate Examination. The course is beneficial to those involved in the strategy, design, and implementation and on-going delivery of business-used IT services and who require an insight into Service Management best practice.

PRE-REQUISITES

The Foundation Certificate in IT Service Management is a pre-requisite for the all other ITIL-based Certificates in IT Service Management. The course finishes with the ITIL v3 Foundation exam (1-hour multiple choice) and results will be provided on exam completion.

COURSE CONTENT

The course will include Introduction to Service Management, The Service Lifecycle, Key Principles and models of ITSM and Processes and Functions of IT Service management

At the end of the course participants will be able to: Understand how an integrated IT Service Management can be adopted and adapted within their own organisations. It will provide proven practical guidance on how to successfully introduce an integrated IT Service Management framework based on the ITIL best practice service lifecycle approach.

back to top

FREE EVENT Current Testing Challenges for Agile Teams (SS-370)

  • Date: Tuesday 25th September 2012
  • Duration: 6.30pm - 8.00pm
  • Venue: CHANGE OF VENUE TO EIRCOM Building - see Registration page for details
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register  

TALK SUMMARY

In the book that Janet Gregory wrote with Lisa Crispin (Agile Testing: A Practical Guide for Testers and Agile Teams), she recommends using the automation pyramid as a model for automated test coverage. In this model, most of the automated tests should be unit tests and tests below the user interface - API level tests. As more and more applications are transferring logic back into the client side (e.g. using JavaScript) , this model may fall apart. In her talk, Janet will address some of these issues and will lead a discussion on what teams are currently doing in their environments.

 
ABOUT THE SPEAKER
An agile testing coach and practitioner, Janet Gregory is the co-author of Agile Testing: A Practical Guide for Testers and Agile Teams and a contributor to 97 Things Every Programmer Should Know. Janet specializes in showing agile teams how testers can add value in areas beyond critiquing the product; for example, guiding development with business-facing tests. For the past ten years, Janet has been working with teams to transition to agile development, and teaches agile testing courses and tutorials worldwide. Janet contributes articles to publications such as Better Software, Software Test & Performance Magazine and Agile Journal, and enjoys sharing her experiences at conferences and user group meetings around the world. Janet was named one of the 13 Women of Influence in testing by Software Test & Performance magazine - January 2010 issue.


back to top

OO JavaScript (SS360)

  • Date: Monday 12th - Tuesday 13th November 2012
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Member Premises, FEXCO, Killorglin, Co. Kerry
  • Fee to ISA Software Skillnet members after grant aid €390 per person - Free places for jobseekers** SKN-C

OVERVIEW

The course enables existing developers to program using all the features of JavaScript, manipulate the DOM tree within an HTML document, validate information entered into HTML forms and send asynchronous requests to the server via XHR. There is a strong emphasis on writing maintainable, cross browser code and avoiding the common pitfalls associated with scripting languages in general and JavaScript in particular.

By default the course uses FireFox (plus FireBug) and Chrome for all the examples and exercises.

PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates should have 3 or more years programming experience in at least one of the following languages - Java, C#, C++, Perl, Python and Ruby.

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction to JavaScript
• How JavaScript began and grew in respectability
• JavaScript as the assembly language of the internet
• Cross-browser issues and JavaScript frameworks
• Interoperability between Java and JavaScript
• CoffeeScript as a better syntax for JavaScript
• An overview of server-side coding with Node.js

Basic JavaScript Programming
• The core JavaScript types and dynamic typing
• Explicit and implicit variable declarations
• Using typeof and instanceof to investigate types
• Coming to terms with the lack of block scope
• Understanding truth and equality in JavaScript
• Making choices, basic iteration and the for...in loop
• Manipulating strings and applying regular expressions
• Working with single and multi-dimensional arrays

Object Orientation in JavaScript
• Understanding the prototype based style of OO
• Declaring objects using the Object type
• Declaring objects using the literal syntax
• Declaring objects using constructor functions
• Different options for accessing members of objects
• Implementing inheritance using the prototype chain

Functional Programming in JavaScript
• How and why functions are 'first class citizens'
• Four patterns of invocation for calling JavaScript functions
• Calling functions with fewer parameters or additional ones
• Passing functions as arguments into other functions
• Building and returning functions from functions
• Understanding the binding of this in built functions
• Other functional techniques supported by JavaScript

Manipulating the DOM Tree
• Making sense of the Document Object Model
• Different options for locating nodes in the DOM
• Adding, manipulating and removing nodes from the tree
• The three supported models for handling DOM events
• Finding and validating the content of form elements
• Working with hidden form elements and cookies
• Using timers to schedule code for execution
• Asynchronous JavaScript in HTML5 using WebWorkers

Applying AJAX
• How AJAX was invented and popularised
• Creating an XHR object on different browsers
• Sending requests to the server via the XHR object
• The stages in the lifecycle of an XHR request
• Using onreadystatechange to monitor the progress of a request
• Adding extra headers and cookies to the request
• Handing HTTP errors and enforcing timeouts
• The limitations of using XML with AJAX
• An overview of the JSON formatting standard
• Sending and receiving data via JSON
• Processing JSON in Java via Jackson

back to top

OO Design using Java (SS361)

  • Date: Tuesday 11th - Friday 14th December 2012
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Member Premises, FEXCO, Killorglin, Co. Kerry
  • Fee to ISA Software Skillnet members after grant aid €765 per person - Free places for jobseekers** SKN-C

OVERVIEW

This course is designed for developers who want to extend their architectural skills using design patterns and related techniques. It is heavily interactive with delegates spending the majority of their time creating pattern based solutions to real world problems. In addition to implementing pattern based designs from scratch delegates incrementally refactor existing codebases to improve quality, introduce idioms and refactor towards patterns.

Each pattern is introduced in terms of its abstract structure (via UML diagrams), its benefits and drawbacks, sample implementations and practical examples of how it can be used to simplify software development.

The course makes extensive use of JSE libraries and JEE frameworks as examples of pattern based design. In particular OSGi is used as a case-study of good architecture. Examples are also drawn from other Programming languages (C++, C#, Scala, F# and Ruby) where appropriate.

PRE-REQUISITES

Delegates should be experienced Java developers familiar with UML Sequence and Class diagrams.

COURSE CONTENT

An Introduction To OO Design
• The distinction between analysis, design and implementation
• The (de)emphasis placed on design in Agile methodologies
• Comparing 'Agile Modeling' with conventional OOAD
• Do JEE containers and frameworks replace design?

Introduction to Patterns
• What is a design pattern?
• The evolution of design patterns
• Misconceptions about design patterns
• The dangers of becoming 'pattern happy'
• Distinguishing between patterns, idioms and refactorings
• Using refactorings to introduce patterns incrementally
• Using patterns to create an object oriented architecture

Proxy
• Adding services by intercepting messages
• Dynamically creating proxy classes in Java via Reflection
• How proxy objects are used in Enterprise JavaBeans
• How proxy objects are used to implement AOP in Spring
• The interception framework provided with .NET
• Interception functionality built into Ruby

Factory
• Advantages of separating clients from object creation
• Comparing the Factory Method and Abstract Factory Patterns
• How Factory Method is used with writing custom class loaders
• Using Abstract Factory to conceal XML Parsers and DB Drivers
• Using Factory and Proxy to control access to pooled resources
• Extending the Factory Pattern into Dependency Injection
• Examples of Dependency Injection Tools (Spring and Guice)

Builder
• Simplifying the creation of complex object trees
• How Groovy uses Builder to generate XML documents

Composite
• Modelling nested whole-part relationships in OO
• Examples of Composite in XML and GUI libraries

Singleton
• Why ensure a class only has a single instance?
• General problems implementing Singleton objects
• Language specific problems with Singletons (Java/C#/C++)
• Allowing singletons to be reborn (Phoenix Singleton pattern)
• Making Singletons safe and efficient in multithreaded environments
• Problems with the double checked locking idiom

Strategy
• Creating class hierarchies to represent algorithms
• Separating a class from a changing or complex algorithm
• The Strategy Pattern, functor objects and threading libraries
• Strategy and Layout Managers in Swing and SWT
• How Strategy is used in the JMock mock object generator

Command
• Similarities between Srategy and Command
• Using Command objects to simplfy event dispatching
• Incrementally refactoring code to introduce Command
• Uses of the Command Pattern in JEE Web Frameworks

Template
• Using polymorphism to customize algorithms
• Similarities between Template and Factory Method
• The Template Pattern and rendering Swing components
• Template and the Struts JEE Web Framework

Decorator
• Using composition to layer extra functionality
• Applying Decorator to create specialized collections
• Decorator as the basis of the Java I/O libraries

Adapter
• Distinguishing between Adapter and Decorator
• Uses of adapter in the Java I/O libraries

Iterator
• Accessing an aggregate object without knowing its representation
• How Iterator is used in the STL and the Java and .NET collections
• Adding iterator support to your own collections

Observer
• Informing interested objects of state changes
• Benefits and dangers in implementing Observer
• The Observer Pattern and event handling in Java
• The Observer Pattern, delegates and events in C#

Visitor
• Simplifying class design by modelling operations as visitors
• Adding support for Visitor to existing collections of objects
• Using Visitor to add reporting and logging behaviour
• Code generation in Java with Visitor and the ASM library
• Using Visitor in the design of a mock objects generator

State
• Benefits of the State Pattern over subclassing
• Modelling objects with complex internal state transitions
• Different approaches to implementing state transitions
• Automatically generating state machines

Threading Patterns
• Implementing the Active Object Pattern in Java, C# and C++
• Worker thread pool implementations in Java and C#
• Introducing the IOU (Asynchronous Completion Token) Pattern
• Futures in Java and Asynchronous Delegates in C#
• The Fork/Join Framework in Java 7

The OSGi Architecture
• Components of an OSGi implementation
• The static and dynamic parts of OSGi
• How bundles create separate class-spaces
• Consumer Bundles verses Service Bundles
• The lifecycle for bundles defined by the OSGi spec
• How conflicts between class versions are resolved
• Services provided by an OSGi implementation
• OSGi enhancements to standard Java security

back to top

ASP.NET with c# (SS362)

  • Date: Monday 8th - Thursday 11th Otober 2012
  • Duration: 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Professional Training, Builindg 4400, Cork Airport Business Park, Kinsale Road, Cork
  • Fee to ISA Software Skillnet members after grant aid €830 per person - Free places for jobseekers** SKN-A

OVERVIEW

This course provides a comprehensive and practical hands-on introduction to developing Web applications using ASP.NET 4.0 and C#. It includes an introduction to ASP.NET MVC, a new Web programming framework that incorporates use of the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern.
It also includes coverage of using ASP.NET AJAX to build rich client applications. The fundamentals of Web applications are reviewed, and a testbed is established for ASP.NET and Internet Information Services. The architecture of ASP.NET is outlined, including the role of compilation, the Page class and code-behind. Web Forms are introduced, including server controls, view state, life cycle, and the event model. Request/response HTTP programming using ASP.NET is covered as are ASP.NET Web applications, caching in ASP.NET, and the fundamentals of configuration and security. Data access is covered in some detail, including an introduction to ADO.NET, Language Integrated Query (LINQ), and the powerful data access controls provided by ASP.NET 4.0. The final section of the course introduces rich client-side development with ASP.NET AJAX and use of the ASP.NET MVC framework.

PRE-REQUISITES

A working knowledge of C# and .NET Framework would be beneficial, but not vital. Participants should have experience programming - some knowledge of XHTML and experience in a language such as Visual Basic, Java, C++, VBScript or JavaScript. Knowledge of JavaScript is recommended.

COURSE CONTENT

Introduction to ASP.NET:
Web Application Fundamentals
Creating a Virtual Directory
Benefits of ASP.NET
An Echo Program
ASP.NET Features
Compiled Code
Server Controls
Browser Independence
Separation of Code and Content
State Management
Web Forms Architecture:
Web Forms Architecture
HelloCodebehind.aspx
HelloCodebehind.aspx.cs
Page Class
Code-Behind Page Life Cycle
Web Forms Page Life Cycle
View State
Enabling View State for Controls
Web Forms Event Model
Page Processing
Page Events
Page Properties
Page Directive Tracing

ASP.NET and HTTP:
Active Server Pages Object Model
Request and Response Objects
Request/Response in ASP.NET
HttpRequest Class
Properties of HttpRequest
Using HttpRequest Class
HTTP Collections
HttpResponse Class
Redirect
Http Utility
Echo.aspx
EchoBack.aspx
GET and POST Compared
QueryString and Forms Collections

Web Applications Using Visual Studio:
Using Visual Studio
Visual Web Developer
Starter Web Site
ASP.NET Empty Web Site
Adding a Web Form
Using Components in ASP.NET
Compilation Error
Shadow Copying
Temporary Copy of the Component
ASP.NET Applications
Global.asax
Web Application Life Cycle
Code in Global.asax
Log Class
Adding Global.asax File
ListBox
Data Binding
Items Collection
XHTML
XHTML in Visual Studio
Absolute Positioning

State Management and Web Applications:
Session and Application State
Session Object
Page_Load
Session Variable Issues
Session State and Cookies
Session State Timeout
Session State Store
Application State
Implementing Application State
Global.asax
Users.aspx.cs
Multithreading Issues
Bouncing the Web Server
Cookies
Cookies and ASP.NET
HttpCookie Properties
Acme Travel Agency Case Study
State Management Techniques
Server Controls:
Server Controls in ASP.NET
HTML Server Controls
Using HTML Server Controls
HTML vs. Web Forms Server Control
Code for Login
HTML Controls in Visual Studio
Using HTML Controls
Web Controls
Validation Controls
Required Field Validation
Regular Expression Validation
Rich Controls
Copying a Web Site
User Controls
Using a User Control
Copyright.ascx
Copyright.ascx.cs

Caching in ASP.NET:
What Is Caching?
Need for Caching (Why Cache?)
Data to be Cached – Time Frame
ASP vs. ASP.NET Response Model
Three Types of Caching in ASP.NET
Output Caching
@ OutputCache Directive
@ OutputCache – Attributes in Detail
VaryByParam in Detail
HttpCachePolicy Class
Page Fragment Caching
Common Mistakes in Using Fragment Caching
Data Caching or Application Caching
Add an Item to the Cache Object
Insert and Add Methods
Expiration
Problems in Caching

ASP.NET Configuration and Security:
One-minute Introduction to XML!
ASP.NET Configuration - Overview
Multi-level Configuration Configuration Hierarchy
Web.Config File Structure
Web.Config Sections
Application Settings
ASP.NET Security – Overview
Role-Based Security and CAS
Types and
Steps Steps in Enabling Role-Based Security
Three Ways to Authenticate
Forms Authentication – Default.aspx
Forms Authentication – Web.Config
Features of Forms Authentication
Forms Authentication Classes
Customizing Forms Authentication
Authentication Source
Forms Authentication – Analysis
Windows Authentication
Windows Authentication – Analysis
Passport Authentication
Passport Authentication – Analysis
Authorization

Debugging, Diagnostics and Error Handling:
ASP.NET Diagnostics
Debugging Using Visual Studio
Debugging Calculator
Application-Level Tracing
Tracing Calculator
Using the Page Cache
Preparing to Debug
Trace Messages
Tracing the Calculator Page
Conditional Tracing
Trace Category
Trace Warning
Exceptions in Trace
Errors in ASP.NET
Uncaught Exception
Custom Error Pages

More Server Controls:
ASP.NET Control Improvements
Newer Controls in ASP.NET
Master Pages
Creating Content Pages
TreeView Control
Master Page Application

ADO.NET and LINQ:
ADO.NET
ADO.NET Architecture
.NET Data Providers
.NET Namespaces
Connected Data Access
AcmePub Database
Creating a Connection
Using Server Explorer
Performing Queries
ADO.NET with ASP.NET
Web Client Isolation
Web Client Database Code
Using Commands
Creating a Command Object
Using a Data Reader
Use of Session State
Generic Collections
Executing Commands
Parameterized Queries
DataSet
DataSet Architecture
Why DataSet?
DataSet Components
DataAdapter
Data Access Class
Retrieving the Data
Filling a DataSet
Accessing a DataSet
Using a Standalone DataTable
Adding a New Row
Searching and Updating a Row
Deleting a Row
Row Versions
Row State
Iterating Through DataRows
Command Builders
Updating a Database
Language Integrated Query (LINQ)
Bridging Objects and Data
Object Relational Designer
IntelliSense
Basic LINQ Query Operators
Obtaining a Data Source
Filtering
Ordering
Aggregation
Obtaining Lists and Arrays
Deferred Execution
Modifying a Data Source
Performing Inserts via LINQ to SQL
Performing Deletes via LINQ to SQL
Performing Updates via LINQ to SQL

Data Access in ASP.NET 4.0:
Data Access in ASP.NET
SQL Generation Options
Enable Edit and Delete
Editing Records
GridView Control
DetailsView Control
Personalization and Security:
Configuration Overview
Themes
Skins
Security in ASP.NET 4.0
Membership and Roles
Login Controls
User Profiles

ASP.NET AJAX:
Rich Client Applications
AJAX S
ScriptManager
UpdatePanel
AJAX Client Library
Remote Method Calls
AJAX Control Toolkit

ASP.NET MVC:
Model-View-Controller Pattern
What is ASP.NET MVC?
ASP.NET MVC versus Web Forms
ASP.NET MVC Projects in Visual Studio
Controllers
Action Methods and Routing
Views
Strongly-Typed Views
Model Binding
Validation

back to top

TechBrew Event  (SS-309c) - Angel Investors - What's on their minds?

  • Date: Thursday 11th October 2012
  • Duration: 7pm - 9pm
  • Venue: DUBLIN - 4 Dame Lane, Dublin 2
  • FREE to Software Skillnet members - just click here to register

OVERVIEW

Software Skillnet are delighted to sponsor this TechBrew Event.  TechBrew is an informal gathering of software company management and technology leaders, getting together to chat over a bite and a beer.  The focus of TechBrew is on strategic and management issues faced by business managers, technology leaders and product management within the Irish software industry.

The theme for the night is :

ANGEL INVESTORS - What's on their minds?


On the soapbox are:

To be Confirmed
To be Confirmed 

And, as usual, there will be lots of opportunity to contribute, challenge and debate.

ABOUT TECHBREW
TechBrew is a new networking forum, with the opportunity to discuss and share your views, challenge the conventional wisdom, and meet and learn from your peers. The first part of the TechBrew will follow the evening’s theme, offer a number of people a soapbox for 10 minutes each, no slides just experience, and provide everyone with the opportunity to contribute. Followed by informal networking, where you can chat and chew over a brew.
  • Exchange ideas, network, form alliances and focus on technology and growth.
  • Discuss how your ideas, breakthroughs and challenges are affecting your company's business.
  • Meet with other software start-ups and established companies, get their feedback and input.
Feedback from the TechBrew events:
 “The topic was relevant, the speakers informed and entertaining and the discussions very lively.  I look forward to future events”
“It was great to have such an open and insightful debate on this space"
"Keep up the good work. This country and tech scene needs a lot more of same”


back to top

PMP Project Management Professional Certification (SS374)

  • Date: Tueday 23rd, Wednesday 24th , Wednesday 31st October & Thursday 1st November 2012
  • Duration: over 4 days 9am - 5pm
  • Venue: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, Trinity Central, 152-160 Pearse Street, Dublin 2
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €710 per person
  • There are free places for JobSeekers on this programme.  SKN-A
Please note the cost of certification is not included in the course fee.  Participants can apply directly to the PMI for certification. The course will cover all preparatory work required for candidates to take the certification exam directly with the Project Management Institute.

FEEDBACK FROM MEMBERS ON THE PREVIOUS COURSE
"Excellent, comprehensive and concise"
"Found course very useful and informative"
"Very good course, well presented, structured and delivered"
"Very useful course - delivered on my expectations"
"Enjoyed course and will apply a lot to my work"

OVERVIEW

Professionally Certified Project Managers are a benchmark for excellence in terms of performance and productivity in their profession and also bring a repeatable, consistent quality to the projects they manage. Certification gives project managers a competitive edge in job opportunities, promotions and they also retain higher salaries than those without certification.

This course is geared towards achieving PMP certification and includes access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.  This takes participants from the course right up to the certification exam.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

The syllabus is designed based on the experience level of the participants. Given that this is a highly-focused course aimed towards final exam preparation; participants must already have experience of managing projects and intend to sit the PMP exam.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this course; the participant will

  • Be prepared to sit the PMP® exam.
  • Apply approved Project Management principles to their work.
  • Identify the areas of Project Management they need work experience in.

COURSE CONTENT

• PMI® requirements of candidates
• The application process
• Modules covering all Project Management Knowledge Areas:

Scope

Time

Cost

Quality

HR

Risk

Communications

Procurement

Integration

Ethics

 Focus on hot topics.
• Exam makeup & Format.
• Access to 800 PMP exam questions via a web-based PMP exam simulator.

This takes participants from the course right up to certification exam.  Participants must register and pay for exams themselves.  The exam fee is not included in the course fee quoted above.

back to top

Perl Fundamentals (SS375)

  • Date: Tuseday 23rd - Friday 26th October 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Member Premises, EMC, Ovens, Co. Cork
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €600 per person
  • There are free places for JobSeekers on this programme.  SKN-A

OVERVIEW

Perl is a high level programming languages derived from the ubiquitous C language and at least a dozen other tools and languages. Perl's process, file, and text manipulation facilities make it particularly well-suited for tasks involving quick prototyping, system utilities, software tools, system management tasks, database access, graphical programming, networking, and World Wide Web programming. These strengths make it especially popular with system administrators and CGI script authors.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Those who need to use Perl in their working environment and/or those wishing to gain an understanding and good grounding in the fundamentals of Perl programming.

PRE-REQUISITES

There are no prerequisites for this course. Users who have programmed with a structured language before may have an advantage.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course be able to:

• Understand the Perl environment and syntax
• Create useable scripts
• Understand some of the weird syntax and expressions
• Work with files and other processes
• Use simple data structures
• Make decisions and flow control

COURSE CONTENT

Language Basics
Why use Perl?, History, Environment, Help, simple script and script structure.

Variables
Types, definitions, Arrays and single values, interpolation.

Working with Arrays and Hashes
How to manipulate them together and useful things that can be done with them individually.

Expressions and Operators
Numeric operators, precedence, string operators, conversion and more.

Functions
Built in functions of the Perl interpreter for working with numbers, strings and arrays.

Flow Control
Loops and conditions, variable scope

Input and Output
Working with files, command line arguments, and working with applications.

Basic Regular Expressions
Understand what an expression is, where to use them, and how to construct some simple pattern matching.

Subroutines
Making readable code, better maintenance, reusable code.

Modules
Understand the interface to modules to make best use of them

References
Enhance the use of hashes and subroutines

Report Formats
Creating and using reports

back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass  (SS378)

  • Date: Tuesday 4th & Wednesday 5th December 2012
  • Duration: 2 days (9.00am to 5.30pm)
  • Venue: 4400 Cork Airport Business Park, CORK
  • Fee to members after grant aid is €600.00
  • There are free places for jobseekers on this programme - SKN-A


OVERVIEW

On a welcome return to Cork following his previous sold-out sessions, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. It is also good for those who have limited exposure to SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

COURSE OBJECTIVES/LEARNING OUTCOMES

Participants will have the opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions and a handson opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer.  

They will learn:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

COURSE CONTENT

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

SUMMARY COURSE OUTLINE

SQL Statement Tuning

- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools

- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

Oracle SQL Tuning Masterclass  (SS378a)

  • Date: Thursday 6th & Friday 7th December 2012
  • Duration: 2 days (9.00am to 5.30pm)
  • Venue: Unit 22 Westland Square, Pearse Street, DUBLIN 2
  • Fee to members after grant aid is €600.00
  • There are free places for jobseekers on this programme - SKN-A


OVERVIEW

On a welcome return to Cork following his previous sold-out sessions, International Oracle author, trainer and expert, Dan Hotka, will illustrate coding techniques that ensure a consistent response time between instances and releases of the Oracle database. He focuses on performance tuning of actual SQL statements, as well as covering a variety of Oracle Server tuning topics.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

This programme is perfect for developers who need to know more on how Oracle works and how to get their SQL to perform better. It is also good for those who have limited exposure to SQL tuning or perhaps are new to the Oracle RDBMS.

PREREQUISITES

A working knowledge of the SQL language. Knowledge of SQL Explain Plans is helpful but not necessary.

COURSE OBJECTIVES/LEARNING OUTCOMES

Participants will have the opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions and a handson opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer.  

They will learn:

  • How Oracle arrives at an Execution Plan
  • In-depth look at Explain Plans
  • Advanced problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • SQL Trace/Stats Pack
  • PL/SQL Tuning/Profiling
  • SQL problem-solving topics using V$ Table information
  • Lectures and topics are enhanced with live illustrations and hands-on exercises

ATTENDEES RECEIVE

Study guide with presentations and relevant white papers
Course files full of tuning and problem discovery scripts
Opportunity to ask the tough Oracle questions
A hands-on opportunity to learn more about Oracle, TOAD and/or SQL Developer

COURSE CONTENT

The course starts out with a complete overview of the Oracle architecture, so students can get an understanding how their SQL and applications can take advantage of the computing environment. It then moves to a discussion on the differences of the various Explain Plan steps such as Merge-Join and Nested-Loop, and when is it best to use each. Dan goes into considerable detail, with SQL examples, on how the optimizers (both rule and cost) make their decisions. Participants will work with a variety of SQL statements, reviewing explain plans and making changes to make these SQL statements perform better. They will also experience how to monitor their application environment, and see how to find problem SQL in their applications.

This workshop includes a section on monitoring Oracle RDBMS and SQL via the v$ tables and TOAD and is packed full of scripts to discover a variety of issues.

The course utilizes a variety of current tools. Participants will have the opportunity to learn more about TOAD and SQL Developer, as well as the Oracle tools like SQL*Plus, TKProf, and Stats Pack.

SUMMARY COURSE OUTLINE

SQL Statement Tuning

- Oracle RDBMS Architecture overview
- Understanding/Reading/Interpreting Explain Plans
- Understanding the Rule-based Optimizer
- Understanding the Cost-based Optimizer
- Working with Hints

SQL Tuning Tools

- Tuning Tool Review: Statspack, Events, Tracing/Tkprof
- Profiling and tuning PL/SQL
- Finding Problem SQL using v$ information

ABOUT DAN HOTKA

Dan Hotka is a Training Specialist who has over 31 years in the computer industry and over 26 years of experience with Oracle products.  He is an internationally recognized Oracle expert with Oracle experience dating back to the Oracle V4.0 days.  Dan’s latest book is the TOAD Handbook by Pearson.  He is also the author of SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, SQL Developer Handbook by Oracle Press, Oracle9i Development By Example, and Oracle8i from Scratch by Que and has co-authored 7 other popular books including the Database Oracle10g Linux Administration by Oracle Press. He is frequently published in Oracle trade journals, and regularly speaks at Oracle conferences and user groups around the world. 

back to top

Certified ScrumMaster (SS366)

  • Date: Thursday 13th & Friday 14th December 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.30pm
  • Venue: CORK, Hotel venue to be confirmed
  • Fee to Software Skillnet members after grant aid is €810 (this includes the €60 Scrum Alliance Certification)
  • There are free places for jobseekers on this programme - SKN-A

OVERVIEW

Leading a Scrum team is radically different to traditional project management. Rather than plan, instruct, and direct, the leader of a Scrum team (called a ScrumMaster) facilitates, coaches, and leads. In this ScrumMaster Certification course, you will learn the essentials of working as a ScrumMaster or Scrum team member. You will learn how to assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster and to guide the development team, a project, or an organisation into Agile practice by fostering the adoption of new attitudes, collaborative processes and working to remove institutional barriers.

While the Scrum Alliance provides a list of core concepts that must be covered in the class, each instructor creates his or her own material, allowing courses to differ based on the strengths, interests, and experiences of the instructor. Martine's interest, research and experience has focused on planning and estimation techniques and as such this ScrumMaster Certification course covers Agile Estimation and Planning techniques in particular depth.

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available..

OBJECTIVES AND OUTCOMES

Upon completion of this ScrumMaster course, you will know how to use Scrum to maximise value creation, improve customer and employee satisfaction as well as engineering practices and tools. Additionally, upon successful completion of the course, each participant is enrolled as a Certified ScrumMaster, which includes a one-year Scrum Alliance membership, where additional ScrumMaster-only material and information is available.

  •     Assume the responsibilities of a ScrumMaster
  •     Remove the barriers between development and the customer so that the customer/Product Owner directly drives development
  •     Improve employee and customer satisfaction
  •     Improve accuracy of estimation and planning
  •     Improve the engineering practices and tools so each increment of functionality is potentially shippable
COURSE CONTENT

The course blends tutorial, class discussion, question and answer sessions, and demonstrations/simulations.

Introduction

    Agile Values and Scrum Origins
    Scrum and Change
    Empirical Process Control
    Companies Using Scrum

Scrum Process and Roles

    Scrum Flow, Iterative-incremental Software Development and Shippable Product Increments
    The Role of the Product Owner
    The Role of the Team including Team Dynamics, Team Norms and the Visual Workplace
    The ScrumMaster Role including Conflict Management, Appraisals and Appointing the ScrumMaster
    The Role of Project Managers and Functional Managers in Scrum

Requirements Management

    Software Overproduction
    The Product Backlog
    Prioritisation Techniques

Release Management

    Sustainable Pace
    Estimating and Planning
    Tracking

Working with Sprints

    Sprint Workflow and Characteristics
    Sprint Planning Preparation
    Sprint Estimating and Planning
    Daily Scrum
    Sprint Review and Retrospective
    Sprint Reporting

Large and Distributed Scrum Projects

    Brook’s Law
    Organic Growth and Conway’s Law
    Master Product Backlog and the Product Owner Team
    Team Set-up
    Multi-team Planning and Coordination
    Shared Norms and Assets
    Distributed Scrum Project Tips
    Sample Distributed Project Org

Getting Started in Scrum

    Just Do It
    The Nature of Change
    Scrum Adoption Stages
    Change Practices including the Enterprise Transition Team and the Transition Product Backlog
    Deming’s PDCA Cycle
    The Role of Consultants

back to top

Leadership Training  (SS372)

  • Date: Tuesday 27th & Wednesday 28th November 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5.00pm
  • Venue: IFDS Percana Premises, Park West, Dublin 12
  • Fee to Members after Grant Aid is €275.00
  • Free places to jobseekers available on this programme - SKN-A

 COURSE CONTENT

Day One
Leadership
  • Traits of effective leaders
  • Styles of leadership
  • Your style
  • Influencing skills
Communications Skills
  • Influencing others
  • Barriers– and Skills to Effective Communication
  • Key interpersonal skills
  • Body language, listening, questioning
  • Styles of Communication
  • Get your message across
Teams
  • High performing teams
  • Characteristics of Effective Teams
  • Coaching vs. training, GROW model
  • Mentoring vs. coaching

Day Two
Performance Management
  • Objectives
  • Preparation
  • The Appraisal Interview
  • Key Skills: Setting Objectives, Question Technique
  • Stages in the process   
Delegation
  • High leverage tasks
  • What–and what not to delegate
  • How to delegate effectively   
Giving Feedback
  • Ground Rules
  • Constructive Vs Destructive
  • Techniques
  • Role play with feedback
 
Motivation
  • Key Motivators & De-motivators   
  • Theories of Motivation
  • Recognising your staff members’ needs
  • What Motivates You
Assertiveness
  • Styles of behaviour
  • Your personal style
  • Assertive Techniques
  • Handling Difficult Situations
Personal Action Planning

back to top

Application Development with Google Android (SS351)

  • Date: Mon 3rd - Wed 5th December 2012
  • Duration: 9.00am - 5pm
  • Venue: CORK, Hotel Venue to be confirmed
  • FEE TO SOFTWARE SKILLNET MEMBERS AFTER GRANT AID: €650 per person
  • Free places available to jobseekers - SKN-A

OVERVIEW

Android is an open source platform for mobile computing. Applications are developed using familiar Java and Eclipse tools. Many vendors and carriers offer Android based devices (phones). Android is enjoying a healthy growth, in terms of hand set sells, applications available and new project starts. This course teaches students the architecture, API and techniques to create robust, high performance and appealing applications for the Android devices. While many classes focus on the mobile device, this course also deals with the server side architecture. This makes the class ideal for enterprise class businesses.

WHO IS THIS COURSE SUITABLE FOR

Developers and architects who will be developing applications for Android devices.

PRE-REQUISITES

Basic knowledge of Java. Familiarity with Eclipse is a plus but not necessary.

 COURSE CONTENT

Chapter 1. Introduction to Android
What is Android?
A Short History
Advantages of Android
Disadvantages of Android
Android Carriers
References
Summary
  
Chapter 2. The Architecture of Android
Key Components Stack
The Kernel
Libraries
The Dalvik JVM
Application Framework
Applications
Summary

Chapter 3. The Development Environment
What Do We Need?
Setting Up the SDK
Install Eclipse Plugin
Create a Virtual Device
Creating a Project
Running Your Application
Buttons of the Emulator
Run Configuration
Debugging an Application
Using Third Party JAR
Creating Reusable Library
Dalvik Debug Monitor Server (DDMS)
DDMS Tools in Eclipse
The Console Views
Developing for Multiple Android Versions
Summary

Chapter 4. Application Fundamentals
Recapping The Basics
Packaging an Application
Application Reusability Architecture
The Manifest File
Activity
Creating an Activity Class
Activity Lifecycle
Launching an Activity
Pausing and Stopping an Activity
Destroying an Activity
Saving State
The onCreate() Method
Registering an Activity
The Default Activity
Process Lifecycle
The Application Class
The Application Context
Summary

Chapter 5. Basic GUI Programming
The Fundamentals
View Hierarchy
Creating Views Programmatically
Creating View in XML Layout
More on XML Layout
Common Programming Tasks with Views
TextView and EditText
Button
CheckBox
RadioButton and RadioGroup
ToggleButton
ImageView
RatingBar
Summary

Chapter 6. Layout Management
Background
LinearLayout
LinearLayout Orientation
fill_parent Example
Layout Gravity
Weight
TableLayout
Managing the Width
RelativeLayout
RelativeLayout Example
ScrollView
HorizontalScrollView
Summary

Chapter 7. Resource Management and Localization
Introduction
Main Types of Resources
Defining Value Resources
Defining String Arrays
Creating Image Resource
Alternate Resource Folders
Alternate Folder Name Rules
How Android Finds Resources
Dealing with Screen Orientation
Orientation Change and Activity Lifecycle
Developing for Tablets
Basics of Localization
Testing for Localization
Loading Localized String from Code
Summary

Chapter 8. Intents and Intent Filters
What is an Intent?
The android.content.Intent Class
Explicitly Specifying Component Name
Example
Implicit Target Component Specification
Intent Filters
Action Name
Category Name
Data Type Filter
Hint Matching Logic
Default Component of an Application
Starting an Activity
Getting Output from Activity
Example of Launcher: ActivityA
Example of Launched: ActivityB
Pending Intent

Chapter 9. Application Menu
Introduction
Defining Menu Items
Menu XML File
Option Menu
Populating Menu Items from Resource
Manipulating Menu Items
Handling Menu Item Click Event
Context Menu
Showing a Context Menu
Handling Context Menu Item Click
Summary

Chapter 10. Showing Notification Messages
Introduction
Toast
Popping a Toast
Advanced Toast
Status Bar Notification
Advantages of Status Bar Notification
Steps to Create a Status Bar Notification
Posting the Notification
Using an Utility Method
Additional Notes
Using Dialogs
AlertDialog
Handling Button Click Events
ProgressDialog
Setting Progress Amount
Summary

Chapter 11. Advanced GUI Development
Spinner View
Creating a Spinner
Handling Item Selection Event
The ListView
Creating a ListView
Handling ListView Events
The Adapter Model
Adapter Class
Example Adapter ; Using an Adapter
The ArrayAdapter Class
ViewFlipper
Tabbed UI Layout
Creating Tabbed UI
Defining the Tabbed Layout
Creating the Tabs with View Content
Add a Tab with Activity Content
WebView ; WebView Methods
Summary

Chapter 12. Data Storage
Data Storage Options
Data Privacy
Shared Preferences
Modifying Shared Preferences
Shared Preferences Example
Default Preferences
Editing Preferences
Example: Editing Preferences
Internal Storage
Example: Write to Internal Storage
Example: Read from Internal Storage
Private Directory ; Cache Directory
Example: Writing to Cache File
External Storage
Checking State of External Storage
Working with Files in External Storage
Example: Writing to External Storage
Shipping Files with the Application
Working with Raw Resource Files

Chapter 13. SQL Database Storage
Introduction
Opening a Database Connection
Transaction Management
A Pattern for Connection and Transaction Handling
Creating Schema
Compiled SQL Statement
Inserting Data
Updating Data
Deleting Data
Fetching Data
Example Queries
Iterating Over a Cursor
Reading Column Values from Cursor
A Complete Example
Cursor Management
Binding Cursor to ListView
Custom Data Binding
Handling Item Click Event
Refreshing the ListView
Schema Creation Issues
Example Helper Class
Using the Helper Class
Summary

Chapter 14. Network Programming
Introduction
Communication Using HTTP Protocol
Creating a HttpClient Object
Making a GET Request
Making a POST Request
Setting Timeout
Using Basic Authentication
Using Custom Authentication
XML Parsing Options
Setting Up XML Pull Parser
The Main Loop
Example XML Document
Example Parsing Code
Checking Network Status
Summary
  
Chapter 15. Background Task Processing
Introduction
The Handler Framework
The Basic Approach
Creating a Handler
Posting a Message
Doing Background Work
AsyncTask
Doing the Work
Starting Work
Getting Result from the Task
Updating GUI From the Task
Ending the Task
What is Service
Why Use a Service?
Service for Background Work
Creating a Service
Example Service Class
Starting and Stopping a Service
Starting Long Running Work
Sending Control Messages to a Service
Usability Guidelines
Summary

Chapter 16. Multimedia Programming
Introduction
Recording Audio
Start Recording Audio
S